DEDAN KIMATHI UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY
PRIVATE BAG, DEDAN KIMATHI, 10143
TELEPHONE: (061)-2050000, +254-(0) 736-456391, FAX: +254(020) 2417997
Email: vc@dkut.ac.ke; Website: www.dkut.ac.ke
SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE PROGRAMME
IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Vice
Chancellor/Senate
Chairperson
Signature
Date
DeKUT is ISO 9001:2015 Certified
Better life Through Technology
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
1.2.
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1.
1.3.2.
1.3.3.
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4
GENERAL INFORMATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
University Vision and Mission ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
Vision ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6
Mission ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
DeKUT Philosophy ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
DeKUT Motto -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
Core Values ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7
Strategic Objectives ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7
University Admission Requirements -------------------------------------------------------------- 7
Minimum University Entrance Requirements --------------------------------------------------- 7
Other Admission Requirements -------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
Procedure of Application for Admission into the University --------------------------------- 8
Academic Resources ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Facilities and Equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Reference Materials --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
Academic Staff ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10
Technical/Support Staff ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 11
Programmes Offered by the Institution --------------------------------------------------------- 11
List of all Academic Programmes Offered ----------------------------------------------------- 11
Duration of each Programme --------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
Definitions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 11
Academic Organization of the Programme reflecting Academic
Quarters/Trimesters/Semesters ------------------------------------------------------------------ 11
2. THE CURRICULUM --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
2.1
Title of the programme ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 12
2.2
Philosophy of the Programme -------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
2.3
Rationale of the Programme ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 12
2.4
Goal of the Programme ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
2.5
Expected Learning Outcomes -------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
2.6
Mode of Delivery -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13
2.7
Academic Regulations for the Programme ---------------------------------------------------- 14
2.7.1 Admission Requirements for the Programme ------------------------------------------------- 14
2.7.2 Regulations on Credit Transfer into the programme ---------------------------------------- 14
2.7.3 Course Requirements -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
2.7.4 Student Assessment Policy/Criteria ------------------------------------------------------------- 15
2.7.5 Grading System --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 15
2.7.6 Examination Regulations --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16
2.7.7 Moderation of Examination Papers (ENG. 11) ---------------------------------------------- 21
2.7.8 Award of Degree (ENG. 8) ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 21
2.7.9 Classification of Degree (ENG. 25) -------------------------------------------------------------- 21
2.7.10 DeKUT Project ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 22
2.8
Course Evaluation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 23
2.9
Management and Administration of the Programme --------------------------------------- 23
2.10 Courses/Units Offered for the Programme ---------------------------------------------------- 23
2.10.1. Distribution Table ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 23
2.10.2 Programme Matrix ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 30
2
2.10.3 Breakdown of common, core and elective course ------------------------------------------- 36
2.10.4 Lecturer and student workload -------------------------------------------------------------------- 40
2.10.5 Total credit hours, lecture hours, contact hours and course units required for
graduation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42
2.11 Duration and Structure of the Programme ----------------------------------------------------- 43
2.11.1 Duration ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43
2.11.2 Course Structure -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43
3.
COURSE OUTLINES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44
ANNEX A: LECTURE ROOMS --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 137
ANNEX B: LIBRARY RESOURCES -------------------------------------------------------------------- 139
ANNEX C.INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY ------------------------ 143
ANNEX D: LIST OF PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE INSTITUTION ------------------- 144
ANNEX E: DURATION OF EACH PROGRAMME AND TOTAL LECTURE
HOURS/INSTRUCTIONAL HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION ------------- 146
APPENDICES ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150
APPENDIX I: FACILITIES ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 150
APPENDIX II: EQUIPMENT AND TEACHING MATERIALS ------------------------------------- 150
APPENDIX III: CORE TEXTS AND JOURNALS ---------------------------------------------------- 153
APPENDIX IV: ACADEMIC STAFF --------------------------------------------------------------------- 210
APPENDIX V: STAKEHOLDER MINUTES ----------------------------------------------------------- 227
3
CURRICULUM APPROVAL PROCESS
The development of the Bachelor of Science Degree programme in Mechanical Engineering
underwent a thorough development process through the relevant academic organs in the
University as specified below:
Departmental
Board Committee
Signature of CoD
Date
Signature of Dean/Director
Date
Signature of Dean/Director
Date
Chair, Deans Committee
Date
Senate Chairperson / VC
Date
Stakeholders
Meeting
School /Institute
Board Committee
Deans
Committee
Senate
Committee
4
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
DeKUT:
GETRI:
ICFoSS:
IFBT:
IGGReSS:
IGS:
KNEC:
KUCCPS:
PGSC:
SBME:
SCS&IT:
SGSR:
SoE:
SoHS:
SoS:
Dedan Kimathi University of Technology
Geothermal Energy Training & Research Institute
Institute of Criminology, Forensics & Security Studies
Institute of Food and Bio-Resources Technology
Institute of Geomatics, Geospatial Information Systems and Remote Sensing
Institute of General Studies
Kenya National Examination Council
Kenya Universities and Colleges Central Placement Service
Postgraduate Studies Committee
School of Business Management & Economics
School of Computer Science & Information Technology
School of Graduate Studies & Research
School of Engineering
School of Health Sciences
School of Science
5
1. GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1. Dedan Kimathi University of Technology (DeKUT) was awarded a Charter for
establishment as a full-fledged University of Technology on 14th December 2012.
Currently the University offers a wide range of programmes at both Undergraduate and
Postgraduate levels in the following schools and institutes: School of Engineering (SoE),
School of Science (SoS), School of Computer Science and Information Technology
(SCS&IT), School of Business Management and Economics (SBME), School of Health
Sciences (SoHS), Institute of Geomatics, GIS and Remote Sensing (IGGRes), Institute
of Food Bio-Resources Technology (IFBT), Institute of Tourism and Hospitality
Management (IToHM), Institute of Institute of Criminology, Forensics and Security
Studies (ICFoSS), Institute of General Studies (IGS), Geothermal Energy Training and
Research Institute (GETRI) and Institute Of Technical and Professional Studies (ITPS).
These programmes are a vital demonstration of the University’s commitment to becoming
a premier technology University within the global arena. The University continues to
implement a physical facilities development programme to support the fruition of its vision
and propel it so as to emerge as an unparalleled technological University with a major
impact on both national and global development agendas.
1.2. University Vision and Mission
1.2.1 Vision
“To be the Premier Technological University, Excelling in Quality Education, Research, and
Technology Transfer for National Development”
1.2.2 Mission
“To provide an academically stimulating culturally diverse and quality learning environment
that fosters research, innovation and technology development towards producing relevant
technical and managerial human resource and leaders to contribute to attainment of national
development goals.”
1.2.3 DeKUT Philosophy
Dedan Kimathi University of Technology is founded on the belief that self-actualization and
solutions to global challenges are attainable through a spirit of dedication, self-confidence,
determination, and best utilization of resources. The institution also believes in being globally
competitive through employment of global competencies. To actualize its beliefs and goals,
the University is committed to investing in her staff, facilities and systems to ensure an
internationally excellent environment for education and for the furtherance of her aims and
objectives.
The ultimate goal of this philosophy is to mould Dedan Kimathi University of Technology into
an institution known for world class research, academic excellence, an exceptional staff and
students, and one that harbours the highest level of innovation, creativity, scholarship and
enterprises.
1.2.4 DeKUT Motto
The Dedan Kimathi University of Technology Motto is;
“Better Life through Technology”
6
1.2.5 Core Values
Core Values constitute the fundamental bedrock beliefs that drive the University. In pursuit
of her mission, DeKUT is guided by the following core values:
1. Innovation
2. Scholarship
3. Diversity
4. Integrity
5. Team work
1.2.6 Strategic Objectives
The vision and mission is guided by the following four strategic objectives:
i) To produce quality graduates in line with University’s mandate.
ii) To generate research and innovations outputs with impact on the national
development goals.
iii) To transfer and commercialize technology from University and other international
institutions to the benefit of students, University and local industry.
iv) To mobilize financial resources to support the University’s mandate
1.3 University Admission Requirements
1.3.1. Minimum University Entrance Requirements
The minimum admission qualifications into the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical
Engineering Programme shall be as follows:
(a) Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE) applicants should satisfy all
the requirements below:
i. A candidate must have a mean aggregate of at least grade B (minus) and
ii. The mean grade for the total score in the four cluster subjects must
be at least B (plain) and;
iii. In the individual cluster subjects, a candidate must have at least the
scores given below:
Alternative A
Alternative B
Mathematics
B
Mathematics
C+
Physical
Physics
C+
Sciences
B
Biological
Chemistry
C+
Sciences
C+
Geography or
Geography or C+
Biology or Any
Any Group IV
Group
IV
subjects
Any
subjects
C+
Group IV
C+
(b) Kenya Advanced Certificate of Education (KACE) or the A-level equivalent
should satisfy all the requirements below:
i. At least two principal passes in Mathematics and Physics; and
ii. At least a total score of nine (9) points at the KACE or equivalent; and
iii. At least a credit pass in chemistry at the KCE or its equivalent. (c)
(c) Higher Diploma holders: A candidate holding a Higher Diploma from Kenya
National Examination Council shall be admitted into the first year of study.
7
(d) Diploma applicants: A candidate must be a holder of a diploma in engineering
with at least a credit pass in the relevant discipline. Diploma holders will
normally be admitted into the first year of study.
(e) A holder of other qualifications recognized by the Senate as equivalent to a, b,
c or d above.
1.3.2. Other Admission Requirements
a) Applicants shall meet the University entrance eligibility criteria stipulated in the University
Statute XXXIII (DeKUT, 2018).
b) Specific minimum requirements for this programme are as stipulated in 2.7.1.
1.3.3. Procedure of Application for Admission into the University
The University admits students based on government or private sponsorship. Those who
seek to obtain government sponsorship are admitted through KUCCPS and the others apply
directly to the University.
a) Admission through the Kenya Universities and Colleges Placement Service (KUCCPS)
This applies to individuals who apply to join the University through the Kenya Universities
and Colleges Central Placement Service (KUCCPS). The details on the admission
process are available on the KUCCPS website. In addition, the following will apply:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
The University declares its space capacity for admission into the various
programmes.
On release of the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE) results,
the KUCCPS undertakes placement of the successful candidates for
University admission based on their weighted cluster points for admission
into each programme.
The Senate approves the list of admitted students
The University sets a reporting date for the students.
The University releases letters of admission to the successful applicants by
posting them on its website for students to access them from their points of
convenience.
Students report on the designated reporting date during which time
verification of certificates and other registration documents is done.
Students undergo matriculation ceremony.
b) Direct Admission by the University
This applies to students who apply directly to the University through self- sponsorship. The
information on admission is available on the University website. The procedure for
admission is as follows:
i)
Interested applicants may download and print the PDF file version of the
application forms on the University website www.dkut.ac.ke or use the online
application or visit Dedan Kimathi University of Technology Admission office
to obtain an application form.
ii)
The applicant completes and signs the application forms, attaches copies of
the result slips, transcripts and certificates, two recent passport size
photographs and copy of the national identity card or birth certificate.
iii)
The completed application forms shall be submitted to the Admissions Office
for processing.
8
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
All application forms are processed at the Departmental Board meeting after
which recommendations for all are forwarded to the Deans Committee
meeting for consideration and approval.
The Senate approves the Deans Committee recommendations for
admissions.
Successful applicants are contacted by the Admissions office.
All other procedures indicated in a) iii-vii above shall apply.
1.4 Academic Resources
1.4.1 Facilities and Equipment
The University has adequate facilities and equipment to support the programmes. These
include lecture rooms, well equipped laboratories, workshops and library.
a) Lecture Rooms
b) The university currently has lecture and laboratory space covering an area of 7000 Square
metres. (See annex A).
c) Library. The University library details are provided (See Annex B)
d) Information and Communication Technology Infrastructure is provided (See annex C)
e) Laboratories. The University has adequate Laboratories in both its Main Campus and
Nairobi Campus for its programmes. They include laboratories for engineering: civil,
mechatronics, electrical and telecommunication and mechanical, nutrition and dietetics,
chemistry, nursing skills laboratory, computer science and information technology,
Tourism and Hospitality management, Criminology and Security Management amongst
others. The University has also developed numerous memoranda of understanding with
research institutions, government departments, industries and partner universities that
provide access to laboratory facilities for supplementing those available in the University.
f) Workshops/Studios. The University has a variety of workshops for all its programmes.
They include mechanical engineering workshops, electrical engineering workshops, civil
engineering workshops, leather technology workshops, geotechnical engineering
workshops amongst others.
g) Science and Technology Park. The proposed DeKUT Science and Technology Park (STP)
is anchored on the Ministry of Education, Science and Technology’s vision, which is to
promote science, technology and innovation and quality higher education for prosperity
and global competitiveness. The Park will occupy on an area of 177.8 acres and its
operations focuses on three main thematic areas; Bio-resources, design, manufacturing
and materials, and ICT hardware and software supporting the other two thematic areas.
h) Tuition Farms/Fields. DeKUT is endowed with expansive land which serves as an income
generation venture while at the same time being utilized as a training laboratory for
students in various programmes amongst which include Criminology and Security
Management, Food Science, Nutrition and dietetics. . The farm is a 684 acre mixed farm
of coffee, dairy, and arable production. About 302 acres of the farm is under coffee, the
dominant variety being SL 28 with a few Batian and Ruiru coffee trees. The horticultural
section involves small-scale production of fast growing and maturing crops such as
tomatoes. The farm has green houses for producing high-value crops that require
intensive agriculture husbandry. The livestock section of the farm is involved in the
production of pigs, sheep, goats and poultry.
i) The Conservancy: The Conservancy: The University is home to a conservancy that serves
as a lab for some programmes like tourism and hospitality management. Covering about
135 acres of indigenous forest, the DeKUT Conservancy offers a unique, secluded
atmosphere for conferencing, wildlife viewing, nature walks, bird watching, and walking
9
safaris, and is located just 6 km North of Nyeri town in Nyeri County. The Conservancy
has 9 species of grazing mammals, two species of primates, dozens of species of
indigenous birds, reptiles and amphibians, and a variety of indigenous vegetation. It
houses a botanical garden, a tortoise farm etc.
j) The Quarries: The University also has expansive quarries that serve as teaching
laboratories for its geological Sciences programme.
k) Proposed cancer hospital.
1.4.2 Reference Materials: The University has a wide collection of textbooks and journals, the
details of which are given in Annex B
1.4.3 Academic Staff
The University has enough and qualified Academic Staff to service the Programmes. By October
25, 2019, DeKUT had a total of 216 full time teaching staff as shown in the table below:
Summary
of
Academic SCS
Staff
& IT GETRI ICFoSS IFBT IGGReS IGS SoHS SBME IToHM SOE SoS Total
Professor 0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
5
Associate
Professor 0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
4
0
10
Adjunct
Professor 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
Visiting
Professor 0
0
2
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
5
Senior
Lecturer 0
0
1
1
0
0
0
7
2
7
5
23
Lecturer 6
0
0
3
3
0
3
10
0
14 11 44
Assistant
Lecturer 11
2
5
2
5
1
5
11
3
17 12 74
Tutorial
Fellow
4
4
0
1
5
0
2
0
4
17 2
39
Teaching
Assistant 0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
5
0
9
TOTAL
Key
SCS&IT:
21
8
9
9
School of Computer
Science & Information
Technology
ICFoSS: Institute of Criminology,
Forensics & Security
Studies
IGGReSS Institute of Geomatics,
Geospatial Information
Systems and Remote
Sensing
17
4
11
29
10
67
51
216
GETRI Geothermal Energy Training
& Research Institute
IFBT: Institute of Food and BioResources Technology
IGS
Institute of General Studies
10
SoHS
School of Health Sciences
SoE
School of Engineering
SBME School of Business
Management & Economics
SoS School of Science
1.4.4 Technical/Support Staff
DeKUT has also employed support/technical staff to provide support in the computer laboratories,
workshops, library and administration. The technical support staff are allocated to the respective
schools /institutes and general administration according to the needs for technical and support
staff. The staff have the relevant qualifications. The technical /support staff of the University
currently stand at 245 in number.
1.5 Programmes Offered by the Institution
1.5.1 List of all Academic Programmes Offered in the Institution (See Annex D)
1.5.2 Duration of each Programme indicating total lecture/instruction hours required for
graduation (See Annex E).
Courses shall be offered in terms of units; one unit being defined as a series of 39 one-hour
lectures. For this purpose, a one-hour lecture is equivalent to a two-hour tutorial or a three-hour
practical period, or an equivalent amount of other assigned study or practical experience or any
combination of these that may be approved by the Senate.
1.5.3 Definitions of:
i.
A Credit Hour: Is equivalent to a minimum of 13 instructional hours;
ii.
Lecture/Instructional hour is equivalent to:
a. One (1) contact hour in a lecture-designed session;
b. Two (2) contact hours in a tutorial-designed or open-learning-designed session;
c. Three (3) contact hours in a laboratory-designed or practicum session; and
d. Five (5) contact hours in a farm, industry, hospital or field-designed session.
iii.
Course Unit: A Course unit is equivalent to thirty-nine (39) lecture hours
iv.
Contact hour is "a measure that represents an hour of scheduled instruction given to
students" Each course entails 39 contact hours per semester.
1.5.4 Academic Organization of the Programme reflecting Academic
Quarters/Trimesters/Semesters
The University academic year consists of three semesters each of fifteen (15) weeks. They are
• January – April Semester
• May – August Semester
• September – December Semester
Thirteen (13) weeks are designated for teaching and learning while two weeks are dedicated to
the end of semester examinations.
11
2. THE CURRICULUM
2.1 Title of the programme
Bachelor of Science Degree in Mechanical Engineering
2.2 Philosophy of the Programme
The programme is founded on the belief that self-actualization and solutions to global challenges
in industrialization are attainable by training mechanical engineers who are able to address
advances in automation, artificial intelligence and precision manufacturing. The programme is
designed on the belief that students learn best by hands-on learning and through practical
experiences.
2.3 Rationale of the Programme
2.3.1 Needs assessment.
The Bachelor of Science degree programme in mechanical engineering at DeKUT is designed to
meet the need for graduate mechanical engineers with specialities precision engineering. These
individuals would contribute to Vision 2030 of powering Kenya into a middle-income industrialized
country. Additionally, mechanical engineers are critical in the industrialization of the devolved
counties. There is a need for the engineer-entrepreneur who can help address the challenge of
unemployment.
2.3.2 Stakeholder Involvement
The stakeholders of this course were drawn from the industry, academia, training and research
institutions, industry and professional bodies. The stakeholders’ input was incorporated in the
development of the curriculum as much as possible. The BSc in Mechanical Engineering was
accredited in 2013 and has completed one cycle for review. It has since then graduated more
than five cohorts and a number of students from the program have found employment in
government and industry. As such, important feedback was obtained from past students who
have gone on to find employment in academia, industry and government. The review also
incorporated the opinions of potential employers of the programme’s graduates in academia,
industry and government. In the review, discussions with stakeholders centred on the university’s
current strategic plan and Vision 2030. Several observations were made and are summarized as
follows
i. That a number of units could be combined to provide a more comprehensive teaching and
learning schedule. The old course content could be delivered in half a semester. Material was
combined to provide a comprehensive full semester education.
ii. A number of subject units in the programme were redundant as material had been covered
elsewhere in the programme. These units were eliminated.
iii. There were a number of units that needed to be moved so that the material would be delivered
effectively.
Minutes of the stakeholder meeting are provided in the appendix.
2.3.3 Justification of the Programme
The programme is justified because it is in line with the university’s strategic plan. This plan
involves developing quality graduates, generating research and innovation with local and global
impacts and commercializing technology for the benefit of society.
The programme review is justified because it comes at the conclusion of the first five-year circle
of an approved program. During the five years, the environment with respect to the demands for
specific skills in mechanical engineers and the learning environment has evolved. The reviewed
12
program takes into account these changes. These include the use of e-learning platforms as well
as the need for mechanical engineers with precision engineering skills.
Since the programme’s first accreditation, the government has devolved its activity. This means
that the goal of rapid industrialization in Vision 2030 needs to be met at the national and county
level. DeKUT location provides students with a unique opportunity to appreciate the diversity of
challenges at both levels.
2.4 Goal of the Programme
The goal of the programme is to produce mechanical engineering graduates who have skills,
knowledge and attitudes to address development challenges and who can be entrepreneurs.
2.5 Expected Learning Outcomes
1. Identify, formulate and solve fundamental mechanical engineering problems in energy,
materials, production, thermal fluids and design fields.
2. Analyse mechanical engineering problems and provide solutions that are sustainable with
respect to the economy, environment and society.
3. Design mechanical engineering systems, components, machines or processes to meet
needs in health, industry, agriculture.
4. Apply ethical decision making in engineering practice.
2.5.1 Specialization Learning Outcomes
Thermal Fluids
SLO 1.1 Identify, formulate and solve fundamental mechanical engineering problems in thermal
fluids and fluid flow dynamics
SLO 1.2 Investigate and create mechanical engineering solutions by experimenting and applying
the principles of mechanical engineering sciences and communicate the findings
effectively.
SLO 1.3 Analyse mechanical engineering problems in energy and provide solutions that are
sustainable with respect to the economy.
.
Production
SLO 2.1 Identify, formulate and solve fundamental mechanical engineering problems in metal
formation practices and design.
SLO 2.2 Apply the core mechanical engineering concepts and designs to produce solutions that
meet specific societal needs with consideration of social, environmental and economic
factors.
SLO 2.3 Create mechanical engineering solutions in production and management that are
sustainable with respect to the economy, environment and society.
Automotive
SLO 3.1 Formulate the fundamental solutions for systems of automobiles
SLO 3.2 Apply the core mechanical engineering concepts in understanding the designs of the
various engine systems.
SLO 3.3 Create mechanical engineering solutions in automotive design that are sustainable with
respect to the economy, environment and society.
2.6 Mode of Delivery
The mode of delivery of the programme shall be Face to Face enhanced by ICT tools.
13
2.7 Academic Regulations for the Programme
2.7.1 Admission Requirements for the Programme.
The minimum admission qualifications into the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical
Engineering Programme shall be as follows:
i) Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (KCSE) applicants should satisfy all the
requirements below:
a) A candidate must have a mean aggregate of at least grade B - (minus) and
b) The mean grade for the total score in the four cluster subjects must be at least
B (plain) and;
c) In the individual cluster subjects, a candidate must have at least the scores given
below:
Alternative A
Alternative B
Mathematic
s
B
Mathematics
C+
Physical
Physics
C+
Sciences
B
Biological
Chemistry
C+
Sciences
C+
Geography
Geography or
or Biology
C+
Any
or
Any
Group
IV
Group
IV
subjects Any
subjects
C+
Group IV
C+
ii) Kenya Advanced Certificate of Education (KACE) or the A-level equivalent should
satisfy all the requirements below:
a) At least two principal passes in Mathematics and Physics; and
b) At least a total score of nine (9) points at the KACE or equivalent; and
c) At least a credit pass in chemistry at the KCE or its equivalent.
iii) Higher Diploma holders: A candidate holding a Higher Diploma from Kenya National
Examination Council shall be admitted into the first year of study.
iv) Diploma applicants: A candidate must be a holder of a diploma in engineering with
at least a credit pass in the relevant discipline. Diploma holders will normally be
admitted into the first year of study.
v) A holder of other qualifications recognized by the Senate as equivalent to i), ii), iii)
and iv) above.
vi) ENG. 1 - A candidate wishing to be admitted to the School of Engineering must
satisfy the minimum entrance requirements of the University.
vii) ENG. 2 - A candidate must also satisfy departmental requirements before
registering for courses in any department.
viii) ENG. 3 - A candidate taking a degree course within the School of Engineering is
required to take a combination of units approved by the School of Engineering.
Such a combination may be modified only in exceptional cases, and only after
obtaining approval from the Dean of the School and the Chairman of the relevant
department, and only within the first three weeks of the academic year.
2.7.2 Regulations on Credit Transfer into the programme
14
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Credit transfer shall be applicable for candidates from accredited universities and
institutions.
The number of hours, content and grading of course units for which credit transfer
is sought shall be equivalent to that of BSc. in Mechanical Engineering degree
Programme offered by DeKUT.
Transfer of credits shall be limited to not more than 49% of the core courses.
Credit transfer shall not be allowed for final year project and attachment.
The grade required for qualifying for credit transfer is a pass in the respective unit.
The regulations on credit transfer in the Kenya national Qualifications Framework
Regulations (GoK, 2018) Part V Schedule 19 and 20 shall apply.
2.7.3 Course Requirements
a) Students Course Requirements
A student shall:
i) Be required to attend at least 75 % of all instructional hours in a semester.
ii) Register by the 4th week of the semester.
iii) Carry out all practicals and assignments stipulated in a course, and undertake all class
assignments and other examinations in a course.
iv) Undertake practical and external attachment as stipulated in the programme.
b) Lecturers Course Requirements
i) There shall be a departmental work plans prepared by thematic leaders.
ii) The lecturers shall be required to issue an approved course outline to students every
beginning of the semester.
iii) The lecturers shall file copies of attendance sheets, CATs, assignments with the
Chairperson of Department.
iv) The Lecturer shall lecture, supervise practicals, mark reports, assignments and
continuous assessment tests, set and administer examinations and grade the
examinations.
v) The lecturers shall apply professionally acceptable teaching methods.
2.7.4 Student Assessment Policy/Criteria
i) Continuous Assessment Tests (CATs). Students shall undertake at least three continuous
assessment tests for each of the units taken.
ii) End of Semester Assessment: At the end of the semester, the students shall sit an end of
semester examination for all the units taken unless otherwise specified.
iii) Unless otherwise specified in the respective courses, the written examinations shall
constitute 70%, while CATs, practicals and assignments shall account for 30% of the final
marks.
iv) The final year project shall be assessed by both submitted project and oral defence
examination.
v) Students shall undertake attachment and shall be assessed by the attachment supervisors
and the assigned academic staff.
vi) University examination regulations shall apply.
2.7.5 Grading System
i) Each unit shall be graded out of 100 marks and the pass mark shall be 40. The marks
shall be translated into letter grades as follows:
15
Grade
A
B
C
D
Fail
Range
70% and above
60% and below 70%
50% and below 60%
40 and below 50%
Below 40%
ii) Industrial attachment shall be marked as pass or fail.
2.7.6 Examination Regulations
2.7.6.1 Ordinary Examination (ENG. 10)
i) All units shall normally be examined during the semester in which they are taken except
projects which shall be examined at the end of second semester. Such examinations
shall be named ordinary University Examinations. The ordinary university examinations
shall be written papers of 2 hours each unless otherwise specified in the course outline.
ii) Examinations shall consist of continuous assessments and University Examinations.
Continuous assessments shall normally comprise of practicals, tests and assignments.
Continuous assessments shall contribute 30% of the total marks and written ordinary
examinations shall contribute 70% of the total marks except where a unit consists solely
of practical work, it may be assessed out of 100% by continuous assessment each unless
otherwise specified.
iii) The weighting for CATs in units that have laboratory practicals shall be as follow: 15%
Practicals, 5% Assignments and 10% Tests. Where a course has no laboratory practicals,
the weighting of the continuous assessment shall be composed of 20% tests and 10%
assignments. Where a course has workshop practicum, the ordinary examinations shall
contribute 60% of the total marks, while workshop practicum shall account for 40% of
total marks.
iv) Where applicable, no candidate shall be deemed to have passed in examinations unless
they have attended and passed in the practicals.
v) The examination pass mark in each unit shall be 40% unless otherwise specified.
vi) No candidates shall be permitted to sit an examination unless they have fulfilled and met
the minimum student course requirements.
vii) A candidate who misses a University Examination (ordinary, special or supplementary)
for any unit without approval by the university shall be deemed to have failed in the
course. They shall be awarded a score of zero in the specific examination.
viii) The senate examination disciplinary committee regulations shall apply in all examination
irregularity cases.
2.7.6.2 Special Examinations
i) If for some good cause a candidate is unable to sit for one or more examination papers
or is unable to undertake essential parts of the work for continuous assessment he/she
may, on recommendation of the School/Institute Board of Examiners and with approval
of Senate undertake extra work for continuous assessment.
ii) Unless otherwise specified and approved, special examinations shall be allowed to
students on three grounds; sickness, compassionate and financial.
16
iii) Special examinations shall normally be scored out of 100 % and shall include continuous
assessment, and shall be conducted only at the end of the year of study, during the
supplementary examination period, or during the ordinary examination period when the
unit(s) are next offered.
iv) The good cause must be known by the Dean of the School of Engineering before or during
the period when the work for the continuous assessment or the concerned examination
was to be conducted.
v) The general university students’ regulations shall apply.
2.7.6.3 Supplementary Examinations
Any examination in a unit taken by a candidate as a result of failing the unit at the first attempt will
result in a supplementary examination (ENG 13).
i) A candidate who fails up to a maximum of a third of all the prescribed number of units in
an academic year during the ordinary University Examination shall be required to sit for
supplementary examination(s) at the end of the year of study in which the course is
offered.
ii) Sitting of supplementary examinations in failed units shall be during the supplementary
examination period or during ordinary examination period when the examinations for the
unit/s are offered.
iii) A candidate who without permission fails to sit supplementary examinations for which
they were required to sit shall be assumed to have deserted the degree course and shall
be deregistered.
iv) A candidate who fails a unit evaluated wholly by continuous assessment shall be required
to carry out additional work for examination during the supplementary examination period.
In the case of final year projects, a period of between two weeks and 12 weeks shall be
allowed to re-do the project as a supplementary.
v) Pending the results of the supplementary examination a candidate may be admitted into
the second, third, fourth or fifth year of study but shall not continue therein unless the
candidate passes the required number of units in the previous year of study. Where a
candidate fails a unit evaluated wholly by continuous assessment the candidate shall be
required to carry out additional work for examination during the supplementary
examination period.
vi) The maximum marks in supplementary examinations shall be 40% and shall not include
continuous assessment marks.
2.7.6.4 Repeat (ENG. 16)
1. A candidate who fails half or more units, all of the same year of study, at the ordinary
University examinations shall be required to repeat the entire year. Such a candidate will
enrol for all the units and sit for all CATs and assignment and the exams will be marked
out of 100%.
2. A candidate who does not pass a unit after a total of four attempts shall not be allowed to
proceed to the next year of study. Such a candidate will repeat the unit and sit for all CATs
and assignment and the exams will be marked out of 100%, subject to ENG 20(b)
3. A candidate, who attains an average mark of less than 40% in any year of study based
on the marks obtained on the 1st attempt for each unit, shall be required to repeat the
entire year. Such a candidate will enrol for all the units and sit for all CATs and assignment
and the exams will be marked out of 100%.
17
2.7.6.5 Discontinuation (ENG. 22)
(a) A candidate who fails half or more units, all of the same year of study, at the ordinary
University examinations after being allowed to repeat shall be discontinued.
(b) A candidate who does not pass a unit after a total of five attempts shall be
discontinued. In this case the five attempts shall normally be as follows;
i.
First attempt will be at ordinary examinations
ii.
Second attempt will be at supplementary examinations period following failure at
the ordinary examinations
iii.
Third attempt will be following failure at supplementary examinations period in
ENG. 22 b(ii) and the examination will be taken at the ordinary examination
period when the paper is offered
iv.
Fourth attempt will be following the supplementary examination period,
following the ordinary examination period in which the third attempt in ENG.
22 b (iii) above is made.
v.
Fifth attempt will be following failure at supplementary examinations period in
ENG. 22 b (iv) and the examination will be taken at the ordinary examination
period when the paper is offered.
(c) A candidate who fails a third but less than half units of a year of study after the first
attempt and subsequently fails the same units after retaking the examinations shall be
discontinued.
(d) A candidate who attains an average mark of less than 40% in any year of study based
on the marks obtained on the 1st attempt for each unit, and subsequently attain an
average of less than 40% upon repeating the year shall be discontinued
(e) A candidate who retakes examinations after failing a third and less than a half of all
the units of a year of study and subsequently fails in any of the units at the retake
which he/she then fails again at the fourth attempt shall be discontinued.
(f) A Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering candidate who fails to complete the
five-year programme in Ten academic years shall be discontinued.
2.7.6.6 Deregistration (ENG. 23)
A student may be deregistered under any of the following conditions:
(a) A student, who is qualified to register for any year of study but fails to register by the
end of the first four weeks of the semester, shall be assumed to have deserted the
degree course and shall be deregistered forthwith.
(b) A student who has registered for a particular semester but fails to complete at least
75% of the coursework in all the units in which he/she has registered, shall be
assumed to have deserted the degree course and shall be deregistered forthwith.
(c) A candidate who absents himself/herself from at least six university examinations in
any semester shall be assumed to have deserted the degree course, and shall be
deregistered forthwith.
(d) A candidate who is required to retake the examination(s) in any failed unit(s) and fails
to register for the examination(s) by the end of the fourth week of the semester in
which the examination(s) is/are held, shall be assumed to have deserted the degree
course, and shall be deregistered forthwith.
(e) A candidate who absents himself/herself from all the Special Examinations which
he/she was required to sit, or fails to undertake all extra assignments for continuous
assessment without good cause, shall be assumed to have deserted the degree
course, and shall be deregistered forthwith.
18
(f) A student who is deregistered under (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) and who within the following
semester of being notified of the deregistration shows good cause why he/she did not
register on time or absented himself/herself from coursework and/or examinations that
he/she was due to sit, may with approval by the Senate be re-admitted, subject to
taking any outstanding examinations when the units in question are next offered.
2.7.6.7 Examination Irregularities
A candidate who is found guilty of any irregularities during any continuous assessment
tests or University examinations (ordinary, special or supplementary) shall be subject to
the appropriate penalties as per the University Examinations Regulations.
2.7.6.8 Grade Dispute Resolution (Mode of Appeal, ENG. 26)
A candidate may appeal for remarking of a written examination paper within four weeks
after the release of results for the course unit for which the appeal is made and the
University examination regulations on grade dispute resolution shall apply.
2.7.6.9 Academic Leave (ENG.19)
a) Academic leave shall be granted after evaluation of the request by the Senate or its
other Committee or bodies to whom this authority has been delegated.
b) Academic leave shall be considered on the following grounds: compassionate,
financial or other valid reasons provided by the student.
c) A letter indicating the commencement and end of the academic leave will be issued to
the applicant.
d) Notwithstanding clause (a), (b) and (c), a BSc in Engineering,a student taking
academic leave shall not be allowed to stay out for a total period of more than ten (10 )
calendar years after registration in the first year of study
2.7.6.10 Deferment (ENG.20)
(a) Subject to approval by the Senate, a newly admitted student whom for some good
cause is unable to register in the first year of study, may be allowed to defer their
admission for one or two complete academic years.
(b) A student who defers their admission as stated in regulation (a) above shall be
admitted to the first year of study at the start of the following academic year or of the
academic year following the completion of the deferment period.
2.7.6.11 Progression
Carry Forward (ENG. 14)
a) After sitting the supplementary examinations, a candidate for Bachelor of Science in
Engineering may be allowed to carry forward a maximum of two failed units to the
second, third and fourth years of study. However, a candidate who has failed a unit as
a result of not fulfilling the coursework requirements for the unit shall not be allowed to
proceed to the next year of study.
b) After sitting the supplementary examinations, a candidate for Bachelor of Education in
Technology may be allowed to carry forward a maximum of two failed units to the
second and third years of study. However, a candidate who has failed a unit as a result
of not fulfilling the coursework requirements for the unit shall not be allowed to proceed
to the next year of study.
19
Staying Out (ENG. 15)
a) A candidate who has failed a unit as a result of not fulfilling the coursework
requirements for the unit shall not be allowed to proceed to the next year of study.
b) In order to be allowed to proceed to and to register for the fifth year of study, a
candidate for Bachelor of Science in Engineering must have passed all the units in the
first, second, third and fourth year of study.
c) IA candidate for Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering who fails more than
two units in the first, second, third or fourth year of study at the supplementary
examinations period shall not be allowed to proceed to the next year of study but shall
be required to retake the examination in the units failed during the next time they are
offered at ordinary examinations.
d) A Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering candidate who fails a
supplementary examination of the fifth year of study during the supplementary
examination period shall not graduate but shall be required to retake the examination
during the next time the unit is offered at the ordinary examinations.
e) A candidate who fails more than a third and less than a half of the prescribed units in
any year of study shall be required to retake examinations only in the failed units
during the ordinary examination period when examinations for the individual units are
offered. Such a candidate will not be allowed to retake examinations during the
supplementary period immediately following the ordinary examinations period in
which he/she failed the units.
f) A candidate who has failed a unit for which he/she is required to take supplementary
examinations shall be allowed to attend lectures for the unit and utilize other facilities
upon making appropriate arrangements. However, no marks shall be awarded for any
continuous assessment taken.
g) A candidate who has not fulfilled the requirements for progression to the next year of
study or to graduate but is required to retake some examinations shall be eligible to
apply to utilize University facilities.
h) A candidate must pass in all the required units in the years of study in order to qualify
for the award of their respective degrees as specified in ENG. 22.
2.7.6.12 Nullification of Examination Results (ENG. 17)
(a) Any student, who has been required to repeat the year of study, or who has been
discontinued, or who has been deregistered, and who promotes himself/herself
illegally to the next year of study, shall have the results of any coursework assessment
or examinations pertaining to that year of study nullified, and may be subjected to the
University disciplinary examination regulations.
(b) Any student, who fails to present a genuine examination card while sitting for an
examination in any unit, shall have the results of any coursework assessment or
examinations pertaining to that unit nullified and shall be subject to any action taken
against him/her by the University Disciplinary Committee.
2.7.6.13 Release of Examination Results (ENG. 27)
(a) The release of examination results and the awarding of the degree shall be subject to
the candidate fulfilling all the DeKUT regulations.
(b) Upon the approval of the Senate Board of Examiners, the dean of School of
Engineering shall release the results to the students.
20
(c) At the end of each academic year, a candidate shall be provided with a transcript in
the form of grades for the units taken during the year.
2.7.6.14 Re-admission (ENG. 21)
(a) Subject to the approval of Senate and on the recommendation of the School/Institute
Board , a candidate may be re-admitted to the year of study for which they qualify from
either an academic leave, successful appeal against deregistration, and successful
appeal against discontinuation.
(b) A candidate who is re-admitted after successfully completing the first semester of an
academic year shall be allowed to register into the second semester of the academic
year into which the candidate qualifies. The results of the examinations taken in the
first semester shall be upheld.
2.7.7 Moderation of Examination Papers (ENG. 11)
a) Examinations shall be moderated through internally constituted moderation panels
and the external examination system as stipulated in the DeKUT Quality Assurance
Framework.
b) Moderation of examinations shall be done in accordance with the University’s internal
moderation policy.
c) Moderation of examinations shall be done as stipulated in the University’s ISO
procedures.
2.7.8 Award of Degree (ENG. 8)
i) To qualify for the award of the degree, a candidate must take and pass all the units
offered (except where credit transfer is granted) including IGS 1101 Communication
Skills, HNS 1100 Gender, HIV Aids & Substance Use and IGS 1104 Critical thinking.
ii) The Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Degree will be awarded only to
those Candidates who have passed all the 66 course Units except in cases of credit
transfer.
iii) The Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Degree will be awarded only to
those candidates who will have undertaken and passed practical attachment after the
second year and external attachment after third and fourth year of study. Each
attachment period shall last for at least (8) weeks and each attachment session is
equivalent to one unit.
iv) The pass mark for graduation shall be 40%.
v) A student must have passed a minimum of 66 units in order to graduate.
vi) Final classification of the degree shall be based on the average mark for all the
required units, except the attachment, which shall be graded as Pass or Fail.
2.7.9 Classification of Degree (ENG. 25)
The degree shall be classified as follows based on the Overall Average Mark:
Overall Average Marks
Degree Classification
70% and above
First Class Honors
60% and below 70%
Second Class Honors (Upper
Division)
50% and below 60%40% and below
Second Class Honors (Lower
50%
Division)
Pass
21
The final classification of the degree in the School of Engineering shall be based on all
the units prescribed by the respective curriculum and taken during the five years of
study or four years of study for the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering. The
total marks for the respective required units for the degrees specified in the School of
Engineering will be computed using the overall percentage mean obtained in each year
of study weighted as follows (% weightings for mid-entry candidates shall be as shown
in the two tables below):
% WEIGHTING
YEAR
OF 5
YEAR MID ENTRY (4-YEAR MID ENTRY (3STUDY
PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME)
YEAR
PROGRAMME)
1
15%
2
15%
17.5%
3
20%
22.5%
30%
4
25%
30%
35%
5
25%
30%
35%
2.7.10 DeKUT Project
a) Definition of DeKUT Project;
A project is a proposition that is maintained by advancing an original point of view as a
result of scholarly exploration, analysis and critique as a requirement for an academic
degree. A project shall partly be offered by coursework and shall carry 3 course units. The
final year project in BSc. Degree in Mechanical Engineering Programme shall normally be
a line-spacing of 1.5 Times New Roman, font size of 12 and at most 5000 words. There
can be a special consideration for those who may want to submit a project more than this
length. Prior to undertaking the undergraduate Project, a student shall undergo instruction
in research methodologies, which is a component of coursework. Students shall then be
expected to: approach the study of a subject or problem, from a particular disciplinary point
of view, apply distinct techniques, research methods and formulate appropriate
hypotheses, work independently or collaboratively, as appropriate.
b) Rationale of the Project
The DeKUT undergraduate project in Mechanical Engineering programme seeks to provide
students with an opportunity to put into practice theories and concepts learned in the
programme. The project enables a student to study and understand a particular topic in
depth. It also aims at equipping students with an understanding of collaborative and
published work within their discipline. Students undertaking a final year project will
therefore choose an area of interest with a mechanical engineering problem and work
under supervision to address this challenge. The project will enable students to show
evidence of independent investigation, creative design and fabrication, enable interaction
with practitioners (where appropriate to the chosen topic) and show evidence of ability to
plan and manage a project within deadline.
c) Facets of the Project
In a final year project, a student will:
22
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Formulate an engineering question based upon the relevant literature and/or
observations.
Collect pertinent data/information.
Analyse data/information.
Draw logical and defensible conclusions.
Communicate clearly and effectively findings and conclusions.
Defend the research to a critical audience.
d) Regulations of the Project
i) A candidate shall undertake a final year project in line with the departmental regulations
for final year project.
ii) A candidate who fails to submit a final year project within the stipulated time shall be
deemed to have failed.
iii) A candidate who is allowed to submit the final year project after the stipulated time will
submit it within three (3) months as a supplementary examination and it will be marked
out of 100 but the maximum marks will be 40.
iv) A candidate who fails to submit the final year project even after the additional two (2)
to twelve (12) weeks shall be deemed to have failed and the relevant regulations shall
apply.
2.8 Course Evaluation
The course shall be evaluated through the following mechanisms:
(a) Student surveys which shall be conducted every semester
(b) External examiners reports
(c) Periodic departmental workshops to evaluate courses and review programmes after every
academic cycle.
(d) The CUE Standards and Guidelines (2014) shall apply on course evaluation
2.9 Management and Administration of the Programme
a) The proposed programme will be offered in the Department of Mechanical Engineering
which is in the School of Engineering.
b) The Chairperson of Department of Mechanical Engineering will supervise the delivery of
the programme.
c) There will an appointed Academic Leader of the programme who will report to the
Chairman of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
d) The University’s Quality Assurance Framework and the CUE Standards and Guidelines
(2014) shall apply on quality assurance mechanism .
2.10 Courses/Units Offered for the Programme
2.10.1. Distribution Table - The programme shall entail common University Units, Core
Programme Units and Common Faculty units.
Table 2.10.1
23
TABLE 2.10.1
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
Lecture
Hours/w
eek
2
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
3
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
39
39
39
39
EMG
1102
SMA
1109
SMA
1117
HNS
1100
Engineering
Drawing
Geometry and 3
linear algebra
Calculus I
3
3
39
39
IGS
1101
6
SMA
1108
Subtotal
3
39
39
3
39
39
234
234
2
3
4
5
Gender HIV
Aids and
substance use
Communication
Skills
Algebra
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 2
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
EMG
1203
2
EMG
1204
3
IGS
1104
4
SCH
2121
5
SMA
1218
6
SPH
2174
Subtotal
Workshop
Processes &
Practice I
Introduction to
Material
Science
Critical thinking
EMG
2101
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
3
2
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
234
234
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
3
Chemistry for
engineers
Calculus II
3
Physics for
engineers
3
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
Lecture
Hours/w
eek
3
Engineering
Materials
2
3
Lecture
Hours/w
eek
3
2
24
2
EMG
2102
3
EMG
2103
4
CCS
1203
5
EEE
2230
6
SMA
2119
Subtotal
Workshop
Processes &
Practice II
Engineering
Mechanics Statics
Introduction to
Computer
Programming
Electrical
Circuit Analysis
Calculus III
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 2
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
3
4
SMA
2232
EMG
2205
EMG
2206
EMG
2207
5
EMG
2208
6
CCS
2211
7
EMG
2204
Subtotal
Differential
Equations
Fluid
Mechanics I
Engineering
Thermodynami
cs I
Engineering
Mechanics –
Dynamics
Mechanics of
Machines I
Object Oriented
Programming
Computer
Aided Drawing
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
39
39
234
234
Instructional
Hours/Semester
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
3
Lecture
Hours/w
eek
3
Practical
Hours /week
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
273
273
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Credit
hours
/semester
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 3
S/
No
1
Unit
Code
EMG
2301
Unit Title
Weeks per Semester
Practical
Attachment
8-12
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
Lectur
e
Practical
Hours /week
25
1
2
EMG
3101
EMG
3102
3
EMG
3103
4
EMG
3104
SMA
2220
EEE
2330
5
6
Hours/
week
Fluid Mechanics 3
II
Engineering
3
Thermodynamics
II
Solid
and 3
Structural
Mechanics I
Mechanics
of 3
Machines II
Calculus IV
3
Introduction
Electrical
Machines
to 3
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
39
39
39
39
234
234
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Credit
hours
/semester
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
39
39
312
312
2
Subtotal
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 2
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
SMA
3144
EMG
3202
3
EMG
3206
4
EMG
3207
EMG
3209
5
6
EMG
3210
7
EMG
3212
8
SMA
3272
Subtotal
Lectur
e
Hours/
week
Partial Differential 3
Equations
Engineering
3
Thermodynamics
III
Introduction
to 3
Engineering
Design
Fluid Mechanics 3
III
Solid and
3
Structural
Mechanics II
Gear
3
Mechanisms
Metrology
3
Statistics
3
Practical
Hours /week
26
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 3
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
EMG External
3301 Attachment I
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
3
EMG
4101
EMG
4102
EMG
4103
4
EMG
4104
5
EMG
4105
6
EMG
4106
7
EMG
4107
8
EEE
4130
Subtotal
2
3
4
5
EMG
4223
EMG
4210
EMG
4211
EMG
4212
EMG
4213
8-12
Lecture
Hours/
week
3
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
Mechanics
of 3
Machines III
Microprocessors 3
2
39
39
2
39
39
312
312
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Experimental
Stress Analysis
Control
3
Engineering II
Solid
and 3
Structural
Mechanics IV
Vibrations
3
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
Machine Design
2
39
39
Industrial
Hydraulics
Material Forming
Processes
Solid
and
Structural
Mechanics III
Computer Aided
Manufacturing
Control
Engineering I
Material Science
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 2
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
Weeks per Semester
Lecture
Hours/
week
3
3
27
6
SMA
3261
7
EMG
Subtotal
Numerical
3
Methods
for
Engineers
One elective
3
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 3
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
EMG External
4301 Attachment I
YEAR 5 SEMESTER 1
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
3
4
EMG
5101
EMG
5102
EMG
5103
EMG
5105
5
EMG
5113
6
EMG
Subtotal
EMG
5216
2
EMG
5217
EMG
5218
EMG
5219
3
4
5
HRD
2401
39
39
273
39
273
Weeks per Semester
8-12
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Power Plants
Lecture
Hours/
week
3
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
Heat Transfer
3
2
39
39
Final
Year
Project I
Measurements
and
Instrumentation
Metal Forming
Processes
One elective
2
3
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
234
39
234
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
2
39
Credit
hours
/semester
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
39
YEAR 5 SEMESTER 2
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
39
Lecture
Hours/we
ek
Production and 3
Industrial
Management
Law
for 3
Engineers
Operations
3
Research
Maintenance
3
Engineering
and Industrial
Safety
Entrepreneurs 3
hip Skills
2
28
6
EMG
5215
Subtotal
Final
Year 2
Project II
YEAR 4 ELECTIVES
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
Thermal-fluids Electives
EMG Wind
3
4107 Tunnel
Experiment
al
Techniques
EMG Computatio 3
4217 nal
Fluid
Dynamics
EMG Pneumatics 3
4218 and Electro
hydraulics
Production electives
EMG Production
3
4108 Technology
I
EMG Jigs
and 3
4222 Tool Design
Automotive electives
EMG Engine and 3
4109 Power
Transmissio
n Systems
EMG Internal
3
4220 Combustion
Engines
YEAR 5 ELECTIVES
S/ Unit
Unit Title
No Code
1
2
Lecture
Hours/week
Lecture
Hours/week
Thermal-fluids Electives
EMG Fluid Flow 3
5108 Machinery
EMG Building
3
5109 Mechanical
Engineering
Services
6
39
39
234
234
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Credit
hours
/semester
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
2
39
39
Practical
Hours /week
Instructional
Hours/Semester
Credit
hours
/semester
2
39
39
2
39
39
29
3
1
2
1
2
EMG
5221
Energy
Manageme
nt
Production electives
EMG Production
4221 Technology
II
EMG Mechanics
5223 of Metal
Cutting
Automotive electives
EMG Automotive
5111 Electrical
and
Electronic
Systems
EMG Vehicle
5222 System
Engineering
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
3
2
39
39
TOTAL INSTRUCTIONAL HOURS = 2574 or 66 units
Y1 Y1 Y2 Y2 Y3 Y3 Y4 Y4 Y5 Y5
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
Instructional
Hours
234 234 234 273 234 312 312 273 234 234
Credit Hours
234 234 234 273 234 312 312 273 234 234
Total
2574
2574
2.10.2 Programme Matrix showing the courses that are covered by each expected learning
outcomes (ELO) of the programme and specialization areas. A skeleton of a matrix is hereby
provided:
LEARNING YEAR 1
YEAR 2
OUTCOME
S
PROGRAMME LEARNING OUTCOMES
OUTCOMES Courses Cred Course
YEAR 3
YEAR 4
YEAR 5
its/L
ectur S
e
Cre Courses
dits/
Lect
ure
Credi Courses
ts/Le
cture
Cre Courses
dits/
Lect
ure
hour
s
hour
s
Cred
its/L
ectur
e
V
hours
hour
s
30
PLO 1
EMG
3
Identify,
1102formulate
Engineerin
and solve
g Drawing
fundamental EMG
mechanical 1204engineering Introductio
problems in n to
materials,
Material
production, Science
thermal fluids
and design.
EMG 2101- 3
Engineering
Materials
EMG 2204
Computer
Aided
Drawing
EMG 2205Fluid
Mechanics I
EMG 2206
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics I
EMG 3102
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics II
EMG 3202
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics III
EMG 2301
Practical
Attachment
EMG 31013
Fluid
Mechanics II
EMG 3206Introduction to
Engineering
Design
EMG 3207Fluid
Mechanics III
EMG 3102
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics II
EMG 3202
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics III
EMG 3301
External
Attachment I
EMG 41013
Industrial
Hydraulics
EMG 4102Material
Forming
Processes
EMG 4106Material
Science
EMG 4104Computer
Aided
Manufacturing
EMG 4223Experimental
Stress Analysis
EMG 4213Machine
Design
EMG 4301
External
Attachment II
EMG 3301
External
Attachment I
EMG 3301
External
Attachment I
EMG 51023
Heat Transfer
EMG 5216Industrial and
Production
Management
PLO 2
SMA 1109- 3
Analyse
Geometry
mechanical and linear
engineering algebra
problems and SMA 1117provide
Calculus I
solutions that SMA 1108are
Algebra
sustainable SCH 2121with respect Chemistry
to the
for
economy,
engineers
environment SMA 1218and society. Calculus II
SPH 2174Physics for
engineers
EEE 2230- 3
Electrical
Circuit
Analysis
SMA 2119Calculus III
SMA 2232Differential
Equations
EMG 2301
Practical
Attachment
SMA 2220- 3
Calculus IV
EEE
2330Introduction to
Electrical
Machines
SMA
3144Partial
Differential
Equations
SMA
3272Statistics
EMG
3301
External
Attachment I
SMA
3261- 3
Numerical
Methods
for
Engineers
EMG
5218Operations
Research
EMG
4301
External
Attachment II
HRD
2401- 3
Entrepreneursh
ip Skills
31
PLO 3
SPH 2174- 3
Design
Physics for
systems,
engineers
components,
machines or
processes to
meet desired
needs.
PLO 4
Apply ethical
decision
making in
engineering
practice.
EMG
3
1203Workshop
Processes
& Practice
I
IGS 1101 Communic
ation Skills
IGS 1104Critical
thinking
EMG 2103- 3
Engineering
Mechanics –
Statics
EMG 2204
Computer
Aided
Drawing
EMG 2207
Engineering
Mechanics –
Dynamics
EMG 2208Mechanics
of Machines
I
EMG 2301
Practical
Attachment
EMG 2102- 3
Workshop
Processes &
Practice II
CCS 1203Introduction
to Computer
Programmin
g
CCS 2211Object
Oriented
Programmin
g
SPECIALIZATION LEARNING OUTCOMES
EMG 31033
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics I
EMG 3104Mechanics of
Machines II
EMG 3209Solid and
Structural
Mechanics II
EMG 3210Gear
Mechanisms
EMG 3212Metrology
EMG 3301
External
Attachment I
EMG 41033
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics III
EMG 4107
Mechanics of
Machines III
EMG 4105Control
Engineering I
EEE 4130Microprocessor
s
EMG 4210Control
Engineering II
EMG 4211Solid and
Structural
Mechanics IV
EMG 4212Vibrations
EMG 4301
External
attachment II
EMG 51013
Power Plants
EMG 5105Measurements
and
Instrumentation
EMG 5217-Law
for Engineers
EMG 5219Maintenance
Engineering
and Industrial
Safety
EMG 5113Metal Forming
Processes
SMA 3272Statistics
EMG 41043
Computer
Aided
Manufacturing
EMG 4301and
5301 External
Attachment I
and II
EMG 5103Final Year
Project I
EMG 5215Final Year
Project II
3
3
Thermal-fluids
32
SLO 1.1
Identify,
formulate
and solve
fundamental
mechanical
engineering
problems in
thermal fluids
and fluid flow
dynamics
EMG 42173
Computational
Fluid Dynamics
EMG 4218Pneumatics
and Electro
Hydraulics
EMG 5108Fluid Flow
Machinery
3
SLO 1.2
Investigate
and Create
mechanical
engineering
solutions by
experimentin
g and
applying the
principles of
mechanical
engineering
sciences and
communicate
the findings
effectively.
EMG 4107Wind Tunnel
Experimental
Techniques
EMG 5109–
Building
Mechanical
Engineering
Services
3
EMG 5221Energy
Management
3
SLO 1.3
Analyse
mechanical
engineering
problems in
energy and
provide
solutions that
are
sustainable
with respect
to the
economy,
environment
and society.
3
Production
33
SLO 2.1
Identify,
formulate
and solve
fundamental
mechanical
engineering
problems in
metal
formation
practices and
design of jigs
EMG 4222-Jigs 3
and Tool
Design
SLO 2.2
Apply the
core
mechanical
engineering
concepts and
designs to
produce
solutions that
meet specific
societal
needs with
consideration
of social,
environmenta
l and
economic
factors
EMG 4108Production
Technology II
EMG 4221Production
Technology II
SLO 2.3
Analyse
mechanical
engineering
problems in
Production
and provide
managerial
solutions that
are
sustainable
with respect
to the
economy,
environment
and society.
EMG 5223Mechanics of
Metal Cutting
3
EMG 5114Production
Management
3
3
34
Automotive
SLO 3.1
Apply the
core
mechanical
engineering
concepts in
understandin
g the designs
of the various
engine
systems.
EMG 4109Engine and
Power
Transmission
Systems
EMG 4220Internal
Combustion
Engines
SLO 3.2
Understand
the
fundamental
principles
and
component
systems of
automobiles
SLO 3.3
Create
mechanical
engineering
solutions in
automotive
design that
are
sustainable
with respect
to the
economy,
environment
NB:
and society.
3
EMG 51113
Automotive
Electrical and
Electronic
systems
EMG 5222Vehicle system
Engineering
EMG 4109Engine and
Power
Transmission
Systems
EMG 4220Internal
Combustion
Engines
EMG 5111Automotive
Electrical and
Electronic
systems
EMG 5222Vehicle system
Engineering
PLO refers to Programme Learning Outcomes
SLO represents Specialization area Learning Outcomes
35
2.10.3 Breakdown of common, core and elective course - A list of the Institutions common
courses, core courses of the programme and elective courses is in Table 2.10.3.
TABLE 2.10.3
S/ Unit Code Unit Title
Lecture
Credit hours
No
Hours/week /semester
INSTITUTION COMMON COURSES
1
HNS 1100 Gender HIV Aids 3
39
and substance
use
2
IGS 1101
3
IGS 1104
Communication
Skills
Critical thinking
3
39
3
39
COMMON SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS COURSES
4
SMA 1109 Geometry and
3
39
linear algebra
5
6
7
SMA 1117
SMA 1108
SCH 2121
8
9
SMA 1218
SPH 2174
10
CCS 1203
11
EEE 2230
12
13
SMA 2119
SMA 2232
14
CCS 2211
15
EEE 2330
Calculus I
Algebra
Chemistry for
engineers
Calculus II
Physics for
engineers
Introduction to
Computer
Programming
Electrical Circuit
Analysis
3
3
3
39
39
39
3
3
39
39
3
39
3
39
Calculus III
Differential
Equations
Object Oriented
Programming
3
3
39
39
3
39
Introduction to
3
Electrical
Machines
16 SMA 3144 Partial
3
Differential
Equations
17 SMA 2220 Calculus IV
3
18 SMA 3272 Statistics
3
CORE COURSES OF THE PROGRAMME
39
39
39
39
36
19
20
EMG
1102
EMG
1203
21
EMG
1204
22
EMG
2101
EMG
2102
23
24
EMG
2103
25
EMG
2204
26
EMG
2205
EMG
2206
27
28
EMG
2207
29
EMG
2208
EMG
3101
EMG
3103
30
31
32
33
EMG
3104
EMG
3102
34
EMG
3202
35
EMG
3206
36
EMG
3207
Engineering
Drawing
Workshop
Processes &
Practice I
Introduction to
Material Science
2
39
3
39
3
39
Engineering
Materials
Workshop
Processes &
Practice II
Engineering
Mechanics Statics
Computer Aided
Drawing
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
Fluid Mechanics
I
Engineering
Thermodynamics
I
Engineering
Mechanics –
Dynamics
Mechanics of
Machines I
Fluid Mechanics
II
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics I
Mechanics of
Machines II
Engineering
Thermodynamics
II
Engineering
Thermodynamics
III
Introduction to
Engineering
Design
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
Fluid Mechanics
III
3
39
37
37
EMG
3209
38
EMG
3210
EMG
3212
EMG
4101
EMG
4102
39
40
41
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics II
Gear
Mechanisms
Metrology
3
39
3
39
3
39
Industrial
Hydraulics
Material Forming
Processes
3
39
3
39
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics III
Computer Aided
Manufacturing
3
39
3
39
42
EMG
4103
43
EMG
4104
44
EMG
4105
EMG
4106
EMG
4107
EEE 4130
Control
Engineering I
Material Science
3
39
3
39
Mechanics of
Machines III
Microprocessors
3
39
3
39
48
EMG
4223
Experimental
Stress Analysis
3
39
49
EMG
4210
Control
Engineering II
3
39
50
EMG
4211
3
39
51
EMG
4212
EMG
4213
SMA 3261
Solid and
Structural
Mechanics IV
Vibrations
3
39
Machine Design
3
39
Numerical
Methods for
Engineers
Power Plants
3
39
3
39
Heat Transfer
3
39
45
46
47
52
53
54
55
EMG
5101
EMG
5102
38
56
EMG
5105
Measurements
and
Instrumentation
3
39
57
EMG
5103
EMG
5113
Final Year
Project I
Metal Forming
Processes
2
39
3
39
59
EMG
5216
3
39
60
EMG
5218
EMG
5219
Production and
Industrial
Management
Operations
Research
Maintenance
Engineering and
Industrial Safety
3
39
3
39
58
61
62
EMG
Final Year
2
5215
Project II
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
63 EMG
Law for
3
5217
Engineers
64 HRD 2401 Entrepreneurship 3
Skills
ELECTIVES (STUDENT CHOOSES TWO)
64 EMG
Wind Tunnel
3
4107
Experimental
Techniques
65 EMG
Computational
3
4217
Fluid Dynamics
39
66
EMG
4218
3
39
67
EMG
4108
EMG
4221
EMG
4222
EMG
5108
EMG
5109
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
68
69
70
71
Pneumatics and
Electro
hydraulics
Production
Technology I
Production
Technology II
Jigs and Tool
Design
Fluid Flow
Machinery
Building
Mechanical
Engineering
Services
39
39
39
39
39
72
73
74
75
EMG
5221
Energy
Management
3
39
EMG
5223
EMG
4109
Mechanics of
Metal Cutting
Engine and
Power
Transmission
Systems
Internal
Combustion
Engines
Automotive
Electrical and
Electronic
Systems
Vehicle System
Engineering
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
3
39
76
EMG
4220
77
EMG
5111
78
EMG
5222
2.10.4 Lecturer and student workload
a) Minimum lecturer workload for the course thus;
The minimum lecturer work load for the course shall include: preparation time for teaching and
practical, actual teaching time, setting, administering, and marking of continuous assessments
and final examinations as tabulated below
WEIGHTING: ASSUMPTION FOR 80 STUDENTS
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2 hrs required to prepare for 1 lecture hour hence 6 hours will be required for 3 hrs per
week
1 hour required to prepare for practicals
3 hours to run a practical. 3 hrs lab work = 1 contact hr. Marking reports will take 8 hrs
hence lecturer uses 9 hrs per week on practical work (Assume no teaching assistants are
used?
1 hour required in a theory based lecture
For 80 students consulting @ 30 minutes and done twice in a semester will mean lecturer
spends = 4800/60= 80 hrs
This implies for every week 6.15= 6 hours are dedicated to consultation for one lecturer
hence a total of 6 @ 13 weeks = totals 78 hours
2 hours each for Setting 2 CATs in a semester takes 4 hours per course in a semester &
administering takes 1 hour each CAT hence 6 hours in total in a semester.
Marking of one CAT for a class of 80 scripts takes 5 hours hence 10 hours will be spent
on 2 CATs in a semester. Total is 16 hours (V+ Vi) per unit in total will be for administering
2 CATs every semester.
Setting and administering 2 assignments: 2 hrs setting and 2 days marking ( 16hrs )
Setting and administering an exam: 5 hours setting, 2 hrs invigilation and 16 hours marking
hence total 21 hrs per semester
40
Table 2.10.4(a): Lecturer workload
• Teaching load 32.5 per week for 1 practical unit and I non-practical unit for a lecturer
Units No of Prepar
Prepar
Teachi
Studen Setting
Administ Markin Total
units
ation for ation for ng/lab
t
C.A.T& ering
g
per
a
Laborat Contact Consult assign
Exams
Exams, seme
lecture
ory
hrs
ation
ment & (CATs & assign
ster
for one Practic
Final
end of ment,
unit
al’s
Exams
semeste CATs s
r exams) &
Practic
als
2 hrs Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours
Hours Hour
per
s
lecture
(L)
Non- 1
2 hrs
3 x 1 x 2 hrs 4 hrs + 2
hrs 10 hrs
pract
per Lec
13 =
per Lec 4 hrs + CAT & 2 +16 hrs
ical
hr x 3
hr x 3 5hrs =
hrs
+16 =
Units
Lech hr
Lech hr
exam =
/wk
x
/wk x
13 wk
13 wk =
78hrs/s
em
Pract
ical
Units
1
42hrs/s
em
1hr
13 =
x
13
hr
/sem
3 x 13
39 hrs
(But
3hrs lab
= 1 hr)
=
13
hrs/se
m
78 hrs
/sem
78
hr/sem
13
hrs/sem
4
hrs/sem
42
hrs/se
m
4 hrs
CATs +
5 hrs
exams
=
2 hrs
CATs +
2 hrs
Exam
9
hrs/sem
4
hrs/sem
8 hrs
lab x
13wks
)
+16hrs
CATs
120
hrs/se
m
257
hrs
/sem
~ 17
hrs
/week
237
hrs/s
em
~ 15.8
hrs/w
k
b) Minimum Student Workload for the Course
The minimum student workload for the course shall include: attending lectures, seminars,
independent/private study, assignments, practical, preparation for and sitting for continuous
assessments and final examinations as tabulated below (table 2.10.4b)
• Attending lectures 3 hrs per unit per week = 42 per semester
• Laboratory 3 hours learning and 1 hour reports = 4 hours per week
41
•
•
•
•
•
Practicals = 3 hours per week
Preparation for CATs = 4 hrs per CAT
Preparation for Exams(E) = 16 hrs per unit
Sitting 2 of 1 hr CATs = 2 hrs and 2 hrs of exams per unit
Independent study/assignments @ every week 2 hrs per day for independent /private
study for 5 days per week = 10 hrs /week
Table 2.10.4(b): Student Workload per semester in BSc. In Mechanical Engineering =
886
Units
Nonpractical
Units
No of
Units
5
Attendi
ng
Lecture
s
Attending
Laborator
y
Practical
sessions/
seminar
5 x 3hrs
/wk
x
13
=
(4hrs x 2C
)+ 5 x (16
hrs + 2hrs E
)=
195hrs
Practical
Units
2
Preparation
& sitting for
CATs and
Final
Exams
2 units
x 2 hrs
x 13 =
2 units x
6hrs /week
x 13 =
52hrs
156 hrs
Independe
nt/ Private
Study/
Assignme
nts
Total per per
units
/semester
10hrs x 15
weeks =
98hrs
150hrs
443 hrs for 5
units
[8 hrs ( C ) +
2 hrs ] + [16
hrs x 2 x
2]
74 =
74hrs
140 hrs
422 hrs for 2
units
2.10.5 Total credit hours, lecture hours, contact hours and course units required for
graduation.
i) To be awarded the B.Sc. Mechanical Engineering, a candidate must pass all the required
taught courses, research project and attachments.
ii) The minimum requirements for graduations shall be as follows:
a. Total course units – 66
b. Total instructional hours–2574
42
2.11 Duration and Structure of the Programme
2.11.1 Duration
The duration of study for the degree programme shall extend over not less than five academic
years and not more than eight academic years.
2.11.2 Course Structure
The Mechanical Engineering Programme is comprised of the following components;
Item
Number Units
Credit Hours
Common Courses
20
3
Core courses
42
3
Elective courses
2
3
Project Work
2
3
Practical Attachment
1
8-12 weeks
External Attachment
2
8-12 weeks
43
3. COURSE OUTLINES
YEAR 1
SEMESTER 1
EMG 1102 Engineering Drawing
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
The aim of this course is to enable the student to apply the principles of assembly to drawings,
sectioning, dimensioning and detailing of engineering drawings.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Select and use appropriate drawing instruments for a particular drawing task and construct
loci of points in mechanisms commonly encountered in mechanical engineering
2. Create orthographic drawings given pictorial drawings, interpret orthographic drawings,
and design isometric and oblique drawings/sketches for given orthographic drawings
3. Make freehand sketches.
Course Content:
Various aspects of graphic language. Aesthetics, artistic and technical drawing.
Technical drawing: technical drawing equipment, drawing paper sizes, lettering and linework.
Construction of loci: common loci, such as involutes, cycloids, trochoids, parabola. Loci of
points on mechanisms. Development of cam profiles.
Orthographic projections: Use of first and third angle projections, two view and three view
mechanical drawing conventions.
Production of elevations and plans of simple solids from practical components. Drawing
scales: Lines in space; true lengths. Three-dimensional views; isometric, perspective and
oblique.
Conventional representation of features: International Standard organization (ISO) 4500. Free
hand sketching, sketching materials. Exercises on sketching of physical engineering
components. Electrical circuit and pipe work diagrams.
Interpenetration: Curves of interpenetration of two bodies. Slicing and generator methods.
Development of shapes and objects of interpenetration. Development of planes and solids.
Sectional views: full, half, broken out and revolved sections; removed and off set; ribs in
sectioning; aligned section and partial views; intersections in sectioning, conventional breaks;
sections of simple solids cut by vertical and horizontal planes. Threads, fasteners and springs.
Assembly drawing. Dimensioning. Detailed drawing of machine parts. Tolerances; limits and fits,
methods of indicating tolerance, accumulation of tolerance. Geometrical and positional
tolerances. Surface quality: surface roughness, lay, surface treatment. Machining symbols and
instructions on drawing. Working drawings.
Mode of Delivery
Lecturers, Tutorials, Case Studies, Presentations and Computer Laboratory Exercises.
44
Instructional Materials/Equipment
1. Drawing office;
2. Drawing instruments;
3. Computer Laboratory.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests
Assignments
Final Examination
Total
30%
20%
50%
100%
Core Text Books
Morling K. (1974) Geometric and Engineering Drawing, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2 Ed.
Recommended References
1. Thomas E.F., Jay D.H., Byron U. & Carl L. S. (1997) Mechanical drawing CAD
communications, Mc Graw-Hill 11th Ed.
2. Giesecke F.E., Hill I.L., Norak J.E. & Mitchel A. (1991) Technical Drawing, PrencticeHall, inc.
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
4. Morling K. (1974) Geometric and Engineering Drawing, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2nd Ed.
5. Green P. (2005) The Geometrical Tolerancing Desk Reference: Creating and Interpreting ISO
Standard Technical Drawings, Newnes.
6. Eide A.R., Jenism R.D. & Mashaw L.H. (1995) Engineering graphics fundamentals, Mc GrawHill, inc. 2nd Ed.
7. Green P. (2005) The Geometrical Tolerancing Desk Reference: Creating and Interpreting ISO
Standard Technical Drawings, Newnes.
SMA 1109 Geometry and linear algebra
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
The aim of this course is to introduce students to formal geometric proofs, the study of figures
and manipulation of matrices.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Differentiate between degrees and radians.
2. Describe ellipse, parabola, hyperbola, straight lines, circle and formulae associated with them.
3. Describe scalar and vector products, vector addition and subtraction and multiplication.
4. Apply sine and cosine formulae.
5. Describe Matrices.
Course Content:
Trigonometry: Trigonometry functions, their graphs and inverses for degree and radian measure,
addition, multiple angle and factor formulae, trigonometric identities and equations. Sine and
Cosine formulae: Their application to solution of triangles and identities. The straight line; equation
45
of parallel and perpendicular lines. The circle: General equation of tangent at point of contact and
from an external point. Polar coordinates graphs and equations. Ellipse, parabola and hyperbola:
equations in standard form and with change of origin, chord, tangent and normal including parametric
form. Vectors in two and three dimensions: Addition, subtraction, multiplication by scalars,
resolution, scalar and vector products. Applications to plane trigonometry, geometry of straight line
in two and three dimensions, and resultant force and velocity. Matrices: operations of matrices
(addition, subtraction and multiplication), determinants (their evaluation and properties), inverses of
matrices, solution of simultaneous equations using matrices (use of co-factors and Cramer’s rule).
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Interactive tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations.
Instructional Materials/Equipment
White Board, Markers, Flip Chart, Handouts, LCD Projector and Computer.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
30%
70%
100%
Core Text Books
Alexander C.D., Koeberlein, G.M. (2014). Elementary Geometry for College Students.
Stamford: Cengage Learning.
Recommended References
1. Bird, J. (2017). Higher Engineering Mathematics. 8th Edition. New York: Routledge.
2. Albert, A.A. (2016). Solid and Analytic Geometry. New York: Dover Publications, Inc.
3. Lial, M. L., Scheider, D.I., et.al. (2017). College Algebra and Trigonometry. Pearson Education
Ltd.
4. Rich, B. and Thomas, C., (2017). Schaum's Outline of Geometry, 6th Edition. Boston: McGrawHill.
5. Larson, R, Boswell, L, and Stiff, L., (2001). Geometry: Practice Workbook with Examples.
Workbook edition. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt
6. Coxeter, H. S. M. (1989). Introduction to geometry. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.
7. Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences
SMA 1117 Calculus I
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
The aim of this course is to introduce the concepts of differential calculus as a solid foundation for
subsequent courses in mathematics and other disciplines as well as for direct application to real life
phenomena.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
46
1. Describe properties of a function and an inverse function.
2. Apply the definition of limit to derive the differentiation and integration rules.
3. Determine the continuity and differentiability of a function at a point and on a given range
using limits.
4. Apply and the fundamental tools of calculus and the principles of mathematical proofs to
solve applied and theoretical mathematical problems.
Course Content:
Mappings and functions: Definition, domain, co domain, range, image, composition and inverse
of functions. Limits, continuity and differentiability. Differentiation: from first principles, rule for x
(integral and fractional n), sums, product rule, quotient rule, chain rule, derivatives of trigonometric,
logarithmic, hyperbolic and exponential functions of a single variable. Intermediate value theorem,
Rolle’s theorem, mean value theorem. Applications: Equations of tangent and normal, kinematics,
rates of change, small changes and stationary points, optimization. Parametric differentiation.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Interactive tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations.
Instructional Materials/Equipment
White Board, Markers, Flip Chart, Handouts, LCD Projector and Computer.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Text Books
Hughes-Halliet, D., Gleason, A.M., McCallum, W.G., et al. (2017). Calculus: Single Variable. 7th
Edition. Wiley.
Recommended References
1. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus. 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
2. Hughes-Hallet, D., Gleason, A.M., Lock, P.F., et al., (2014). Applied Calculus. 5th Edition.
Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.
3. Anton, H., Bivens, I., Davis, S. (2015). Calculus: Early Transcendentals. 11th Edition.
Hoboken: Wiley.
4. International Journal of Mathematics
HNS 1100 Gender HIV Aids and substance use
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
To create awareness on Gender issues, HIV/AIDS & substance use.
Expected Learning Outcomes
47
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Discuss gender issues in the society.
2. Describe the history and trends of HIV/AIDS.
3. Describe the basic science of HIV virus and the epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.
4. Describe HIV testing and comprehensive care approach and prevention strategies.
5. Discuss alcohol and substance use and the HIV infection risk link.
6. Demonstrate positive sexual reproductive health behavior.
7. Relate Gender issues to HIV/AIDS pandemic.
Course Content:
Gender: Gender roles, sex roles, gender discrimination and gender stereotyping.
HIV/AIDS: Spread, epidemiology, risk factors and impact to individuals and society. Disease
progression and staging of HIV: Progression of HIV infection to AIDS. Opportunistic
infections: HIV related opportunistic infections and their management. HIV testing and testing
Approaches: Approaches used in HIV testing; Benefits of HIV testing to individuals and to
society, Indications for HIV testing. Behaviour change communication: peer groupings,
appropriate skills, lifestyle change. Elements of Comprehensive Care Concept. Contraceptive
methods: barrier methods; male/female condoms, dual methods. Home based care (HBC).
Palliative care. Anti-retroviral drugs and adherence: Meaning and components of combined
Anti-retroviral therapy (cART). Nutrition: The role of nutrition in progression and management of
HIV/AIDS. Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis (PrEP).Post Exposure Prophylaxis(PEP). Most at risk
population (MARPS): Concepts and practices of most at risk population. Method used for
prevention of spread of sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and HIV. Relationship
between Gender and HIV/AIDS; primary HIV prevention strategies, Secondary HIV prevention
strategies. Alcohol and substance use: abused substances, associated dangers, addiction, the
HIV infection risk link, prevention, combating drug and substance use.
Mode of Delivery
Lecture, discussions, group presentation, assignments, case studies.
Instructional Materials/Equipment
White Board, Markers, Flip Chart, Handouts, LCD Projector and Computer.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment
Final Examination
Total
40%
60%
100%
Core Text Books
1. Alan Whiteside (2017). HIV & AIDS: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford University Press,
Oxford, United Kingdom.
2. Mairead Dunne (2008). Gender, sexuality and development education & society in SubSaharan Africa. Sense publishers, United Kingdom.
Recommended References
1. Journal of HIV/AIDS & Social Services
2. Journal of the International AIDS Society
3. Journal of AIDS in Africa
48
4. Paul E. Sax , Calvin J. Cohen , Daniel R. Kuritzkes(2017).HIV Essentials. Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Inc, Sudbury, United States.
5. Kathy S. Stolley and John E. Glass (2009). HIV/AIDS. Greenwood. Santa Barbara, CA.
6. Gill Green and Elisa J. Sobo (2000). The Endangered Self: Managing the Social Risk of HIV.
Routledge, London.
7. Agarwal, Mayank. (2001). A textbook on HIV AIDS. 10.13140/2.1.1879. 6808.
8. Peter Burke and Jonathan Parke (2007). Social Work and Disadvantage: Addressing the
Roots of Stigma through Association. Jessica Kingsley, Philadelphia.
9. Baryamutuma R & Baingama F (2011). Sexual reproductive health needs and rights of young
people with perinatally acquired HIV in Uganda, African Health Sciences Vol 11 No 2.
10. Chrimaraoke, O.I.,Undie, C & Khamasi, J.W. (Eds) (2010). Old Wineskins, New Wine:
Readings in Sexuality in sub-saharan Africa. Nova Science Publishers, Inc.
11. Digest (2013). Characteristics Linked to Sexual Debut Vary Across Sub- Saharan Africa,
International Perspectives on Sexual and Reproductive Health, Digest- Volume 39, No. 3.
12. Khamasi J.W., Chia Longman. & VanHaegendoren M. (Eds) (2013a). Gender Practices and
Challenges: A call for Accountability, Moi University Press.
13. UNICEF (2007). Male circumcision: Africa’s unprecedented opportunity. UNICEF
14. Government of Kenya (2018). Kenya Aids Response Progress Report 2014. Progress
towards Zero. National AIDS Council, Nairobi.
IGS 1101 Communication Skills
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
The purpose of this course is to equip the students with necessary skills needed for effective
communication in today’s complex organizations; both within the organization and in the outside
world.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Demonstrate the importance of communication skills
2. Show some level of application of the skills
3. Practice the various types of communication
Course Content:
Definition, elements process, qualities and barriers, oral communication; public speaking,
interviews, meeting and tutorial discussion, listening skills, barriers, skimming, scanning and study
reading. Visual communication; chalkboard, transparencies, stencils, slides, television and films.
Computer based communications; pubic communication; public relations and advertising;
sources of information; interviews; questionnaires; library, observation and experiments; routes
of communication; management and communication systems media communication. Internal
documents for business communication such as memos, reports etc; oral and verbal
communication venom verbal; face to face types of communications; information technology and
communication such as office equipment and other systems such as fax, telex etc; persuasive
communication such as adverts; meetings, conference and presentation skills; business letters,
minutes and reporting.
49
Mode of Delivery
Lecturers, tutorials, group discussion and case studies.
Instructional Materials/Equipment
Projector, textbooks, design catalogues, computer laboratory.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
30%
70%
100%
Core Text Books
Marry Ellen Guffey and Dana Loewy (2014) Essentials of Business Communication, 11th Edition,
Cengage Learning.
Recommended References
1. Sen, L, (2006), Communication Skills; New Delhi; Prentice Hall
2. Dennis Tourish and Owen Hargie, (2009) Auditing Organizational Communication UK,
Psychology Press.
SMA 1108 Algebra
Prerequisite
None
Purpose
The aim of this course is to provide students with skills to help them transfer concrete
mathematical knowledge to more abstract algebraic generalization.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Solve quadratic functions, polynomial equations, inequalities,
combinations.
2. Simplify and perform operations with rational expression and radicals
3. Solve application problems using linear functions.
4. Demonstrate the use of series and complex numbers.
permutations and
Course Content:
Surds, logarithms and indices. Determination of linear laws from experimental data. Quadratic
functions, equations and inequalities. Remainder theorem and its application to solution of
factorizable polynomial equations and inequalities. Permutations and combinations.
Series: finite, infinite, arithmetic, geometric and binomial, and their applications such as
compound interest, approximations, growth and decay. The principle of induction and examples
such as formulae for summation of series and properties of divisibility.
Complex numbers: Argand diagrams, arithmetic operations and their geometric representation.
Modulus and argument. De Moivre’s theorem and its applications to trigonometric identities and
roots of complex numbers.
Mode of Delivery
50
Lectures, Interactive tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations.
Instructional Materials/Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software, Mathematical tables, calculators.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Text Books
Blitzer, R. F, (2017). Introductory & Intermediate Algebra for College Students. 5th Edition. New
Jersey: Pearson.
Recommended References
1. Rockswold, G.K., Krieger, T.A., Rockswold, J.C., (2018). College Algebra with Modelling
& Visualization. 6th Edition. Pearson. ISBN: 0134418344, 9780134418346
2. Sullivan, M., (2016). College Algebra. 10th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
3. Moyer, R.E., Spiegel, M.R. (2019). Schaum’s Outlines: College Algebra. 5th Edition. New
4. Journal of Mathematics and Mathematical Sciences
SEMESTER 2
EMG 1203 Workshop Processes & Practice I
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to use various measuring and inspection
instruments, select appropriate tools for bench work and apply joining principles for various
applications.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Read the vernier and micrometer
2. Work safely with various hand tools
3. Make simple joints using soldering , brazing, riveting and tapping
Course content
Measurement and inspection: Use of dial, slip, limit, small hole and telescope gauges. Use of
limit systems. Theory and use of vernier. Internal and external micrometers and accuracy. Bore
gauges for large holed degree of accuracy. Checking and setting measuring equipment. Test for
acceptance or rejection of new or worn parts. Measuring exercise including those involving
concentricity and runout. Work safety: rules Bench and marking out tools; use of marking out table
and instruments such as scribers, calipers, height gauge. Bench tools: files, hacksaws, chisels,
scrapers and hammers.
51
Metal jointing: Soft soldering and brazing, riveting, hand screw cutting.
Drilling; use of sensitive, polar type and radial arm drilling machine. Drilling; gang and multi
spindle machines, cutting speeds and feeds, twist and other types of drills, sharpening of drills,
working holding methods, drilling jigs and fixtures. Shaping machine; construction and functions,
attachments and cutting tools, setting up workpiece by use of parallels, angle plates, clamping
plates, shims, wedges; correct selection of speeds, feeds and stroke adjustment.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Pritchard R.T (C Eng) (1972) Workshop Processes for Mechanical Technicians, Hodder and
Stoughton London Sydney Auckland Toronto, Vol. 1, 2nd Ed. 2. Chapman W.A.J., Workshop
Technology, Publisher Edward Arnold, Vol 1.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Degarmo P.E., Black J.T. & Kohsor R.A. (1997) Materials Processes in Manufacturing, Adson
Wesley, and 3rd Ed.
2. Bruce J. B. (2004) Workshop Processes, Practices and Materials, Elsevier, 3rd Ed. 3. Journal
of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
EMG 1204 Introduction to Material Science
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to understand the relationship between the
structure of materials and their properties, the importance of material science in creation of alloys
and their application or subsequent forming.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Interpret the microstructure for steels and other iron alloys
2. Relate the mechanical properties of metals to the micro and macro structures
3. Change properties of metals by alloying and heat treatment.
52
Course content
Classification of Engineering Materials: Metals, alloys, ceramics, polymers and composites.
Atomic Structure and Bonding: Structure of the atom, bonding between atoms and molecules;
influence of bonding on strength.
Crystal Structure: Types of crystal structures and their characteristics: simple cubic, BCC, FCC
and HCP. Crystallographic planes and directions; Miller indices and Bravais indices.
Defects in Crystals: Point defects, line defects (or dislocations), area defects Mechanical
Behaviour of Materials: Stress and strain. Tensile test; stress-strain curves, yield stress, proof
stress, ultimate tensile strength, elongation, ductility, toughness, brittleness, true stress and true
strain. Other mechanical tests; compression-, hardness-, impact-, creep-, fatigue-, bending-,
torsion-, shearing-tests. Ductile-brittle transition. Alloy Theory and Equilibrium Diagrams: Alloying
systems, cooling curves, phase diagrams, composition and quantities of phases, lever rule.
Physical Properties: Electrical conduction, thermal behaviour, optical properties, magnetism.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-laboratory sessions per
semester.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Higgins R.N. (1994), Properties of Engineering Materials, Hodder & Stroughton, 2nd Ed
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Pascoe K.J. (1962) An Introduction to the Properties of Engineering Materials, van Nostrand
Reinhold, 1st Ed.
2. Cottrell A.H. (1975). An Introduction to Metallurgy, Edward Arnold, 2nd Ed.
3. Srivastava C.M. & Srinivasa C. (1991) Mechanical Properties of Materials, Wesley Eastern.
4. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
IGS 1104 Critical thinking
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of the course is to enable the students become better critical and analytical thinkers
as well as agents of morally and ethically informed decisions and choices in their university life
and beyond.
53
Expected Learning Outcomes
By the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Explain philosophy, logic, ethics as the bases of critical thinking, reasoning and Analytical
thinking
2. Explain national values and national cohesion as stipulated in the constitution and related
Acts.
3. Distinguish between critical thinking, critical reasoning and causal reasoning
4. Identifying and solving individual and communal, problems individually and through
teamwork.
Course content
Introduction to philosophy and its branches with special emphasis in logic, ethics, values ,
virtues and vices , moral decision making; critical thinking, analytical thinking, critical reasoning,
intellectual emotional intelligence, Values of arguments, evaluation and judgment; Decision
making and problem solving, problem identification and search for solutions, changing
complaints into creative challenges; consistency and credibility; Time management; introduction
to National values and national cohesion, leadership and integrity.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and a 1 hour tutorial per week
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Flip charts
2. White board
Course Assessment
30% Continuous Assessment
70% Final Exam
Core Reference
Namwamba, T M. (2011). Essentials of Critical
king, 2nd edition, Njigua Books,Nairobi (indent book)
Thinking
and
Creative
Thin
Recommended Reference Materials
1. The Constitution Kenya (2010). Government printers, Nairobi.
Greg B., Willia I. Cmarl, Henry N. &, James M. (2004). Critical Thinking, 2nd edition.
2. Leadership & Organization Development Journal
3. Communications in Information Literacy, ISSN: 1933-5954
4. Childhood & Philosophy, ISSN: 1984-5987
5. Educational Process: International Journal, ISSN: 2564 – 802
SCH 2121 Chemistry for engineers
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to;
54
1. Know key principles of organic chemistry
2. Understand the uniqueness of carbon in the periodic table
3. Understand the role of carbon in fuels and polymers.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Define a functional group and a homologous series.
2. Describe the chemistry of a number of functional groups
3. Describe addition and condensation polymers
Course content
The uniqueness of carbon in the periodic table. Catenation, Bonding in Carbon compounds.
Brief introduction to functional groups chemistry and nomenclature. Chemical and physical
properties of Alkanes, alkenes, and alkynes, halogen alcohol carboxylic acids and benzene.
Petroleum, fuels, knocks, octane number and synthetic gasoline.
Polymers: addition and condensation polymers and copolymers.
Mode of Delivery
2-hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-laboratory sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Chemistry laboratories.
2. Overhead projector.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
15%
10%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Shultz, M.J. (2006) Chemistry for Engineers: An applied approach, Houghton Mifflin
Company.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Dara S. (2005) Introduction to engineering chemistry, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd, India.
2. Epstein, L. M., & Krieger P. (2007) Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, McGrawHill, 9th Ed.
3. International Journal of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
4. Miessler G., & Tarr D.A. (2008) Inorganic chemistry, Prentice Hall, 3rd Ed.
SMA 1218 Calculus II
Prerequisites
SMA 1117 Calculus I
55
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to introduce the learner to the fundamental concepts of integral calculus
and their applications.
Expected Learning Outcomes
By the end of the course, the learner should be able to:
1. Perform higher order derivatives using parametric and implicit differentiation,
2. Evaluate integrals of various functions,
3. Apply various techniques of integration in solving first order differential equations,
4. Apply integrals to areas, volumes, surface of revolutions and kinematic applications.
Course content
Curve sketching and asymptotes. Hyperbolic functions: Their, differentiation and integration.
Antiderivatives. Techniques of integration: Powers of trigonometric functions, standard
substitution including trigonometric and hyperbolic functions and method, parts and partial fractions.
Solution of first order ordinary differential equations by separation of variables. Application
of integration: kinematics including simple harmonic motion, arc length, plane and surface area,
and volume, in Cartesian coordinates. Numerical integration: Prismoidal rules, Mid-ordinate,
Trapezoidal and Simpson's.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Interactive tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software.
Course Assessment
30% Continuous Assessment
70% Final Exam
Core Reference
Hughes-Halliet, D., Gleason, A.M., McCallum, W.G., et al. (2017). Calculus: Single Variable. 7th
Edition. Wiley.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Larson R, and Edwards B. H., (2015). Calculus: Early Transcendental Functions. 6th
Edition. Boston: Cengage Learning.
2. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus. 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
3. Hughes-Hallet, D., Gleason, A.M., Lock, P.F., et al., (2014). Applied Calculus. 5th Edition.
Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.
4. Anton, H., Bivens, I., Davis, S. (2015). Calculus: Early Transcendentals. 11th Edition.
Hoboken: Wiley.
5. International Journal of Mathematics
SPH 2174 Physics for Engineers
Prerequisites
56
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of the course is to introduce the student to fundamentals of electromagnetism,
geometrical optics atomic and nuclear n physics and their applications in modern science and
technology.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course student should be able to:
1. Define the basic concepts electric charge and electrostatics: electrostatic field, electrostatic
potential, capacitance , capacitors and their applications
2. Apply DC current laws to various electric circuits
3. Apply Ampere’s law of magnetostatics to different current configurations
4. Apply laws of time-varying electromagnetic fields
5. Locate different types of electromagnetic radiation on the electromagnetic spectrum and
give the main characteristics and applications of each region
6. Apply laws of geometrical optics in common optical instruments.
7. Describe fundamental concepts of modern physics: photoelectric effect, X-rays, structure of
the atom and the atomic nucleus, nuclear energy
Course content
Electrostatics: charge, electric field, electric potential, capacitance and capacitors.
DC
current: current, resistance, Ohm’s law, DC circuit theorems, power , energy and work in DC
circuits, DC measuring instruments. Magnetostatics: Lorentz’s force, force acting on conductor
with current, force of interaction between conductors carrying current, Ampere’s and Biot-Savart
laws, magnetic flux and magnetic flux density of a solenoid, inductance and inductors timevarying electromagnetic fields. Electromagnetic waves, electromagnetic spectrum, laws of
geometrical optics, common optical instruments and their applications. Introduction to atomic and
nuclear physics: Concepts of quantum theory: dual nature of light, structure of the atom, atomic
spectra, X-rays, structure of the nucleus, radioactivity, nuclear energy.
Practicals
Electrical measuring instruments and Ohm’s law, Wheatstone bridge, internal resistance of a cell,
the oscilloscope, simulation of radioactive decay
Mode of Delivery
Mode of instruction will be lectures, interactive tutorials, practical classes, and any other
presentations / demonstrations the lecturer will deem fit towards enhancing understanding of the
concepts taught in class.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Whiteboard , laboratory equipment
2. LCD/Overhead Projector
3. Lecture notes
4. Internet
Course Assessment
57
During the period of study, assessment will be conducted by CATs (Continuous Assessment
Tests), regular assignments and a final Examination at end of the unit. The composition for
continuous assessment shall be as follows: 10% Practicals, 5% Assignments, 15% Tests
Core Reference
1. D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker (2010), Fundamentals of Physics, Extended, 9th Ed.
New York: John Wiley and Sons, Inc.ISBN: 978-0470469088
2. Benson (2010), University Physics, Rev. Ed. John Wiley and Sons, Reprint : Wiley India , New
Delhi
3. Giambattista, B. McC. Richardson and R.C. Richardson (2011), College Physics, 4th Ed.
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Henry Crew(2015), General Physics: an Elementary textbook for College, Bibliolife DBA of
Bibilio Baaar II LLC, ISBN: 978-1340 708382
2. Jonathan Maps (2013), General Physics I-II, Kendall Hunt Publishing Company, ISBN:
9788-1465 223 210
3. Alvin Halpern(2012), McGraw-Hill 500 College Physics Questions, McGraw-Hill Education,
ISBN: 978-0071789837
4. Journal of Applied Physics, ISSN: 0002-9505, 1943-2909, Publisher: American Institute of
Physics
5. Applied Physics Letters, ISSN: 0003-6951, 1077-3118, Publisher: American Institute of
Physics
6. American Journal of Physics: ISSN: 0022-3689, Publisher: American Association of Physics
Teachers with American Institute of Physics
YEAR 2
SEMESTER 1
EMG 2101 Engineering Materials
Prerequisites
EMG 1204 Introduction to Material Science
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to understand the production and use of common
metals and alloys and understand the production, characteristics and uses of special metal alloys.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to:
1. Select effectively the following metals and their alloys for specific application: steels,
aluminium and copper
2. Select material for specific application from special alloys of Ni, Ti, Mg and Zn
3. Prevent harmful effects of corrosion on metals and their alloys.
Course content
58
Ferrous Alloys: Methods of production; iron-carbon phase diagram; types, properties, uses and
heat treatment of plain carbon steels; Case hardening; stainless steel. Alloy steels; types,
properties and uses.
Cast Iron: Grey, white, ductile and malleable cast iron. Methods of production and properties.
Aluminium and its alloys: Methods of production of commercial aluminium, wrought and cast
alloys; properties and uses.
Copper and its alloys: Methods of production of commercial copper, brasses, bronzes and
cupro-nickel alloys; properties and uses.
Special alloys: Characteristics and uses of nickel, titanium, magnesium, zinc alloys and
refractory metals.
Corrosion and degradation of materials: Oxidation; rates and mechanisms, designing against
oxidation: Corrosion; electrochemical nature, types and prevention of corrosion.
Mode of Delivery
2-hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Higgins, R.A. (1994) Properties of Engineering Materials, Hodder & Stroughton, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Pascoe, K.J. (1962) An Introduction to the Properties of Engineering Materials, van Nostrand
Reinhold, 1st Ed.
2. Jastrzebski, D. Z. (1997) The nature & Properties of Engineering Materials, John Wiley &
Sons.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Srivastava, C.M. & Srinivasa, C. (1991) Mechanical Properties of Materials, Wesley Eastern.
EMG 2102 Workshop Processes & Practice II
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to understand the construction and functions of
the main parts of a lathe and shaper and understand the mechanics of metal cutting using a single
point cutting tool.
59
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Use and handle the lathe shaper and drilling machines effectively
2. Analyse the force components acting on a single point cutting tool, using orthogonal model
3. Sketch appropriate jigs and fixtures, for particular purpose
Course content
Lathes; types, construction and functions, attachments. Chip formation; types of cutting tools;
tool life, tool deterioration and its causes; sharpening of cutting tools and cutting tool angle.
Turning: 3 and 4jaw chucks; turning between centres, taper eccentric turning, screw thread
cutting, boring, selection of feeds and speeds. Simple turning; surfacing, step turning and knurling.
Turning; capstan, turret and numerically controlled lathes.
Milling machines; construction and functions, attachments and cutters installation of vertical
head, setting up cutters, holding workpiece, setting width and depth of cut; milling flat surfaces,
grooves and end milling. Milling; gear cutting, gear hobbing. Shaping; flat and tapered surfaces,
slots. Surface grinding; Cylinder heads, blocks, and other components. Selection of grinding
wheels, feeds and speeds. Grinding; cylindrical grinding, tool and cutter grinding. Honing.
Welding: arc welding and gas welding. Metal Inert Gas (MIG), Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) and spot.
Primary forming machines; Pressing, forging, piercing, drawing, rolling and extrusion. Foundry:
sand casting, shell moulding.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projectors
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Chapman,W A., (1995), Workshop Technology, Publisher Edward Arnold , Vol. I and II.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Begeman M.L. & Amstead B. H. (1977) Manufacturing Processes, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
7th Ed.
2. Reginald, T. P. (1970) Workshop Technology for Mechanical Engineering Technicians,
Hodder Arnold.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Degarmo E. P., Black J.T. & Kohser R.A. (1997) Materials and Processes in Manufacturing,
Maxwell Macmillan Int., 8th Ed.
60
EMG 2103 Engineering Mechanics – Statics
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to get a basic understanding of the concept of a
force and how to deal with two and three dimensional forces and understand the concept of
equilibrium and structural analysis of force systems.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Solve force problems in two and three dimensions including couples and resultants
2. Isolate a free body diagram in a given problem and solve for force components
3. Analyse all the forces in members of a loaded truss.
Course content
Introduction to statics and system of units.
Review of Vectors: Manipulating Vectors, Cartesian components in 2D and 3D, Dot Product,
Cross Product, Mixed Triple Product
Force Systems: Types of forces, two- and three-dimensional force systems; closed and open
force systems; Cartesian components, moments, couples, resultants.
Equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies: Equilibrium in two- and three-dimensions; system
isolation, equilibrium conditions, free body diagrams. Statically indeterminate objects.
Structural Analysis: Trusses; method of joints, method of sections, space trusses. Frames and
Machines.
Centroids, centre of mass and properties of plane areas: Centre of mass and centroids of
lines, areas and volumes, composite bodies. Theorems of Pappus-Gulinus. Centroids of areas,
centroids of composite areas, area moments of inertia, radius of gyration, parallel axis theorem,
polar moments of inertia, products of inertia, rotation of axes, principal axes; principal points,
principal moments of inertia, Mohr’s circle of inertia. Distributed forces: Introduction to: Loads
distributed along a line, internal forces and moments in beams, shear force and bending moment
diagrams.
Virtual work: Work, equilibrium and principle of virtual work, potential energy and stability
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
61
Core Reference
1. Meriam J.L. & Kraige L.G. (1986) Engineering Mechanics Vol I (Statics), John Wiley &
Sons, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. William F.R. & Leroy, D. S. (1995) Engineering Mechanics (Statics), John Wiley &
Sons, 2nd Ed.
2. Condoor S.S. (2000) Engineering Statics, Schroff Development Corp, 2nd Ed.
3. Bedford, A. & Fowler W. (2007) Engineering Mechanics (Statics), Prentice Hall, 5th
Ed.
4. Journal of Applied Mechanics
CCS 1203 Introduction to Computer Programming
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to introduce the field of computer science and a basic computing
concepts.
Expected Learning Outcome
At the end of this unit, the students should be able to:
1. Describe the structures and functional components of computer systems based on the
classical von Neumann model as well as data representation.
2. Describe the diverse areas of application of computers and computer systems.
3. Describe and use the physical components of contemporary personal computer systems
4. Demonstrate proficiency in the use and application of a wide spectrum of productivity tools
5. Perform diagnostic procedures and troubleshooting techniques to personal computers,
portable devices, operating systems and computer peripherals.
Course content
Overview of computer science programme. Introduction to the computer and the notion of a
programmable machine. Forms of computing architectures; the Von Neumann model, Little man
computer, quantum computing, biological computing. Functional components (CPU, memory, I/O)
and their logical organization. Number systems and internal data representation. Concept
software and types of software. Components of a contemporary personal computer system from
end-users perspective. Hardware maintenance: computer system parts, maintenance techniques,
approaches and tools; diagnostic techniques; system assembly and installation; troubleshooting
and repair of computer systems and accessories. Application: Classical and contemporary
applications of computers. Proficiency in basic computer usage and productivity/office automation
applications including word-processing, spreadsheets, e-mail, web and presentations. Basic first
level security and maintenance issues. Ethical and societal issues.
Mode of Delivery
The method of instruction will be lectures, group and individual practical assignments interactive
tutorials, presentations and demonstrations. Lectures: 5 Hours per week.
62
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
A computer installed with appropriate software, Whiteboard, LCD/Overhead Projector, Handouts,
Smart board.
Course Assessment
During the period of study, assessment will be conducted by CATs (Continuous Assessment
Tests), practical assignments and a final Examination at end of the unit. The composition for
continuous assessment shall be as follows: 20% Test, 20% practical assignments, and final
examination at end of semester 60%.
Core Reference
1. Brookshear, J., Smith, D., & Brylow, D. (2012). Computer science (1st ed.). Boston: AddisonWesley
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Mueller, Scott M. (2012). Upgrading and Repairing PCS, Pearson’s Education Inc., 20th
Edition.,
2. Haag S. et al (2004), Computing Concepts: Introductory edition 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill
3. Graves, Michael W. (2005). A+ Guide to PC Hardware Maintenance and Repair: Text.
Thompson Publishing, Second edition.
4. Journal of Computer Science and Technology
5. Computer Science and Information Systems
6. Theoretical Computer Science
EEE 2230 Electrical Circuit Analysis
Prerequisites
SMA 1108 Algebra
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand electric circuits involving
resistors, capacitors inductors and dc and ac power sources and be introduced to magnetic
circuits and inductance and the relationship between magnetism and electricity.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Analyse resistive networks
2. Explain the relationship between electricity and magnetism
3. Use complex numbers to carry out steady state analysis of networks with reactive elements
excited by sinusoids
Course content
Network theorems: Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws; resistors in series and in parallel; power and
energy in resistive networks; constant voltage and constant current sources; Superposition
theorem; Norton’s and Thevenin’s theorems; maximum power transfer; nodal and mesh analysis;
two-port networks: open circuit (z) parameters, short circuit (y) parameters, and hybrid (h)
parameters. Electric fields and capacitance. Magnetic circuits. Self-inductance. Mutual
inductance.
63
First and second order systems: natural and complete responses of first order (RC, RL)
systems; unit-step and unit-impulse response of first order systems; natural and complete
response of second order (RLC) systems; over-damped, under-damped and critically damped
cases; unit-step and unit-impulse response of second order systems; convolution.
Sinusoidal steady-state analysis: sinusoidal functions; period, frequency, mean, peak and root
mean square values, form factor; instantaneous and average power; The j operator; phasor
representation of sinusoids; sinusoidal steady state analysis; resistance, reactance and
impedance; conductance, susceptance and admittance; power and power factor; sinusoidal
steady-state response of RLC circuits; series and parallel resonance; balanced and unbalanced
3-phase circuits; delta and star connections.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Electrical & Electronic Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. CircuitMaker simulation software.
Course Assessment
30% Continuous Assessment
70% Final Exam
Core Reference
Scott D. E. (1987) An introduction to circuit analysis :a systems approach. New York: McGrawHill
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Hughes E. (2002) Electrical and Electronic Technology, Prentice Hall.
2. Boylestad R. L. (1999) Introductory Circuit Analysis, Prentice Hall, 9th Ed.
3. International Journal of Electrical Systems Science and Engineering
4. Hayt W. H. , Kemmerly J. E. & Durbin S. M. (2002) Engineering circuit analysis
5. (with CD ROM). Boston: McGraw-Hill
SMA 2119 Calculus III
Prerequisites
SMA 1218 Calculus II
Purpose of the course
The aim of the course is to extend the tools and techniques of single variable calculus to functions
of several variables.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Calculate and interpret first and second partial derivatives, directional derivatives and
gradients for functions of several variables.
64
2. Evaluate double integrals using rectangular coordinates.
3. Change the order of integration for double integrals.
4. Apply double integrals to solve application problems.
Course content
Sequences and series: convergence tests. Single variable analysis: function series and power
series (Taylor's and Maclaurin's theorems), Special functions and their power series (binomial,
logarithmic, exponential, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions). Several variables analysis:
Differentiability, Partial derivatives, inverse and implicit function theorems, iterated integrals,
Jacobians, change of order of integration, change of variable in multiple integrals, Improper
integrals and their convergence. Applications of multiple integrals.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. Hughes-Halliet, D., Gleason, A.M., McCallum, W.G., et al. (2017). Calculus: Multivariable.
7th Edition. Hoboken: Wiley.
2. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus, 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Lipsman, R.L., Rosenberg, J.M. (2017). Multivariable Calculus with MATLAB: With
Applications to Geometry and Physics. Springer.
2. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus. 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
3. Hughes-Hallet, D., Gleason, A.M., Lock, P.F., et al., (2014). Applied Calculus. 5th Edition.
Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.
4. Journal of Mathematics Research
CCS 1203 Introduction to Computer Programming
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
This course introduces the fundamental concepts of problem solving techniques using
programming languages.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to apply;
65
1. Describe the major concepts in programming,
2. Demonstrate ability to use knowledge and skills acquired to develop reusable, quality
programs,
3. Apply programming skills in solving computing problems.
4. Apply programming knowledge in other areas of study.
Course content
General Introduction: History and overview of programming paradigms. Introduction to
programming concepts: program, programming, programmer, Errors, syntax, semantics,
compilers, interpreters and linkers. Characteristics of programming languages: generality,
expressivity, portability. Introduction to algorithmic problem solving: definition of algorithm,
characteristics of an algorithm, flow charts, pseudocode. Problem solving strategies: top-down
and bottom-up decomposition. Program development processes: Good programming practices:
style and conventions. Basic features of structured programming: data types and operators;
statements and control flow; Functions prototypes and function definitions, inline functions,
arguments and parameters, pass-by-value and pass-by-reference, arguments to the main
method: Arrays: Definitions, Types of arrays, static and dynamic initialization of array elements:
Pointers and strings, Referencing and dereferencing; Files: Input and Output: Structured program
design; development of correct, efficient programs, problem analysis, program design.
Documentation; Testing and debugging. (Implementation Language C)
Mode of Delivery
The method of instruction will be lectures, group and individual practical assignments interactive
tutorials, presentations and demonstrations.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
A computer installed with appropriate software, Whiteboard, LCD/Overhead Projector,
Handouts, Smart board.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Test
practical assignments
Final examination at end of semester
Total
15%
25%
60%
100%
Core Reference
Kochan S. C. (2001) Programming in C., Delhi : CBS Publishers & Distributors, [ISBN 9780672326663
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Bjarne S. (2010), The C++ Programming Language: Special Edition (3rd Edition), Addisson
Wesley.
2. Mike McGrath (2008). C++ Programming in easy steps 4th Edition. Oxford university Press
3. Journal of Computer Science and Technology
4. ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems
SEMESTER 2
66
SMA 2232 Ordinary Differential Equations
Prerequisites
SMA 2119 Calculus III
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to students with knowledge and methods for solving ordinary differential
equations.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Classify ordinary differential equations.
2. Solve first and second order linear exact, non-exact, homogeneous and non-homogeneous
differential equations.
3. Solve first and second order equations using power series methods.
4. Solve separable boundary value problems.
5. Translate problems into differential equations and approximate the solution of the resulting
differential equation subject to given conditions.
Course content
First order equations: Classification of ordinary differential equations in terms of the concepts:
order, degree and linearity. Separable, exact, non-exact homogeneous, non- homogeneous,
Bernoulli equations, and their applications. Second order linear equations: homogeneous with
constant and variable coefficients. Solution of non-homogeneous equations using undetermined
coefficient variation of parameter, inverse differential operator methods and their applications.
Systems of linear differential equations and their applications. Power series solution of first and
second order differential equations about an ordinary point. Solution of linear equations of nth
order.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Alwash, M. A. (2017). Ordinary Differential Equations: A first course. CreateSpace
Independent Publishing Platform.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Gabriel Nagy. (2017). Ordinary Differential Equations. Michigan University.
67
2. Zill, D.G. (2018). Advanced Engineering Mathematics. 6th Edition. Burlingtom, MA: Jones &
Bartlett Learning.
3. Boyce, W.E., Diprima, R.C., Meade, D.B. (2017). Elementary Differential Equations
with Boundary Value Problems. 11th Edition. New York: Wiley.
4. International Journal of Differential equations.
EMG 2205 Fluid Mechanics I
Prerequisites
SMA 1218 Calculus III
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to understand the nature of fluids and their
behaviour as distinct from that of solids, understand fluid statics as applicable in manometry and
forces in submerged surfaces and apply Bernoulli’s equation in measurements of fluid flow.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Describe what a fluid is and distinguish between liquids and gases.
2. Analyse the behaviour of a liquid at rest and in motion and apply the knowledge in manometry
and calculation of forces in submerged surfaces.
3. Identify and use flow measurement devices to measure common fluid parameters like
pressure, velocity and discharge, in closed conduits and open channels
Course content
Properties of fluids: nature, density, viscosity, vapor pressure, surface tension and capillarity.
Fluid statics: pressure distribution, Pascal’s law, pressure gauges and manometers. Forces on
submerged surfaces. Fluids in relative equilibrium and under constant acceleration.
Fluids dynamics: Conservation equations; mass conservation, steady flow energy equation,
Navier-Stokes, Euler and Bernoulli equations.
Flow measurement in closed conduits and open channels; venturimeter, orifice meters, flow
nozzle, rotameter, rectangular weir and triangular weir. Pitot tubes.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
68
Core Reference
Douglas J. F., Gasiorek J. M. & Swaffield J.A. (2001) Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 2nd Ed
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Roberson J. A. & Crowe C. T. (1997) Engineering Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and Sons,
9th Ed.
2. Bansal R. K. (1992) A Textbook of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publications, 4th Ed.
3. Journal of Fluids Engineering
4. Munson B. R., Young D. F. & Okiishi T.H. (1998) Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John
Wiley and Sons, 3rd Ed
EMG 2206 Engineering Thermodynamics I
Prerequisites
SMA 1218 Calculus III
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to understand the principles of energy conservation
and understand the properties of working fluids commonly used in thermodynamic processes.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Select appropriate energy sources.
2. Apply the first and second law of thermodynamics to typical closed and open processes and
complete cycles.
3. Analyse thermodynamic properties of water through steam tables and gases through
equations of state.
Course content
Definitions: The science of the thermodynamics, systems, property, process, state, cycle,
reservoir, temperature, pressure, volume, accumulated energy, transitory energy, work, heat,
working fluid.
Sources of energy: An overview of energy sources and energy utilization; Fossil fuels,
Hydroelectric, geothermal, nuclear, solar, wind, tidal waves, and biomass.
First law of thermodynamics: Statement of the first law. Concept of internal energy. On-flow
energy equation; and reversibility. Application of non-flow energy equation to non-flow processes:
constant volume, constant pressure, polytropic, adiabatic and Isothermal processes.
Second law of thermodynamics: Concept of a heat engine. Kelvin statement of the Second law;
heat engine efficiency, Carnot efficiency. Clausius statement of the second Law. Comparison
between a heat engine and a reversible engine. Clausius inequality. Concept of entropy. Definition
of entropy change. Temperature-entropy diagram. Principle of increasing entropy.
Properties of fluids: Definition of a pure substance. Pressure-volume -Temperature (Pv-T)
relationships for liquids and vapours. Properties of steam; Temperature-volume (Tv), pressurevolume (P-v), Temperature-entropy (T-s), enthalpy-entropy (h-s), Pressure enthalpy (P-h)
diagrams, Steam tables. Carnot cycle. Ideal and real gases: Equation of state. Specific heats.
Properties relations for an ideal gas. Non-flow gas processes. Compressibility factor,
compressibility chart.
69
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Boles, M., Cengel, Y. 2020, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach 9th, New York, NY,
McGraw-Hill Education.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Potter, M., Somerton, C. W., 2013, Schaums Outline of Thermodynamics for Engineers, 3rd
Edition, New York, NY, McGraw-Hill Education
2. Michael J. M. & Howard N. S. (2007) Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Wiley,
6th Ed.
3. Lynn D. R. & George A. A. (2006) Classical Thermodynamics, Oxford University Press, In.
Ed.
4. International Journal of Fluid and Thermal Engineering.
EMG 2207 Engineering Mechanics –Dynamics
Prerequisites
EMG 2103-Engineering Mechanics - Statics
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to enable the student to apply equations of linear motion, understand
Newton’s second law and its applications and learn the concept of dynamic equilibrium.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Solve motion problems using the equations of linear motion e.g. relative motion, projectiles
etc.
2. Determine absolute and relative velocities in general plane motion
3. Solve simple problems relating to Newton’s second law and dynamic equilibrium
Course content
Equation of linear motion: Rectilinear motion of particles, relative motion. Applications of
equations of linear motion e.g. in projectiles.
70
Kinematics of rigid bodies: Plane motion, angular velocity and angular acceleration, absolute
and relative velocity in plane motion, instantaneous centre of rotation. Rotation of a threedimensional body about a fixed axis.
Force and acceleration: Newton’s second law, dynamic equilibrium. Plane motion of a rigid
body; D’Alembert’s principle. Newton’s law of gravitation. Trajectory of a particle under a central
force; satellite motion, Kepler’s laws of planetary motion.
Work and energy: Work of a force, potential and kinetic energy, conservation of energy. Kinetic
energy in translation and rotation. Principle of work and energy.
Impulse and momentum: Definition of linear momentum and impulse, conservation of linear
momentum, Newton’s law of impact. Angular momentum and angular impulse, conservation of
angular momentum.
Moment of inertia: Definition of moment of inertia, radius of gyration. Parallel-axis theorem.
Moment of inertia of thin plates, three-dimensional bodies and composite bodies
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors;
3. Computer Laboratory
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Meriam J. L. & Kraige L. G. (1997) Engineering Mechanics (Dynamics) New York: Prentice Hall,
SI Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Beer F. P. & Johnston E. R. (1996) Mechanics for Engineers: Dynamics, McGrawHill, 2nd Ed.
2. Hibbeler R. C. (1997) Engineering Mechanics (Dynamics), New York: Prentice Hall, SI Ed.
3. Journal of Applied Mechanics.
4. Bedford A. & Fowler W. (1996) Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, New York: Prentice Hall,
2nd Ed.
EMG 2208 Mechanics of Machines I
Prerequisites
EMG 2103-Engineering Mechanics - Statics
Purpose of the course
71
The aims of this course is to introduce the student to the fundamentals of mechanisms and
machines; position, velocity and acceleration analysis, various power transmission systems, gear
trains and their calculations
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Carry out kinematic (position, velocity and acceleration) analysis of various planar
mechanisms.
2. Analyse mechanisms involving Coriolis component of acceleration.
3. Differentiate between the various types of power transmission systems and their
applicability.
Course content
Fundamentals of mechanisms and machines: Terminology, definitions and degrees of
freedom, coordinate system. Kinematics. Position and displacement; loopclosure equation,
analytical and graphical methods of position analysis. Instantaneous centres. Velocity and
acceleration diagrams: The Aronhold Kennedy theorem of three centres. Coriolis theorem.
Angular velocity ratio theoremFriction: types of friction, dry friction mechanism. Dynamics of
power screw thread. . Power transmission: Types of power transmissions and their
construction. Belts and pulleys; chains and sprockets, roller and silent types. Gear trains:
Simple, compound and epicyclic; relevant calculations.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors;
3. Computer Laboratory
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Hannah J. & Stephens R. C. (1979) Mechanics of Machines -Elementary Theory and Examples,
Arnold International
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Uicker J. Jr., Pennock G. R. & Shigley J. E. (2003) Theory of Machines and Mechanisms,
Oxford University Press, 3rd Ed.
2. Hannah J. & Stephens R. C. (1979) Mechanics of Machines -Advanced Theory and Examples,
Arnold International.
3. Journal of Dynamic Systems, Measurement, and Control
4. Mabie H. H. & Reinholtz C. F. (1987) Mechanics and Dynamics of Machinery Wiley, 4th Ed
72
CCS 2211 Object Oriented Programming
Prerequisites
CCS 1203 Introduction to Computer Programming
Purpose of the course
The goal of this course is to equip students with design and programming techniques in the objectoriented programming paradigms.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Design, code, and implement, simple to intermediate level standalone OOP applications
2. Implement classes and error handling
3. Develop database-driven applications.
Course content
Introduction: Overview of an object oriented Programming environment, Keywords and
components of an OOP programming language, Identifiers, variables and constants and Data
types, Operators, Arithmetic operators, Relational operators, Logical operators, Type conversion,
Type cast operators. Controls structures: Introduction to Control Concepts, The Else and If …Else
Statements, The Switch Statement, While Loops, Do...While Loops, For Loops, Nested Loops.
Arrays: Declaration and Initialization. One dimensional array, Multidimensional dimensional array.
Functions: Declaration and Definition, Scope rules, calling a function, Parameters and Parameter
passing. Object - Oriented concepts: Objects and Classes, Encapsulation, Inheritance,
Polymorphism. Input/output: Creating and using GUIs, GUI Components, adding components to
containers. Applets: Introduction to Java Applets, drawing strings, applets, lines and other basic
shapes, putting applets on the web. Database: Java database connection, Data insertion,
retrieval, updates and deletion from Java forms to database. (C++/Java)
Mode of Delivery
The method of instruction will be lectures, group and individual practical assignments interactive
tutorials, presentations and demonstrations.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Overhead projector
2. Computer laboratory.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Test
practical assignments
Final examination at end of semester
Total
15%
25%
60%
100%
Core Reference
Deitel, P. and Deitel, H. (2015). Java. Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Pearson.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Dixon, P. (2011). Java. Bath: Footprint.
73
2. Urma, R., Fusco, M. and Mycroft, A. (n.d.). Java 8 in action.
3. Maurice Naftalin and Philip Wadler. (2007). Java Generics, Oreilly,
4. Introduction to Java Programming Comprehensive Version - 9th Edition by Liang; 0-13293652-6 Prentice Hall
5. Java How To Program - 8th Edition; By H.M. Deitel and P.J. Deiteil, PrenticeHall; ISBN 013-605306-8
6. The Journal of Object Technology
7. ACM Transactions on Software Engineering and Methodology
EMG 2204 Computer Aided Drawing
Prerequisites
EMG 1102 Engineering Drawing
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand simple computer aided drawing,
apply computer drawing skills to develop complex engineering drawing and design and integrate
theory and practice of engineering drawing, using studio based practical sessions.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Use an industry standard Computer Aided Design (CAD) workstation to produce accurate
orthographic drawings of objects and assembled components
2. Use the basic functions of a solid modeller within the CAD system to draw 3dimensional
objects
3. Use CAD system to make electrical circuit drawings and piping drawings
Course content
The CAD environment: CAD hardware systems; computer specification, input and output devices.
CAD software systems; 2and 3dimensional draughting techniques. Fundamentals of CAD
draughting techniques. Current industry standard types such as AutoCAD and Inventor. Three
dimensional computer aided draughting: Basic geometry; Lines, circles, arcs, combining and
modifying entities, layers, colour. Inserting text and dimensions. 3 dimensional modelling;
wireframe, surface and solid modelling. Computer Graphics: transformations, translations,
rotations. Technical drawing codes and conventions. Sectioning. Assembly drawing. Standard
mechanical and electrical components. Process and instrumentation drawing.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratory;
2. Overhead projectors
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
5%
10%
15%
74
Final Examination
Total
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. Whelan P. (2004) AutoCAD 2004 in easy steps, Computer Step.
2. Wilson J. and Kalameja A. (1995) AutoCAD 2004: 3D Modelling, Visual Approach, Autodesk
Press.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Encanacao J. L., Linder R. & Schechtendahl E. G. (1990) Computer Aided Design:
2. Fundamentals and System Architectures, SpringerVerlag, Berlin
3. Stephen J. E. & Christine A. E. (2000) Instant AutoCAD: Mechanical Desktop 4.0, Prentice
Hall.
4. International Journal of Mechanical Systems Science and Engineering.
YEAR 3
SEMESTER 1
EMG 3101 Fluid Mechanics II
Prerequisites
EMG 2205 Fluid Mechanics I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to use the principle of conservation of
momentum to understand and design for forces in fluid flow systems involving vibrations damping,
hydrodynamic lubrication and power transmission.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Apply the momentum equation to fluid flow in a variety of applications
2. Calculate various flow parameters in a variety of closed pipe and open channels
connections/configurations and pipe networks
3. Carry out dimensional analysis in fluid flow applications; derive, identify and apply the
dimensionless numbers encountered in fluid mechanics
Course content
Types of fluid flows. Reynolds number.
Momentum equation: applications of linear and angular momentum equations. Jet propulsion.
Steady flow between solid boundaries; applications in dashpots and slider bearings.
Steady flow in pipes.
Unsteady flows in closed pipelines; water hammer; surge tanks; shafts; surge control.
Power transmission through pipelines. Pipe networks.
Flow in open channels; the optimum cross-section of a channel; varying flow. Dimensional
analysis: Theorem; dimensionless groups; physical significance of dimensionless groups;
similarity laws.
75
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Douglas, J.F., Gasiorek J.M. & Swaffield J.A., (2001), Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Roberson J.A., Crowe C.T. & Elger D.F. (1999) Engineering Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and
Sons, 9th Ed.
2. Bansal R.K. (1992) Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K. Laxmi Publications, 4th
Ed.
3. Munson B.R., Young D.F. & Okiishi T.H. (1998) Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley
and Sons, 3rd Ed.
4. Journal of Fluids Engineering
EMG 3102 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Prerequisites
EMG 22006 Engineering Thermodynamis I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the students to understand the operation of typical vapor
power cycles, basic refrigeration cycles, the concept of availability and its relation to the quality of
energy and air conditioning principles.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Analyze vapor power cycles and the ideal vapor compression refrigeration cycle.
2. Apply concepts of availability to open and closed systems.
3. Analyze properties of non reacting gaseous mixtures
4. Analyze basic air conditioning processes using a psychometric chart.
Course Content
Gaseous mixture: Non-reactive mixtures; mole fraction analysis, mass fraction analysis, volume
fraction analysis. Gibbs-Dalton law. Relations involving pressure, volume, internal energy,
enthalpy, entropy and specific heats of gaseous mixtures.
Vapour pressure and condensation. Avogadro’s law.
76
Application of first law to flow processes: continuity equation, Steady flow energy equation.
Application of steady flow energy equation to boilers, Condensers, turbines, compressors, pumps,
nozzles, diffusers, throttling devices.
Vapour power cycles: Rankine, Improved Rankine, regenerative and binary cycles. Reversed
Carnot cycle: Refrigerating effect, coefficient of performance. Ideal vaporcompression
refrigeration cycle.
Availability: Definition. Availability equation for closed systems. Availability equation for open
systems. Introduction to availability computations. Gaseous mixture: Non reactive mixtures; mole
fraction analysis, mass fraction analysis, volume fraction analysis. GibbsDalton law. Relations
involving pressure, volume, internal energy, enthalpy, entropy and specific heats of gaseous
mixtures. Vapour pressure and condensation. Avogadro’s law.
Psychrometry: Specific properties of moist air. Adiabatic saturation temperature. Mixing air
streams. Presentation of moist air processes on a psychrometric chart. Air conditioning
processes.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. G.F.C Rogers & Y.R. Mayhew (1992) Engineering Thermodynamics, 4th Edition
2. Eastop T.D. and McConkey A. (1993) Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologists, Prentice and Hall, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Burghardt M.D. (1993) Engineering Thermodynamics, Harper Collins
2. Lynn D. R. & George A. A. (1993) Classical Thermodynamics. Oxford University Press
3. International Journal of Fluid and Thermal Engineering
EMG 3103 Solid and Structural Mechanics I
Prerequisites
EMG 2103 Engineering Mechanics – Statics
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to have a basic understanding of the concepts
relating to design in simple tension and compression and basic equations governing stresses and
deformations of thin walled pressure vessels
77
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Solve simple problems relating to elastic stress and strain.
2. Determine the mechanical properties of a material by performing a tensile test.
3. Design simple uniaxial loaded members such as those with variable cross-sections, nonuniform loads, thermal stresses and strains.
Course content
Concepts of stress and strain: Definition of stress and strain, components of stress, direct
strain, true stress and true strain. Stress and strain in simple shear; elastic stress-strain
relationships in simple shear.
Behaviour of materials under static loading: The tensile test; load extension diagram; the
stress-strain diagram and Engineering properties of materials, Linear elasticity and Hooke’s law,
elastic limit, 0.2% proof stress, ultimate strength, secant and tangent modulus, stress hysteresis,
toughness, ductility, brittleness, upper and lower yield points, allowable or working stress, safety
factor. Tension instability. Elastic constants; Young’s modulus of elasticity, Poisson’s ratio,
relationships between elastic constants. Volumetric strain.
Analysis of design in simple tension and compression: Deflection of axially loaded structures,
members with variable cross-sections, composite members, non-uniform stresses and strains,
impact loading. Thermal stresses and strains. Statically indeterminate axial members.
Analysis of thin-walled pressure vessels: Hoop and longitudinal stresses and strains for
cylinder and sphere, volumetric strain, bulk modulus of contained fluid, and pressure effects.
Elastic torsion analysis: The torsion test, solid and hollow circular shafts, shear stresses, power
transmission and design of shafts, coupling design, shafts of varying cross-section, composite
shafts. Torsion stiffness. Pure shear. Analysis of statically indeterminate shafts. Application to
close-coiled helical springs.
Bending of beams: Simply supported beams and cantilevers. Concentrated loads, distributed
loads and couples. Reactions at supports; shear force and bending moment and their importance
for analysis and design. Qualitative and quantitative sketching of shear force and bending moment
diagrams
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
3. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
4. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Case J., Chilver L. & Carl T. F. R. (1999) Strength of Materials and Structures. Elsevier, 4th Ed.
78
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Benham P.P. and Crawford R.J. (1987) Mechanics of Engineering Materials, John Wiley &
Sons, Rev. Ed.
2. Hearn E. J. (1997) Mechanics of Materials Volume 1, Butterworth-Heinemann, 3rd Ed.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Gere J.M & Timoshenko S.P. (1984) Mechanics of Materials, ISBN, 2nd Ed.
EMG 3104 Mechanics of Machines II
Prerequisites
EMG 2208 Mechanics of Machines I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand mechanical vibrations and
modes of vibration, balancing of rotating masses, reciprocating masses, governors and
gyroscopes.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Identify sources of vibrations in mechanical systems
2. Differentiate between the various modes of vibrations
3. Analyze vibrations based on lumped parameter models
Course content
Mechanical vibrations: Simple Harmonic Motion (SHM), degrees of freedom. Systems with one
degree of freedom, free, damped and forced vibrations. Modes of vibrations: Torsional,
longitudinal and lateral vibrations. Lumped parameter models. Equations of motion applied
to lumped parameter models. Balancing of rotating masses: Static and dynamic balance,
balancing of rotating masses by using balance masses in one plane and in two planes.
Reciprocating masses: Balancing of reciprocating masses, turning moment of crank shafts and
flywheels. Governors: Types, sensitivity, stability and hunting. Gyroscopes: Gyroscopic couple
and precessional motion: effects of gyroscopic couple on aeroplanes and ships, in pitching and
rolling. Stability of two and four wheel drives moving in a curved path.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
79
Core Reference
Hannah J and Stephens R. C. Mechanics of Machines -Advanced Theory and Examples Arnold
International
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Khurmi R. S. & Gupta J. K. (2005), Textbook of Machine Design, Chand (S.) & Co Ltd ,India,
6th Ed.
2. Lingaiah K. (2002), Machine Design Handbook McGraw-Hill, 2nd Ed.
3. Journal of Vibrations and Acoustics
4. Shigley J. E., Mischke C. R. & Budynas R. G. (2004) Mechanical Engineering Design,
McGraw-Hill, 7th Ed
SMA 2220 Calculus IV
Prerequisites
SMA 2270 Calculus III
Purpose of the course
Provide students with a detailed treatment of advanced topics in calculus such as partial
differentiation, Taylor’s theorem, Fourier series and various advanced theorems.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Demonstrate a good understanding of partial differentiation concepts including Taylor’s theorem
2. Demonstrate a good understanding of improper integrals and their applications
3. Apply these concepts in a diverse number of fields such as electrostatics, gravitational attraction
and fluid dynamics
Course content
Functions of several variables: Partial differentiation including gradient, divergence and curl
operators, change of variable including spherical and cylindrical polar coordinates, Taylor's
theorem, stationary points, Langrage multipliers, and tangent plane. Integral calculus: Improper
integrals and their convergence, Fourier series, mean value theorem, mean value and route mean
square of an integral function, double and triple integrals, Jacobian and change of variables, line
and surface integrals, Stokes, Greens and divergence theorems, and applications to potential
theory such as gravitational attraction, electrostatics and fluid dynamics.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
10%
20%
70%
80
Total
100%
Core Reference
1. Hughes-Halliet, D., Gleason, A.M., McCallum, W.G., et al. (2017). Calculus: Multivariable.
7th Edition. Hoboken: Wiley.
2. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus, 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Lipsman, R.L., Rosenberg, J.M. (2017). Multivariable Calculus with MATLAB: With
Applications to Geometry and Physics. Springer.
2. Hass, J., Heil, C., Weir, M.D. (2018). Thomas’ Calculus. 14th Edition. Boston: Pearson.
3. Hughes-Hallet, D., Gleason, A.M., Lock, P.F., et al., (2014). Applied Calculus. 5th Edition.
Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons.
4. Journal of Applied Mathematics
5. International Journal of Applied Mathematics and Computation
EEE 2330 Introduction to Electrical Machines
Prerequisites
EEE 2230 Electrical Circuit Analysis
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand operations, performance and
analysis of DC machines and single-phase transformers
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Analyse industrial machine drives (single and three-phase induction motors) and single-phase
transformers.
2. Analyse operation of three-phase transformers.
3. Analyse torque slip characteristics, maximum torque and efficiency of three phase induction
motors
Course content
DC machines: construction, principles of operation of DC machines (motors and generators),
types of DC machines; emf equations, armature reaction, types of windings; equivalent coupled
circuits; performance, characteristics and testing of DC machines; starting and speed control of
DC motors.
Single phase transformers: Principles of operation; equivalent circuits and phasor diagrams of
no load and loaded transformers, effects of resistance and leakage reactance of the winding;
transformer efficiency and regulation. Three-phase transformers: winding, connections, grouping,
and operation.
Single-phase induction motors: principles of operation of various types of motors (split phase,
capacitor start/run and shaded pole), equivalent circuits; series motor.
Three-phase induction motors: operations, equivalent circuits, circle diagram, constant flux
operations, torque-slip characteristics, maximum torque, effect of rotor resistance, losses and
efficiency
Mode of Delivery
81
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
Course Assessment
30% Continuous Assessment
70% Final Exam
Core Reference
Say M.G. (1992). Alternating current machines London: ELBS and Pitman 5th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Theraja, B.L. & Theraja, A.K. (1997) Electrical technology, Vol. II, : Nirja Construction and
Development Company Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 22nd Ed.
2. Kumar, K. M. (2000). DC machines and transformers. London: Sangam Books Ltd
3. International Journal of Electrical Systems Science and Engineering
4. Clayton A. E & Hancock N. N. (1990) The performance and design of direct current machines.
New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Company Pvt. Ltd.
5. International Journal of Electrical Systems Science and Engineering
SEMESTER 2
SMA 3144 Partial Differential Equations
Prerequisites
SMA 2232: Ordinary Differential Equations
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the concept of Partial differential equations
and the solution techniques.
Expected Learning Outcomes
By the end of the course, the learner should be able to:
1. Formulate partial differential equations to describe real world systems.
2. Determine the existence, uniqueness, and well-posedness of solution of PDEs.
3. Use different methods to solve first order linear and non-linear PDEs of the first degree.
4. Classify second-order partial differential equations.
5. Examine solutions of some special boundary and initial value problems.
Course content
Introduction: Examples and derivation of PDEs, order, superposition principle, homogenous and
non-homogenous equations, initial and boundary conditions, classification of 2nd order equations.
Surfaces and curves in three dimensions, simultaneous partial differential equations of the first
order. Methods of solution of 𝑑𝑥⁄𝑃 = 𝑑𝑦⁄𝑞 − 𝑑𝑡⁄𝑅. Orthogonal trajectories and systems of curves
on a surface, Pfaffian differential forms and Pfaffian differential equations. First order Partial
Differential Equations. Cauchy’s method of Characteristics. Linear, semi-linear and quasi-linear
equations of the first order, integral surfaces passing through a given curve. Non-linear PDEs of
first order: use of the methods of Cauchy, Charpit and Jakobi. Partial differential equations of
82
second order. Partial differential equations with variable coefficients. The heat equation, the wave
and Laplace equations. Transform methods: Laplace and Fourier transforms. Applications of
transform for solving partial differential equations.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Bleecker, D. Csordas, G. (2018). Basic Partial Differential Equations. New York: CRC Press.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Shearer, M., Levy, R. (2015). Partial Differential Equations: An Introduction to Theory and
Applications. New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
2. Constanda, C. (2016). Solution Techniques for Elementary Partial Differential Equations. 3rd
Edition. Boca Raton: CRC Press.
3. Le Dret, H. Lucquin, B. (2017). Partial differential equations: Modelling, Analysis and
Numerical Approximation. London: Birkhauser.
4. O’Neil, P.V. (2014). Beginning Partial Differential Equations (Pure and Applied
Mathematics). Wiley.
5. Borthwick, D. (2016). Introduction to Partial Differential Equations. Switzerland: Springer.
6. International Journal of Partial Differential Equations.
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics III
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand principles behind reciprocating
machines, the fundamentals of combustion processes, principles behind air standard cycles and
internal combustion engines.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Evaluate performance characteristics of reciprocating machines and in turn be able to analyze
reciprocating compressors.
2. Apply combustion equations to analysis of reacting air fuel mixtures and their properties.
3. Perform analysis of gas turbine cycles, reciprocating Otto and diesel cycles as well as
establish performance characteristics of internal combustion engines.
83
Course content
Reciprocating machines: The condition of minimum work, isothermal efficiency, and volumetric
efficiency. Actual indicator diagram. Reciprocating compressors. Metastable flow of vapours.
Fuels and combustion: Types of fuels. Combustion equations. Adiabatic flame temperature.
Stoichiometric air-fuel ratio. Equivalent ratio. Incomplete combustion. Exhaust and flue gas
analysis. Internal energy and enthalpy of reaction. Calorific value of fuels.
Gas power cycles: Air-standard cycles; simple gas turbine. Reciprocating engine cycles; Otto,
Diesel and dual cycles, stirling engine cycles. Comparison of air-standard cycles with real engine
cycle. Performance indicators.
Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines: 2-stroke, 4-stroke cycles, and Compression
Ignition (CI) and Spark Ignition (SI) engines. Criteria of performance: indicated power(ip), brake
power (bp), specific fuel ignition, indicated mean effective pressure. Factors Influencing
performance of CI and SI engines. Overview of engine management systems.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-laboratory sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
G.F.C Rogers & Y.R. Mayhew (1992) Engineering Thermodynamics, 4th Edition
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Burghardt M.D. (1993) Engineering Thermodynamics, Harper Collins
2. Lynn D. R. & George A. A. (1993) Classical Thermodynamics. Oxford University Press
3. International Journal of Fluid and Thermal Engineering
4. Eastop T.D. and McConkey A. (1993) Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologists, Prentice and Hall, 4th Ed.
EMG 3206 Introduction to Engineering Design
Prerequisites
EMG 1102 Engineering Drawing, EMG 2204 Computer Aided Drawing
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand basic engineering design
process and consideration.
84
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Apply the various processes of engineering design
2. Carry out a simple design, simulation and analysis of mechanical components
3. Design tolerance and geometric dimensioning.
Course content
Design process: stages in the evolution of product, economic considerations. Synthesis;
invention and lateral thinking, group stimulus, value analysis. Innovative design. Case studies on
innovative design. Analysis; simulation, evaluation, costing and business aspects. Presentation;
technical, business, written and use of audio-visual aids. A design project.
Project planning in design: Gantt chart, network analysis and project evaluation and review
techniques (PERT). Ergonomics; anthropometrics, the man-machine relationship. The”average”
person. Types of display. Types of control; hand-levers, hand-wheels, cranks, knobs, push
buttons, toggle switches, joysticks and foot pedals.
Design models; qualitative and quantitative types of test models. Calculations for qualitative and
quantitative tests. Geometric similarities, Case studies in testing. Aesthetics; symmetry, balances,
continuity, variety, proportion, contrast and the impression of purpose.
Economics and engineering design. Design for tolerances and geometric dimensioning and
tolerancing. Design for Manufacturing (DFM). Liability and safety in engineering design. Case
study in aesthetic design.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lecture and 3 hour practice every week. Practice will be descriptive of what types of design
are to be given and will vary from year to year.
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratories;
2. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Shigley, J. E., Mischke, C. R., & Budynas, R. G.(2004) Mechanical Engineering Design, 7th Ed.,
McGraw-Hill.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Wilson, J. and Kalameja A., (2005) AutoCAD: 3D Modelling, A Visual Approach.
2. Dieter G., (1999), Engineering Design A Materials and Processing Approach, McGraw Hill.
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
4. Otrowsky O. (2004), Engineering Drawing with CAD Applications
85
EMG 3207 Fluid Mechanics III
Prerequisites
EMG 3101 Fluid Mechanics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand motion of a solid body through
a fluid particularly the boundary layer formed adjacent to the solid surface and the forces
experienced by the solid body, notably lift and drag.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit students should be able to:
1. Perform the fundamental calculations of potential flow and evaluate forces emanating from
laminar and turbulent boundary layers
2. Analyse the mechanics of flow through compressible fluids (gases)
3. Design simple systems involving energy transfer through fluid flow machinery
Course content
Kinematics of fluid element. Potential flow: Rotational and irrotational flows; circulation and
vorticity; stream functions and velocity potential functions. Potential flow nets. Superposition of
rectilinear flows, source and sink. Vortex motion; free and forced vortex flow. Flow past a cylinder.
Pressure fields and lift forces.
Compressibility effects in moving fluids: basic equations for compressible gases in steady
flow conditions; Mach number. One dimensional isentropic flow in convergent and divergent
nozzles.
Flows in turbines and pumps; Degree of reaction: impulse and reaction stages. Velocity
triangles and utilization factors, losses through stages and blade speed ratio.
Concept of laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Lift and drag considerations on bodies moving
in a gas.
The speed of propagation of pressure wave in a gas; the speed of sound, Mach number,
introduction to supersonic flow, the normal and oblique shock waves. Flow with friction. Flow with
heat addition or loss. Averaging techniques for turbulent flows.
Laminar boundary layers; concept, boundary layer thickness, boundary layer equations for twodimensional incompressible flow. Turbulent boundary layers. Drag and lift forces on aero=foils,
and other submerged surfaces.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
5%
10%
15%
86
Final Examination
Total
70%
100%
Core Reference
Douglas J.F., Gasiorek J.M. & Swaffield J.A. (2001), Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Roberson J.A., Crowe C.T. & Elger D.F. (1999) Engineering Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley and
Sons, 9th Ed.
2. Bansal R.K. (1992) Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K. Laxmi Publications, 4th Ed.
3. Journal of Fluids Engineering
4. Munson B.R., Young D.F. & Okiishi T.H. (1998) Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley
and Sons, 3rd Ed.
EMG 3209 Solid and Structural Mechanics II
Prerequisites
EMG 3103 Solid & Structural Mechanics I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to get a basic understanding of simple bending
stresses in beams and to extend this knowledge to composite beams.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Solve problems relating to bending stresses in beams by applying the simple bending theory
2. Analyse stresses in composite beams due to loading
3. Analyse stress and strain relationships for simple structures due to different load application
Course content
Simple (symmetrical) bending theory: Concepts of loading plane, moment plane and neutral
axis. Longitudinal stresses in beams. Constant strength beams; mathematical relations.
Composite beams: Types of composite beams and applications, equivalent section properties,
stress and strain analysis of timber-steel beams and reinforced concrete.
Shear stresses in beams: The shear formula.
Deflection of (statically determinate) beams due to pure bending: Double integration, step
function and moment area methods. Superposition. Application of constant strength beam theory
to carriage spring.
Analysis of stress and strain: Two and three dimensional stress/strain fields, Mohr’s circle for
stress. Mohr’s circle for strain. Principal stresses and strains.
Combined loading applied to design: Eccentric loading, combined bending and axial loads,
combined bending and torsion, combined torsion and axial loads.
Elastic failure in complex stress systems: Tresca’s failure criterion, von-Mises failure criterion,
failure of brittle materials and application of failure theories.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-laboratory sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
87
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Case J., Chilver L. & Carl T. F. R (1999) Strength of Materials and Structures. Elsevier, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Benham P.P. and Crawford R.J. (1987) Mechanics of Engineering Materials, John Wiley &
Sons, Rev. Ed.
2. Hearn E. J. (1997) Mechanics of Materials Volume 1, Butterworth-Heinemann, 3rd Ed.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Gere J.M & Timoshenko S.P. (1984) Mechanics of Materials, ISBN, 2nd Ed.
EMG 3210 Gear Mechanisms
Prerequisites
EMG 2207 Engineering Mechanics – Dynamics, EMG 2208 Mechanics of Machines I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand types of gears as machine
elements.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Distinguish the different types of gears and know terms used in gear mechanisms
2. Apply the law of gearing in analysis of performance of different gears and gearing systems
3. Be able to design and select gears for specific applications
Course content
General description of gears: Spur, Helical, Worm, Herringbone, Bevel, hypoid gears and gear
trains. General terminology and definitions.
Law of gearing: Development of the fundamental law of toothed gears. Involute profile: Its
generation; involute gear tooth action, Involutometry. The cycloidal tooth profile: Its generation,
its properties. Contact ratio.
Forming of gear teeth: Rack cutting. Form milling. Hobbing. Fellows method of shaping.
Spur gears: Interchangeable and standard gears. Interference and undercutting. Varying the
center distance. Non-standard gear teeth.
Rack and Pinion gearing: Terminology and definitions of rack and pinion gearing. Analytical
relationship to spur gears. Involute interference and undercutting.
88
Helical gears: Terminology and definitions. Helical gear relations. Parallel axis helical gears.
Helical gear tooth proportions. Contact of helical gear teeth. Herringbone gears, crossed axis
helical gears.
Worm and worm gears: Terminology and definitions for worm gears. Applications. Center
distance, velocity ratio and efficiency calculations.
Bevel gears: Terminology and definitions. Straight tooth bevel gears, tooth proportions for bevel
gears, spiral bevel gears, hypoid gears.
Crown and face: Functional performance comparison with bevel gears.
Gear trains; Gear trains: Simple, compound and epicyclic trains. Solutions of planetary trains by
formula. Tabular analysis of planetary train differentials.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer Laboratory;
2. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
3. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Hannah J & Stephens R. C. (1984) Mechanics of Machines – Advanced Theory and Examples,
Arnold International, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Buckingham E. (1988) Analytical Mechanics of Gears, Burkingham Inc.
2. Rattan S. S. (1993) Theory of machines McGraw-Hill, 2th Ed.
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
4. Hamilton H. M. & Reinholtz C. F. (1987) Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley
& sons, 4th Ed
EMG 3212 Metrology
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand dimensional metrology,
development of standards for dimensional measurements and measuring equipment used for
production, inspection and tool room.
Expected Learning Outcomes
89
At the end of the course student should be able to:
1. Determine the variation in the dimension of an equipment from the standard.
2. Determine the variation in dimensions of the measuring equipment from the standard.
3. Interpret the standards set for the various dimensional measuring equipment.
4. Use a variety direct and indirect measuring equipment.
Course content
Introduction to Metrology: standards of measurements; wavelength standards, line and endstandards. System of international standards. Mathematical concepts in metrology; errors,
precision and accuracy. Standards; role, legal bases, national and international standards.
Linear measurement: vernier, micrometer, height gauge, dial gauge and other gauges
commonly used in workshops. Limits, fits and limit gauges. Geometrical and positional tolerance.
Angular measurements: levels, sine bar, angle gauges, angle dekkor, dividing heads,
behaviours. Comparators; mechanical, optical, electrical, pneumatic. Optical projectors and
microscopes. Collimation and collimator, interferometry and interferometers; Laser
interferometer. Straightness, flatness and squareness testing; alignment testing.
Surface texture: specification, measurement. Screw thread; type’s errors in threads; internal and
external measurements. Screw thread gauges. Gear measurements; involute geometry and gear
teeth measurements.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer Laboratory;
2. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
3. Overhead projectors
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Thomas G. G. (1974) Engineering metrology, Butterworths publishers, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. R. C. Gupta & Khanna (1979) Engineering Precision Metrology, Chand S. & Co. Ltd ,India, 1st
Ed.
2. Busch T. (1989) Fundamentals of dimensional Metrology, Wilkie Brothers Publishers, 3rd Ed.
3. Journal of Dynamic Systems, Measurement, and Control
4. K. J. Hume (1970) Engineering Metrology, Macdonalds technical, 7th Ed
SMA 3272 Statistics
Prerequisites
90
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to introduce students to methods of analysing
data and teach the students to calculate probability using various laws of probability.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Calculate the mode, frequency, mean etc for a given data.
2. Determine probability using any of the available laws of probability.
3. Analyse a given set of data and determine any parameter that may be required from the data.
Course content
Frequency distribution, discreet and continuous variables, measures of central tendency,
measures of dispersion.
Probability: Additive and multiplicative laws, conditional probability, mutual exclusive events.
Binomial distribution, Normal distribution; properties and application. Sample, populations,
sampling methods, parameters and statistics.
Inferential statistics: Type I and Type II errors. Confidence limits, test of hypothesis. Least
squares and linear regression.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial every week
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer
2. Overhead projector
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
MacClave J. T., Sincich T. L. & William M. (2008) First Course in Statistics, Prentice Hall, 1st Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Freedman D., Pisani R. & Purves R. (2007) Statistics, W. W. Norton Publishers, 4th Ed.
2. Levy P.S. & Lemeshow S. (2008) Sampling of Populations: Methods and Applications, Wiley.
3. International Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Sciences
4. Bulmer M. G. (1979) Principles of Statistics, Dover Publications.
YEAR 4
SEMESTER 1
91
EMG 4101 Industrial Hydraulics
Prerequisites
EMG 3207 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand hydraulic systems and gain
skills on design and operation of hydraulic systems.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Identify and describe the operations of various hydraulic components
2. Size components and appropriately incorporate them in hydraulic design circuits,
3. Carry out fault diagnosis in hydraulic circuits
Course content
Hydraulic fluids: Incompressibility and Pascal’s law; types and properties.
Hydraulic Pumps: Pump types, performance characteristics; Hydraulic actuators: motors and
hydraulic cylinders; different types of actuators and performance characteristics. Filters and
strainers.
Valves: Pressure control valves-pressure relief valves, check valves; 2 and 3-position directional
control valves, different configurations; pilot valves; flow control valves, restrictor valves. Gauges.
Accumulators. Coolers and heaters. Pipes and fittings. Seals and packings. Hydraulic symbology.
Hydrostatic transmission systems.
Design of simple circuits: Sizing of hydraulic components. Fault diagnosis. Service and
maintenance.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshop;
2. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Esposito A. (1994) Fluid Power with Applications, McGraw Hill, 5th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Cundiff J. S. (2001) Fluid Power Circuits and Control, Fundamentals and Applications, CRC
Press, 1st Ed.
2. Richard J. M. & Pippenger J.J. (1997) Fluid Power Maintenance, Basics and Troubleshooting,
CRC Press.
92
3. Journal of Fluids Engineering
4. Stewart H. L. (1977) Fluid power technology, Industrial Press Inc., 4th Ed.
EMG 4102 Material Forming Processes
Prerequisites
EMG 2102 Workshop Processes & Practice II, EMG 2102 Engineering Materials
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand shaping of metals and nonmetallic materials.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Select appropriate methods for producing certain metal parts by cold and hot working.
2. Optimize parameters for producing metal parts by casting
3. Select forming methods for a range of plastics in common use and perform fabrication of
ceramics
Course content
Metal Forming: fundamental classification, cold and hot processes such as, shearing, bending
and deep drawing. Super elasticity.
Casting: fundamentals; types such as sand, die, centrifugal, investment and shell moulding.
Moulding; material. Melting equipment. Cast product; design, materials and defects; cleaning,
finishing and heat-treatment; quality control of casting. Polymer processing; physical and
chemical properties of polymers, injection, extrusion and blow moulding.
Ceramics: properties and fabrication. High speed metal forming; effects of high speed in metal
deformation; examples of sheet forming processes; water hammer forming; explosive forming,
electrodynamic forming, electromagnetic forming.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshop;
2. Overhead projector.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Degarmo E. P., Roanld A. K. & Wayne A. (1988) Materials and Processes in Manufacturing,
Maxwell Macmillan Int, 7th ed.
93
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Lindberg R. A. (1998) Processes and Manufacture of Materials, Prentice Hall of India, 4th Ed.
2. Brydson J. A. (1982) Plastics Materials, Butterworth-Heinemann Publishers, 7th Ed.
3. Heine R. W., Carl R. L. & Philip C. R. (1967) Principles of Metal Casting, McgrawHill, New
Delhi, 2nd Ed.
4. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
5. Begeman M. L. & Amstead B. H. (1987) Manufacturing Processes, Wiley; New York, 8th Ed.
EMG 4103 Solid and Structural Mechanics III
Prerequisites
EMG 3209 Solid and Structural Mechanics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to use energy methods in analysis of
displacements in structures and understand theory relating stresses and strains in thick and
compound cylinders.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Apply energy methods to solve displacements in beams and other structures
2. Determine stresses and displacements in thick cylinders subjected to pressure and design
such cylinders
3. Analyse stresses and strains in rotating members and design such members
Course content
Energy methods: Determinate and indeterminate structures; virtual displacement and virtual
forces. Strain energy in tension, torsion, bending and shear, impact loading, work under several
loads and Castigiliano’s theorem. Unit load method for calculating displacements.
Thick and compound cylinders: Lame’s equations, thick cylinders with internal and external
pressure, effect of end constraints, compound cylinders, stresses produced by shrink-fit.
Rotating discs and cylinders: Stresses and strains, rotation of shrink fit assemblies, discs with
varying values of thickness, thermal effects. Rotation of cylinders/shafts.
Deformation beyond the elastic limit: Bending of beams beyond the elastic limit, torsion of
shafts beyond the elastic limit, plastic deformation of thick cylinders under internal pressure,
residual stresses.
Unsymmetrical bending: Revision of simple bending of straight beams – concepts of plane of
loading, plane of moments – resolution of moments. General flexure formula, applications,
concept of stress variation with distance from the neutral axis. Bending of curved beams with
plane loading: Winkler’s analysis
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector
94
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Gere J. M. & Timoshenko S. (1984) Mechanics of Materials, Thomson Brooks/Cole, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Benham P.P., Crawford R. J. & Armstrong C. G. (1996) Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall,
2 Ed.
2. Hearn E. J. (1995) Mechanics of Materials part 2, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 2nd Ed.
3. Journal of Pressure Vessel Technology
4. Case J., Chilver L. & Carl T. F. R. (1999) Strength of Materials and Structures, ButterworthHeinemann, 4th Ed.
EMG 4104 Computer Aided Manufacturing
Prerequisites
EMG 1102 Engineering Drawing, EMG 2204 Computer Aided Drawing
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to be equipped with the practical knowledge
of design and manufacturing techniques using computer based systems
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Use some commercial CAD software to perform solid modelling
2. Write simple numerical control machining programme
3. Optimize a design
Course content
Overview of Computer Aided Design (CAD) and Computer Aided Manufacturing (CAM).
CAD hardware systems. CAD software systems: Concepts and principles underlying threedimensional 95behaviour; wireframe, surface and solid 95behaviour. Finite elements as a CAD
tool; draughting; 95behaviour and analysis.
CAM hardware systems. Machine tool control; methods of programming numerically controlled
machines.
Robotics: types of robots; physical configurations; programming applications and economics of
robots. The benefits and limitations of CAD and CAM.
Parametric design techniques such as guided iteration, optimization, and Taguchi’s methods.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratory;
95
2. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Whelan P. (2004) AutoCAD 2004 in easy steps, Computer Step.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Encanacao J. L., Linder R. & Schechtendahl E. G. (1990) Computer Aided Design:
Fundamentals and System Architectures, Springer-Verlag, Berlin
2. Stephen J. E. & Christine A. E. (2000) Instant AutoCAD: Mechanical Desktop 4.0, Prentice
Hall.
3. International Journal of Mechanical Systems Science and Engineering
4. Fanti M.P. et al. (2001) Computer integrated manufacturing , CRC Press LLC, 2nd ed.
5. Teicholz C.E. (1985) CAD/CAM Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
6. International Journal of Computer Systems Science and Engineering
7. Wilson J. And Kalameja A. (1995) AutoCAD 2004: 3D Modelling, Visual Approach, Autodesk
Press.
8. Chang T.C., Wijk R.A. & Wang H.P. (2005) Computer Aided Manufacturing, Prentice-Hall Inc.,
New Jersey.
9. Altintas Y. (2006) Manufacturing Automation: Metal Cutting Mechanics, Machine Tool
Vibrations and CNC Design, Cambridge.
EMG 4105 Control Engineering I
Prerequisites
EMG 3104 Mechanics of Machines II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand control systems engineering
and the control action.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Calculate the response given the input to a control system.
2. Determine the stability of a give system using Routh and Hurtwiz criterions
3. Determine the stability of a give system using Nyquist analysis
Course content
Control systems: Definition; control action, open loop, closed loop, linear time invariant systems,
time varying systems, stochastic systems. First and second order systems. Modelling of control
systems: Differential equations, block diagrams, block diagram algebra. State space
representation. Linearization of non-linear mechanical, electrical, hydraulic and thermal systems.
96
System response: Transfer functions. Laplace transforms; application of Laplace transforms to
the solution of linear constant coefficient differential equations. Steady-state and transient
responses. Forced and free response; the D-operator and the characteristic equation. Typical test
signals for time response, unit step, unit ramp and unit impulse.
System frequency response; sinusoidal inputs.
Stability: Characteristic equation and the root locations, the s-plane. Routh stability criterion.
Hurtwiz stability criterion. Nyquist analysis; polar plots, Nyquist stability plot, Nyquist criterion.
Methods of improving stability.
Control elements and systems: Control elements; rotating machines, transducers, controllers,
electronic amplifiers, thyristors. Control systems; speeds control, numerical control machine tools
and process control. Transient motion in control systems.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories
2. Computer laboratory
3. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Distefano J. J., Stubberud A. R. & Williams I. J. (1994) Feedback and Control Systems: Theory
and Problems (Schaum’s Outline Series), McGraw-Hill, 2 Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Kuo B. C. & Farid G. (2002) Automatic Control Systems, Wiley, 8th Ed.
2. Gene F. (2005) Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems, Prentice Hall, 5th Ed.
3. Journal of Dynamic Systems, Measurement, and Control
4. Ogata K. (1996) Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall, 3rd Ed.
EMG 4106 Material Science
Prerequisites
EMG 1204 Introduction to Material Science
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the general structure and
properties of ceramics and polymer, various non-destructive testing techniques and the properties
of composite materials
Expected Learning Outcomes
97
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Select appropriate ceramic materials and polymers for a given application or design
2. Select the appropriate non-destructive techniques for different applications.
3. Select appropriate composite materials for particular applications.
Course content
Ceramics structures: Crystalline and amorphous types; alumina, graphite, spinels, silicon
carbide and silicon nitride; metal carbide tool materials, properties and fabrication. Structure, heat
treatment and properties of glasses.
Polymers: Classification, polymer structure, polymerisation process, polymer molecules, raw
materials, plasticisers, and fillers. Thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics. Mechanical
behaviour of polymers. Degradation of polymers. Designing with polymers. Dislocation and
strengthening theories: Critical resolved shear stress, influence of dislocations on mechanical
properties, slip planes and slip systems in various crystal types, low angle grain boundaries, solid
solution strengthening, precipitation-, dispersion-, work- and quench hardening.
Non-destructive testing techniques: Detection of surface and sub-surface defects by visual
inspection, liquid penetrants, magnetic particles, ultrasonic testing and radiography. Recent
developments.
Composite materials: Classification, fibre reinforced- and particle reinforced composites,
fracture modes, processing, mechanical behaviour, designing with composites. Introduction to
construction materials; wood, concrete and asphalt.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
R A Higgins (1994) Properties of Engineering Materials, Publisher, Hodder & Stroughton, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Pascoe K. J. (1985) An Introduction to the Properties of Engineering Materials, Publisher, van
Nostrand Reinhold, 1st Ed.
2. Van Vlack L.H. (1982) Science of Engineering Materials, Publisher; Addison Wesley, 6th Ed.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Srivastava C. M. & Scrinivasa C. (1991) Mechanical Properties of Materials, Wesley Eastern
98
EMG 4107 Mechanics of Machines III
Prerequisites
EMG 3104 Mechanics of Machines II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand various linkages and related
mechanisms, be equipped with knowledge on synthesis of planar linkages and analyze Hooke’s
universal joint and spatial mechanisms as well as cams.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Distinguish the different types of linkages
2. Select special purpose mechanisms
3. Design and analyze a cam mechanism
Course content
Review of analysis of planar mechanisms; Degrees of freedom, kinematic pair. Theoretical
position, velocity and acceleration analysis of a slidercrank mechanism; as an example. Types of
planar linkages and special purpose mechanisms: Crankrocker, double crank and double rocker
mechanisms. Special purpose mechanisms; quickreturn, straightline motion, dwell motion and
toggle joint. Synthesis of four bar linkages: Classification of synthesis; function generation, path
generation and motion generation. Freudenstein’s equation. Optimum transmission angle of a
crankrocker mechanism. Cognates of linkages. Chebychev theorem. Computer aided design in
linkage design. Introduction to spatial linkages: Possible link connection types allowing for three
dimensional motion; revolute, prismatic slides, helix pair, cylindrical pair, spherical and plane
joints. Kinematics of a typical fourbar spatial linkage.Hooke’s universal joint: Construction of
Hooke’s universal joint. Inputoutput relationships of angular position and velocity, coefficient of
fluctuation of speed, arrangements to give equal input and output speeds at all times. Acceleration
of the output and condition for maximum acceleration. Cam dynamics and design: Cam profiles,
displacement diagrams and derivatives of follower motion. Graphical design of cams. Analysis of
cams; straight flanks, curved flanks. High speed and standard cams. Polynoid cam design. Effect
of sliding friction.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
3. Computer laboratory;
4. Overhead projectors.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
99
1. Hannah J. & Stephens R. C. (1987) Mechanics of Machines Advanced theory and Examples,
ButterworthHeinemann Ltd, S.I. edition.
2. Reinholtz C. H. & Hamilton H. M. (1987) Mechanics and Dynamics of Machinery, John Wiley
& sons, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Grosjean J. (1991) Kinematics and Dynamics of Mechanisms, McGrawHill.
2. Ramamurti V. (2002) Mechanics of Machines, Narosa, 1st Ed.
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
EEE 4130 Microprocessors
Prerequisites
EEE 2330 Introduction to Electrical Machines
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the fundamentals of
microprocessors, concepts of interior elements of a microprocessor including data transfer and
storage and know how design and implement software systems.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Describe the use of logical circuits, logical gates and arithmetic circuits in microprocessors
2. Describe the coexistence of the various functional blocks (microprocessor, memories and I/O
devices) and the relationships between them
3. Develop sample assembly language programs to verify the operations of the functional blocks.
Course content
Microprocessor fundamentals: Combination logic circuits, logic gates Flipflops; RS, Dand JK.
Arithmetic circuits; binary addition, subtraction and 2’s complement. Shift registers: serial
inserial out, serial in parallel out, parallel inserial out, parallel in parallel out. Counters;
synchronous, asynchronous and updown. Microprocessor systems: survey of microprocessor
trend, architectural layouts of microprocessor; microprocessor peripherals: memory
organizations, segmentation, programmable I/O devices, I/O and stack operations. Instructions:
types, format and addressing modes, piping and queuing, timing diagrams. Interfacing: serial
and parallel interfacing devices, polling techniques.Assembly language programming:
assembler concept, mnemonics, symbolic addressing, literal and pseudo operations, program
counter, data storage locations, error flags and messages.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
5%
100
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. Khambata, Adi J. (1986) Microprocessors/microcomputers: architecture, software and
systems, New York: Wiley.
2. Crisp J. (2004) Introduction to microprocessors and microcontrollers, Amsterdam; Boston:
Elsevier/Newnes, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Tocci R. J. & Ambrosio F. J. (2002) Microprocessors and microcomputers: hardware and
software, Prentice Hall, 6th Ed.
2. Ramesh S. G. (2002) Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with the
8085, Prentice hall, 5th Ed.
3. International Journal of Electrical and Electronics Engineering.
SEMESTER 2
EMG 4223 Experimental Stress Analysis
Prerequisites
EMG 4211 Solid and Structural Mechanics IV
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the use of strain measurements
in determining the distribution of stress in a loaded structure and develop designs analysis of
structural elements.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to:
1. Design load cells to determine forces and torque in a loaded structure.
2. Select appropriate strain gauges for use in different applications in formation and breakage
mechanisms.
3. Model the loading behaviour of structures using photo elasticity.
Course content
Strain measurement: electrical resistance strain gauges; principles, performance parameters,
temperature sensitivity and cross sensitivity; other types of gauges, configurations and
applications.
Instrumentation: Wheatstone bridges as commercial strain indicators; signal conditioning
circuits; recording. Rosette analysis. Bi-axial stress and strain field. Torque and stress gauges.
Engineering photoelasticity: principles, polariscope and models; stress lines in a stress field,
two dimensional model analysis; application to stress analysis of simple problems, boundary
101
stresses, stress concentration actors and separation of principle stresses. Three-dimensional
photoelasticity; photoelasticity coatings. Introduction to speckle interferometry methods
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
3. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
4. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
James W. D & William F.R. (2005) Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 3rd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Mark B.M. (1954) Principles of Experimental Analysis, Prentice-Hall
2. James W.D, William F.R, Kenneth G.M. (1993) Instrumentation for Engineering
Measurements, Wiley, 2nd Ed.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Holister G.S. (1967) Experimental Stress Analysis: Principles and Methods, Cambridge
University Press
EMG 4210 Control Engineering II
Prerequisites
EMG 4105 Control Engineering I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand controllers, their configuration
and the design with various control actions.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Differentiate between the various control actions and their application.
2. Select an appropriate control action for a specific design.
3. Design with PI controller
Course content
Controllers: Basic control actions, automatic controllers, actuators, and sensors.
Design using various control actions: Design specifications, controller configurations.
Proportional (P) control action, Derivative (D) control action, lntegral (I) control action, Proportional
102
plus Derivative (PD) control action, Proportional plus Integral (PI) control action. Design with the
PID controllers.
State-space: State variable feedback controller design; controllability, observability, eigenvalue
placement, observe design for linear systems.
Introduction to nonlinear control systems: Sources of nonlinearity, mathematical description
of nonlinear systems. Systems with random inputs. Introduction to optimal and adaptive control
formulations
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. Kuo B.C. (2002) Automatic Control Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 8th Ed.
2. Recommended Reference Materials
3. Gille J.C., Gille-Maisani J.C. & Pelegrin M.J. (1959) Feedback Control Systems: Analysis,
Synthesis, and Design, McGraw-Hill.
4. Franklin G.F., Powell J.D. & Emami-Naeini A. (1994) Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems,
Addison-Wesley.
5. Journal of Dynamic Systems, Measurement, and Control
6. Distefano J.J., Stubberud A.R. & Williams I.J. (1990) Feedback and Control Systems:
Theory and Problems (Schaum’s Outline Series), McGraw Hill
EMG 4211 Solid and Structural Mechanics IV
Prerequisites
EMG 4103 Solid & Structural Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to learn the concepts of shear stress, shear
deflection and shear centre as well as the theory behind struts (columns) and parameters involved
in their design.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
103
1. Solve problems relating to columns and be able to design the same
2. Analyse and design structures which are statically indeterminate
3. Design simple plates and cells from a structural perspective
Course content
Shear stresses and deflection: Concepts of shear flow, horizontal and vertical shear stresses.
Shear stress distribution in thin walled cross-sections. Shear centre of open thin walled crosssections. Shear deflection of beams using the slope and energy methods. Total deflection of
beams.
Shear stresses due to torsion: Shear stress due to torsion. Torsion of non-circular sections.
Shear stress distribution due to torsion of thin-walled non-circular closed cross-section; single cell
and multi-cell cross-section.
Struts: Stability, Critical load, Euler’s crippling load for struts with different end constraints, struts
with initial curvature, struts with eccentric loading and secant formula, struts with transverse
loading and empirical strut formulae. Beam columns; Rigorous method and approximate
engineering methods, modified methods of superposition. Statically indeterminate beams:
Analysis using double integration, step function, moment area, superposition and Clapeyrons
three moment equation.
Plates and Shells: Plates: Simple concepts of the general plate problem such as stress,
curvature and moments relation. Cylindrical and spherical bending. Bending of rectangular plates
and axi-symmetrically loaded circular plates – simple cases. Shells: Simple membrane action,
symmetrically loaded shells of revolution and cylindrical shells.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Gere & Timoshenko (1990) Mechanics of Materials, Boston: PWS – Kent Publishers 3rd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Benham P.P. and Crawford R.J. (1987) Mechanics of Engineering Materials, John Wiley &
Sons, Rev. Ed.
2. E. J. Hearn (1997) Mechanics of Materials part 2, 3rd Ed.
3. Journal of Engineering Materials and Technology
4. Case J., Chilver L. & Carl T. F. R (1999) Strength of Materials and Structures. Elsevier, 4th
Ed.
104
EMG 4212 Vibrations
Prerequisites
EMG 3209 Solid and Structural Mechanics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand causes and effects of vibrations
in mechanisms.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to;
1. Design vibration isolators and vibration absorbers
2. Use energy methods to analyse multi-degree of freedom systems
3. Use iteration methods to determine the frequencies and mode shapes of vibrating systems
Course content
Single degree of freedom systems: Undamped free vibrations, damped free vibrations, forced
undamped and forced damped vibrations. General periodic forcing functions and arbitrary forcing
functions.
Free and damped vibrations in mechanisms: Free vibrations in mechanisms, damped
vibrations in mechanisms. Applications; vibration isolator, vibration absorber. Whirling of shafts.
Lumped parameter analyses
Multi-degree of freedom systems: Energy methods of analysis, influence coefficients.
Frequencies and mode shapes of undamped systems, response to initial conditions. Iteration
methods for frequencies and mode shapes. Undamped response to periodic forcing functions.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Hannah J., Stephens R. C.(1984) Mechanics of Machines – Advanced theory and Examples,
Arnold International, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Thomsom, W., T. (1998) Theory of Vibrations with Applications, Stanley Thornes (Publishers)
Ltd, 4th Ed.
2. Srinivasan P. (1990) Mechanical Vibrations Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Ed.
105
3. Hartog J.P. (1985) Mechanical Vibrations, Courier Dover Publications.
4. Journal of Vibrations and Acoustics
5. Rao S. S. (1995) Mechanical Vibrations, Wesley, 3rd Ed
EMG 4213 Machine Design
Prerequisites
EMG 3104 Mechanics of Machines II, EMG 3206 Introduction to Engineering Design
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the fundamental aspects of
design of machines, including the specification and selection of standard machine components.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Size and select the appropriate standard machine components
2. Make detailed designs of simple machines incorporating elements such as gears, bearings,
couplings, power drives etc.
3. Select the required method of joining machine elements.
Course content
Machine elements: Shafts and axles; tubular and solid shafts, axle and shaft designs, keys and
keyways, splines and serrations; hub-shaft mountings, static and dynamic balances, avoidance
of whip.
Couplings; types, hubs and driving flanges, collar and coupling designs, selection and
specifications.
Constructions and classification belts, sprockets, chains, mechanical springs; leaf, coil and
torsional.
Clutches; types and characteristics; designs, selection, assembly and torque testing.
Bearings: designs; materials; types and selection; bearing housing, removal, clearing, inspection
and assembly, lubrication, alignment and pre-lading. Seals: gaskets and rings; dynamic and fluid
seals; dirt excluders; removal and fitting.
Cams and ratchets; types, selection, variable cam and ratchet feeds. Principal of tribology.
Bearings: Hydrodynamic bearings, sliding bearings, bush shell and guide. Design of welded
joints, riveted joints. Design of fasteners. Adhesives in joining. Standardization; use of standard
parts. Use of handbooks and catalogues. Preparation of bill of materials. Machine design project.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Project
Continuous Assessment Tests
30%
20%
106
Final Examination
Total
70%
100%
Core Reference
R. Budynas, J. Keith Nisbett (2006) Shigley’s Mechanical Engineering Design McGraw-Hill
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Rudolph J. Eggert (2004) Engineering Design, Prentice Hall
2. Karl Ulrich, Steven Eppinger, (2003) Product Design and Development, McGraw-Hill.
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
4. Rothbart H. A., Brown T. H (2006) Mechanical Design Handbook, McGraw-Hill
SMA 3261 Numerical Methods
Prerequisites
SMA 2232: Ordinary Differential Equations
Purpose of the course
The aim of this course is to introduce the students to alternative analysis methods of solving linear
and non-linear equations using numerical approximations with minimal errors.
Expected Learning Outcomes
By the end of the course, the learner should be able to:
1. Solve nonlinear algebraic equations.
2. Interpret results obtained through numerical procedures.
3. Apply numerical techniques to solve differentiation and integration problem,
4. Implement appropriately developed algorithms for solving application problems.
Course content
Interpolation: Lagrange interpolation, Finite differences, Newton finite/divided differences
methods, Stirling’s formula. Numerical differentiation: using interpolating polynomial and
finite/divided difference formulas. Solution of non-linear algebraic equations: The fixed-point
iterative method. The Newton-Raphson method. Numerical integration: Newton-Cotes
quadrature formula, Trapezoidal, and Simpson’s quadrature rules. Romberg Integration formula,
Numerical double integration. Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Taylor
series, Euler and Improved Euler’s formula, Runge-Kutta methods, Predictor-Corrector methods.
Mode of Delivery
Lectures, Tutorials, Self-study, exercises, group discussions, presentations
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
White board, markers, flip chart, hand-outs, LCD projector, a computer installed with appropriate
software.
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
10%
20%
70%
107
Total
100%
Core Reference
Rao, K.S. (2018). Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers. 4th Edition. Delhi: PHI
Learning.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Nassif, N. Fayyad, D.K. (2014). Introduction to Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing.
London: CRC Press.
2. Chapra, S.C. (2018). Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists.
4th Edition. New York: McGraw-Hill.
3. Gilat A., Subramanian, V. (2014). Numerical methods for Engineers and Scientists. 3rd Edition.
New York: Wiley.
4. SIAM Journal of Numerical Analysis.
YEAR 5
SEMESTER 1
EMG 5101 Power Plants
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to learn the principles of power production in
a variety of power generation set-ups.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the students should be able to:
1. Classify the various types of power plants according to the process/energy-source applied.
2. Identify the fundamental components of a power-generation plant.
3. Calculate the requirements of a particular power plant from a given power demand.
Course content
Steam power plant, cycles and efficiencies: boilers, steam turbines, condensers, heat
exchangers. Antipollution systems and safety.
Internal combustion engines: construction and efficiencies; gas turbine, diesel engine, cogeneration, gas and steam combined power plant.
Natural energy power plant: construction and operation; geothermal, solar, windmill, water
turbine.
Nuclear power plant: Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR); Boiling Water Reactor (BWR), reactor
vessel, steam generator. Recycling of used nuclear fuel.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
108
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories
2. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Veatch B. (1995) Power Plant Engineering, Springer.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Eastop T.D. and McConkey A., (1993) Applied Thermodynamics for Engineering
Technologists, Prentice and Hall, 4th Ed.
2. Burghardt M.D. (1993) Engineering Thermodynamics, Harper Collins
3. Journal of Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power
4. Rogers G.F.C. & Mayhew Y.R., (1992) Engineering Thermodynamics, Longman Singapore
Publishers, 4th Ed
EMG 5102 Heat Transfer
Prerequisites
EMG 3207 Fluid Mechanics III, EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to learn about the principles of heat transfer
and be able to select heat exchangers.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to;
1. Apply laws governing heat conduction to simple solid geometries.
2. Apply principles behind natural and forced convection to a thermal boundary layer.
3. Design simple heat transfer devices and select heat exchangers.
Course content
Introduction: Scope and nature of heat transfer
Heat transfer through conduction: Fourier’s law. One dimensional steady state conduction
through simple shapes, composite walls, cylinders. Three dimensional steady state heat
conduction. Newton’s law of cooling.
Heat transfer by convection: Natural convection. Forced convection. Thermal boundary layer.
Forced laminar flow convection and Reynolds number.
Radiation: Black body radiation, Kirchoffs law and grey body radiation, radiation from gases and
flames.
Combined modes of heat transfer: Heat exchangers, heat flow through a wall, heat flow through
a cooling fin.
Mode of Delivery
109
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories
2. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Bergman T. L., Lavine, A. S., Incropera F. P., DeWitt, D. P. , 2020, Fundamentals of Heat and
Mass Transfer, 7th, New York, NY, Wiley
Recommended Reference Materials
Pitts, D. R., Sissoom, L. E, 2012, Schaum’s Outline Series – Heat Transfer, 2nd, New York, NY,
McGraw-Hill Education
Bird, R. B., Stewart, W. E., Lightfoot, E. N., 2006, Transport Phenomena, 2nd, New York, NY,
Wiley.
EMG 5103 Final Year Project I
Prerequisites
SMA 2272 Statistics
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to know the available techniques of carrying
out research, identify a research problem and come up with appropriate techniques of solving it
and reporting technical data.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Know and differentiate between the different types of research methodologies 2. Know
techniques of data collection, analysis and error determination
2. Write a sound technical report given through a term paper.
3. At the end of this course the students will come up with a project and a report that must have
the following components; Design, Fabrication, and Testing
Course content
Definition. Types of Research; experimental, survey and simulations. Problem identification.
Research proposal: Research process; literature review. Methodology; Data collection and
generation, observations, interviews, questionnaires and conclusions.
Technical report writing: The student will be expected to come up with a proposal report for the
final year project.
Teaching methodology:
110
The students will be allowed a day (8 hours) per week to research, design and fabricate, and
consult with the supervisors. Another 2 hours are allowed every week for the students to present
their progress reports on rotational basis. Academic staff members will usually attend
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratory;
2. Overhead projector;
3. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshop.
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests - 100% in the form of oral and written technical reports.
Core Reference
Holman J.P. (2001) Experimental methods for Engineers, Prentice Hall, 4th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Day A.R. (1998) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Oryx, 5th Ed.
2. Kumar R. (2005) Research Methodology: A Step-by-step Guide for Beginners, SAGE.
3. International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology.
4. Taylor R.J. (1997) An Introduction to Error Analysis, University Science Books, 2nd Ed.
EMG 5105 Measurements and Instrumentation
Prerequisites
EMG 3212 Metrology
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand basic physical principles
supporting common transducers and of the principles of measurement in analogue and digital
instruments.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, students should be able to;
1. Analyse measurement errors
2. Describe the static and dynamic characteristics of instrumentation systems
3. Understand several basic remote sensing techniques and appreciate the importance of signal
processing
Course content
Transducers: Resistive, capacitive, inductive, thermal, optical, piezoelectric, ultrasonic etc.
Performance terminology. Analogue and digital instruments Principles of operation of analogue
and digital instruments. Instrument transformers; current and potential transformers, ratio and
phase angle errors. Cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO). Calibration of instruments. Description of
measurement system and treatment of errors
111
Elements of a measurement system. Sources of error; system error, random error, and human
error. Statistical treatment of errors in measurements. Mathematical definitions for absolute error,
relative error, resolution and sensitivity of instrument. Accuracy and precision.
Measurements: Measurements of voltage, current, charge, resistance, inductance, capacitance,
phase angle, frequency, power and energy. Generalized performance of instrumentation systems
Static characteristics. Meteorological standards. Dynamic characteristics: dynamic system
models; first and second order systems. Remote sensing Remote sensing techniques Signal
conditioning Noise and interference reduction. Microprocessor application in instrumentation.
Chart recorder: X-Y plotters, digital data recording, digital displays.
Data conversion: Data acquisition cards, interfacing and data acquisition and processing
software for example LabVIEW.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops
2. Computer laboratory
3. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Morris A.S., (2001), Measurement and Instrumentation Principle, Butter worth Heinemann
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Sirohi R.S. & Krishna H.C.R. (1991) Mechanical Measurements New Age publishers, 3rd Ed.
2. Fraser C. & Milne J. (1994) Integrated Electrical and electronic Engineering for Mechanical
Engineers McGraw-Hill.
3. Journal of Dynamic Systems, Measurement, and Control.
4. Beckwith R.D. & Lienhard J.H. (1995) Mechanical Measurements, Addison-Wesley
Publishing Co
EMG 5113 Metal Forming Processes
Prerequisites
EMG 4106 Material Science
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to analyse the mechanics of plastic
deformation in metal forming.
Expected Learning Outcomes
112
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Use equilibrium and energy methods to determine the forming loads for a number of forming
processes
2. Establish the minimum power consumption and capacity of the machine and appreciate the
relative advantages of high velocity forming processes
3. Use yield criteria and the characteristic property of material in the development of forming
processes to predict cause of failure of the tool and poor performance of the product in
service
Course content
Plasticity; stress-strain relationship, complex stresses, yield criterion; plane stress and plane
strain system. Calculation of deforming loads; equilibrium methods and energy methods.
Metal forming processes: Drawing; force in wire, die pressure, flat strip and tube drawing.
Extrusion; frictionless extrusion, allowance for friction. Forging: analysis and derivations of
forming loads. Rolling hot and cold, roll load and torques, special mills.
Sheet metal forming: bending, stretch forming. Deep drawing and ironing. High Velocity forming:
Explosive forming; electro-hydraulic forming, electromagnetic forming; shock tube forming
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Rowe G.W. (1977) Principles of Industrial Metalworking, Publisher Edward Arnold.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Johnson R.W. & Mellor P.B. (1973) Engineering Plasticity, Publisher van Nonstrand.
2. Chenot J.L. & Oate E. (1988) Modelling of Metal Forming Processes, Kluwer Academic
Publishers.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Boljanovic V. (2004) Sheet Metal Forming Processes and Die Design, Industrial Press Inc.
SEMESTER 2
EMG 5216 Production and Industrial Management
Prerequisites
113
EMG 2102 Workshop Processes & Practice II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand production planning and its,
planning techniques and the role of computers in production planning and the importance of
materials handling in production.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to;
1. plan for manufacturing system for a variety of layout of facilities
2. use the knowledge to select the appropriate manufacturing system
3. optimally schedule operations in a production set up and select the appropriate material
handling equipment
Course content
Environment of Industrial Management: Management and Global Environment, Environment and
Corporate Culture, Ethics and Social Responsibility; Planning, Organizing; Leading & Controlling
Planning industrial setup: site location and facilities layout; capacity planning, resource allocation
and scheduling, Layout; job-shop, flow shop; fixed position; continuous; linked cell; group
technology.
Materials handling; Types/ Categories of Material Handling Systems; Principles of Material
Handling. unit load; equipment; conveyors; industrial trucks; monorails; hoists; cranes; storage
and retrieval
Production Planning: Forecasting; inventory control; Master Production Scheduling; Material
Requirement Planning
Scheduling: Work methods and measurements; work centres; priority rules and techniques; shop
floor control.
Production Quality Management: Statistical Quality Control
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projector.
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
1. Steven Nahmias (2015) “Production & Operation Analysis”, McGraw-Hill
2. Jay Heizer and Barry Render (2013) Operations Management, Pearson Education Limited;
11th edition (2013).
114
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Chiles V., Black S.C., Lissaman A.J. & Martin S.J. (1996) Principles of Engineering
Manufacture, Arnold Publisher.
2. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
EMG 5217 Law for Engineers
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the process of law making and
importance of law as a discipline that governs the interaction of an engineer with the society.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Describe the nature and sources of law
2. Describe various acts of the Kenyan law that affect engineering practice
3. Describe the Act that govern and regulate the engineering profession in Kenya
Course content
Nature and sources of Law. Law of Tort: Negligence, nuisance, defamation, trespass to person
and property, Ruling in Ryland vs. Fletcher, vicarious liability
Law of Contract: essential elements, terms, exemption clauses, mistakes, misinterpretation,
duress, undue influence, illegal contracts, void contracts, discharge of contract, remedies for
breach of contract, limitations of actions.
Factories Act [Cap. 514]; health, safety and welfare; offenses, penalties and legal proceedings.
Trade unions Act [Cap. 233]; Legal status of trade unions, registration membership and
liabilities.
Trade disputes Act [Cap. 234]; jurisdiction of the industrial court, protection of the essential
services, life and property.
Environmental Management and Co-ordination Act [Cap 8 of 1999]: Environmental impact
assessment licensing, monitoring, effluent discharge, Air quality standards and emissions
licensing.
Energy Act[Cap 12 of 2006]: Energy Regulatory Commission, Renewable Energy, Energy
efficiency and conservation
Laws governing patents and intellectual property Engineers Registration Act [Cap 530].
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Overhead projector;
2. Flip charts.
Course Assessment
30% Continuous Assessment
70% Final Exam
115
Core Reference
Jackson T., (1970), The Law of Kenya: An Introduction, East African Literature Bureau.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Laws of Kenya - Government printers.
2. www.kenyalaw.org
3. International Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences
4. Jackson T., (1986), The Law of Kenya: An Introduction, Cases and Statutes, Kenya Literature
Bureau
EMG 5218 Operations Research
Prerequisites
SMA 2220 Calculus IV, SMA 2272 Statistics
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to grasp the mathematical concepts used in
management and understand planning and sequencing of activities in a production environment
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Apply the various tools used in project management
2. Solve relevant management planning problems using mathematical tools
3. Apply simulation techniques used in resource management
Course content
History and nature of Operations Research. Linear Programming; simplex method, solution
and its interpretation, application areas; transportation models; using Northwest method, least
cost method, vogel approximation method (VAM).
Assignment model; formulation solution.
Inventory models: periodic model, quantity model, basic economic order quantity discounts,
stock-out, buffer stock, activity based costing analysis, pareto analysis, Just In Time (JIT)
systems, Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP I & II).
Network model; deterministic, critical path analysis/critical path method, probabilistic model,
programme evaluation/review technique, crashing, resource leveling, Gantt charts; applications
in project management. Queuing model, single server and multiserver systems.
Simulation: introduction and application in forecasting, queuing and inventory models,
replacement models. Game theory; pure and mixed strategies, SADDLE, dominance, graphical
solution, solution by algebraic and linear programming method.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lecture and 1 hour tutorial per week.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratory;
2. Overhead projector.
Course assessment
116
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Shenoy G.V., Srivatara U.K., Curma S., (1991), Operations Research for Management, New Age
Publishers, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Taha H.A., (1995), Operations research: An Introduction, Prentice Hall.
2. Hillier F.S., Lieberman G.J., (1974), Operations Research, Holden-Day.
3. International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology
4. Ecker J.G., Kupferschmid M., (1987), Introduction to Operations Research, John Wiley and
Sons Ltd.
EMG 5219 Maintenance Engineering and Industrial Safety
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the importance of conducting
maintenance of industrial machines and know the various types of maintenance.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Differentiate between the various types of maintenance functions and their importance to the
reliability and safety of industrial machinery
2. Relate the legal requirements to safety matters in work places
3. Know the major causes of industrial fires and the methods of fire prevention
Course content
Introduction, objectives of maintenance, plant deterioration and failure, the bath-tub curve for
component failures, reliability, reliability curve for equipment, availability. Data sources. Design of
maintenance systems; maintenance strategy and planning. Types of maintenance. Cost
requirements for good maintenance policy. Legislation on occupational health and safety. Safety
systems. Accident causes and prevention. Safety hazards in industries. Industrial fires: Types,
characteristics and behaviours. Build space fire safety, fire detection and alarm systems, fire
extinguishing agents’ systems and equipment. Industrial fire prevention and protection.
Room Acoustics: Rectangular room modal analysis, Standing waves, Modal density, Modal
incidence, Reverberation time, Noise Criteria (NC) curves, Room Criteria (RC) curves. Silencers
and Mufflers: Acoustic performance parameters, Absorption silencers, Lined ducts, Lined bends,
Lined plenum, Acoustic louvers. Environmental acoustics: Acoustic correction, Plumbing noise,
Highway noise surveys, Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) noise control.
Mode of Delivery
117
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Ladwig, T.H., (1990), Industrial Fire prevention and protection, Van Norstrand Reinhord
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Dhillon B.S. (2002) Engineering Maintenance: A Modern Approach, CRC Press.
2. Blake R.P. (1963) Industrial Safety, Prentice-Hall
3. International Journal of Innovation, Management and Technology
4. Chelsom J.V., Payne A.C. & Reavill L.R.P. (2005) Maintenance for Engineers, John Wiley
and Sons.
HRD 2401 Entrepreneurship Skills
Prerequisites
None
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to set up and manage small scale enterprises.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, the student should be able to;
1. Prepare and understand a profit and loss account, and a balance sheet
2. Prepare budget for an engineering/production firm, and identify the various sources of
financing such a budget
3. Evaluate the performance of a business, using the various analysis ratios
Course content
Entrepreneurship and entrepreneur defined: The entrepreneur and society, Entrepreneurship
and self-employment, The government and entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial behaviour, The
characteristics/qualities of an entrepreneur, The entrepreneur (owner manage) and the
entrepreneur (employed manager) - differences.
Business ideas and opportunities: Sources for business idea enabling environmental public
policies. NGOs (Non-Governmental Organizations), and evaluating the businessman’s resources.
Legal aspects of business.
Business formation: Form of business organization. Registration of business. Trading licences
and other contracts. Sources of finance for small entrepreneurs. Private sources, banks, financial
118
institutions and NGOs co-operatives. Decision making and risk taking. Decision making process,
decision making techniques, types of risks of business, assessing risks in self-employment,
minimizing risks.
Leadership: leadership role and leadership styles. Marketing strategies: Competition, market
niche, market segmentation, market surveys, appropriate supplier for raw materials, possible
locations for business (note- the student will relate the concepts of their own selected business
ideas), hiring, firing and motivating of staff.
Financial management: analytical cash book, balance sheet, costing of product or service,
working capital management, cash budget, financial plan and debt management. Time
management: Planning the use of time and time wasters. Business planning (to be related to the
selected viable idea from topics already covered). Importance of business planning and
presenting business plan to financiers.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Computer laboratory;
2. Overhead projector
Course assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Final Examination
Total
10%
20%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Hisrich R. D., Michael P. & Dean A. (2005) Entrepreneurship, Boston: McGrawHill, 6th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Kao, John (1989) Entrepreneurship, Creativity and Organisation, New York: John Wiley &
Sons.
2. Dollinger, Marc J (2003) Entrepreneurship: Strategies and Resources, New Jersey: PrenticeHall, 3rd Ed.
3. International Journal of Business, Economics, Finance and Management Sciences.
Burch, John G (1986) Entrepreneurship, New York: John Wiley & Sons
EMG 5215 Final Year Project II
Prerequisites
EMG 5103 Final Year Project I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to develop and implement an innovative
mechanical engineering project that applies mechanical engineering training.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student should be able to;
1. Come up with a design project
119
2. Fabricate of a machine or tool that solves a problem
3. Test the solution and write a report
Mode of Delivery
The students will be allowed a day (8 hours) per week to research, design and fabricate, and
consult with the supervisors. Another 2 hours are allowed every week for the students to present
their progress reports on rotational basis. Academic staff members will usually attend.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories and workshops;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Continuous Assessment Tests - 100% in the form of oral and written technical reports.
ELECTIVES YEAR 4
THERMOFLUIDS
EMG 4107 Wind Tunnel Experimental Techniques
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to have the relevant skills to perform a wide
range of investigative fluid flow experiments and analyse the data by application of known
physical principles.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. Correctly use state-of-the-art devices/equipment to collect data on relative flow between a
fluid and a solid boundary
2. Design and assemble a data acquisition system
3. Logically analyse the data acquired using the various experimental techniques available
Course content
Types of wind tunnels. Measuring techniques for velocity, shear stress, flow direction, pressure.
Blockage correction. Thermal anemometers. Force balance.
Boundary layers, modelling and similarity Flow over flat plates, cylinders, spheres and bluff
bodies; flow over aerofoils, flow over vehicle.
Flow visualization techniques. Optical methods. Laser velocimetry.
Noise, accuracy and measurement resolution. Data acquisition and processing.
Mode of Delivery
120
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Pope A, Hae W.H., Barlow J.B., (1999), Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, Wiley, John and Sons
Inc. Third ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Pankhurst R.C. & Holder D.W. (1986) Wind-tunnel Technique: An Account of Experimental
Methods in Low- and High-speed Wind Tunnels, Pitman.
2. Journal of Solar Energy Engineering
3. Goldstein R.J. (1996) Fluid Mechanics measurements, Taylor & Francis, 2nd Ed.
EMG 4217 Computational Fluid Dynamics
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand fundamentals of Computational
Fluid Dynamics
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Write the correct form of governing equations for a fluid dynamics problem, in a given coordinate system.
2. Correctly discretize the governing equations.
3. Apply a variety of solution techniques to the discretized equations
Course content
Navier-Stoke’s equations in Cartesian and cylindrical coordinates; derivations, examples of
exact and approximate solutions to the Navier-stokes equations.
Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). Conservative form of Navier Stokes
equations for CFD applications.
Introduction to the finite volume method for problems of heat conduction, potential and
convection-diffusion type flows. Pressure-velocity coupling in steady flows. Solution techniques
for discretized equations.
121
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Versteeg H.K, Malalasekera W. (1995) An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Prentice
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Wilcox D.C. (2004) Turbulence modelling for CFD, DCW industries.
2. Ching J.C, Shenq Y.J. (1998) Fundamentals of turbulence modelling, Taylor and Francis.
3. Journal of Fluids Engineering
4. Anderson J.D. (1995) Computational Fluid Dynamics, McGraw Hill.
EMG 4218 Pneumatics and Electro hydraulics
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the concepts behind pneumatic
systems
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Identify and describe the operations of various pneumatic components.
2. Size components and appropriately incorporate them in pneumatic design circuits.
3. Incorporate electrical controls in pneumatic and hydraulic circuits design.
Course content
Gas laws and properties of air. Pneumatic components: Compressors-different types; filters;
fluid conditioners; lubricators; oil separators. Safety valves and pressure regulators; pipelines;
coolers. Gauges; silencers.
Pressure control valves: Relief valves, pressure regulators. Directional Control valves: Shuttle
valves; 2, 3-directional control valves; pilot valves; flow control valves. Actuators: Pneumatic
cylinders and air motors. Pneumatic symbology. Design of simple circuits. Sizing of pneumatic
components. Fault diagnosis. Service and maintenance. Electrical control of hydraulic and
122
Pneumatics: Relays and different types of switches; simple electro-hydraulic circuits; servo
systems. Design of fluid power systems.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Anthony E. (1994) Fluid Power with Applications, Prentice-Hall International Inc.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. John S.C (2001) Fluid Power Circuits and Control, Fundamentals and Applications, CRC
Press.
2. Norman E, Cubitt J., Urry S. & Whittaker M. (1999) Advanced Design and Technology,
Longman.
3. Journal of Fluids Engineering
4. Harry L.S. (1977) Hydraulic and Pneumatic Power for Production, 4th Ed.
PRODUCTION
EMG 4108 Production Technology I
Prerequisites
EMG 2102 Workshop processes & practice II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of the course is to enable the student to understand the basic shaping of metal from
powder, the production in an industrial setting of metal parts by forming and machining and the
requirements of machining for production such as size, capacity, precision.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Design the process of making product from powder to the required final product
2. Select process in an industrial setting for making products by forging, deep drawing, rolling
and extrusion
3. Determine the machining requirements in boring, planning, centreless grinding processes and
thread cutting
123
Course content
Powder metallurgy; metal powders, pressing, sintering, pre-sintering, sizing and finishing;
properties of powder metallurgy products. Design of metal powder parts. Advantages and
disadvantages of powder metallurgy.
Forming processes: press tool processes; extrusion; rolling; forging.
Machining processes: horizontal and vertical boring machines; planers; centreless grinding.
Thread cutting and forming.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Degarmo E.P. & Black J.T. (1996) Materials and Processes in Manufacturing, Wiley, John & Sons,
Inc.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Hindustani Machine Tools (HMT), (1980) Production Technology (Tata McGrawHill Pub Co,
Bangalore India)
2. Geoffrey B. (1975) Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, McGrawHill,
International Student Ed.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Lindberg R. A. (1977) Processes and Manufacture of Materials, (Pub Prentice hall of India),
2nd Ed.
EMG Jigs and Tool Design
Prerequisites
EMG 3212 Metrology
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the factors considered in design
of jigs and fixtures.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Design and fabricate simple and economic work holding devices.
124
2. Differentiate between jigs and fixtures and their use in, for example, machining and welding
processes.
3. Design fixtures and jigs for interchangeable manufacture and assembly work.
Course content
Planning, locating and locating devices. Clamping and clamping devices. Drilling jigs and
milling fixtures. Turning, grinding and broaching fixtures. Indexing jigs and fixtures.
Form tools: flat, tangential, circular; calculations for profile. Limit gauges.
Press tools: factors considered in design, shearing, bending, and drawing; combination
operation tools. Other elements of press tool design; punches, dies, strippers, steps, pilots, set
and pressure plates. Evaluation relating to press tool provision of special equipment.
Jigs and fixtures for NC and CNC machining: Application of CAD/CAM in design of tools and
fixtures.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Edward G.H. (1991) Jig and Fixture Design, Delmar Publishers Ltd Inc.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Pollack H.W. (1998) Tool Design, Prentice Hall
2. Rong Y. & Zhu Y. (1999) Computer Aided Fixture Design, Marcel Dekker Inc.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Kempster M.H. (1977) An introduction to Jig and Tool Design, Edward Arnold Publishers.
AUTOMOTIVE
EMG Engine and Power Transmission Systems
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of the course is to enable the student to learn how to design, construct and maintain
various engines and transmission system components.
125
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Analyse the design and functions of engine and transmission components.
2. Carry out vehicle engine and transmission system maintenance.
3. Analyse the performance of valves, gearboxes and propeller shafts as well as analyse
primary and secondary forces in an engine.
Course content
Internal combustion engines: Functional identification of internal combustion engine
components and sub-assemblies; cylinder head, cylinder block, crankcase, piston assembly,
connecting rods and their respective construction materials.
Valves: Operating environment, valve material selection, design and application; valve timing,
dynamic behaviour; valve operating system, cam design effect on layout of inlet and exhaust
manifolds, combustion chamber design.
Flywheels: Energy consideration, principle of fluid flywheel and torque converters.
Clutches: Friction, axial, internal and external expanding, brake bands, selection and matching,
clutch design.
Gearboxes: Sliding, constant mesh and automatic arrangements: gear selection for maximum
acceleration, effect on engine power characteristics.
Propeller shafts: Types and design of propeller shaft, slips joints, universal joints, final drive
differential, dead and live axle, axle design and constant velocity joints, belts and chains as
alternative drive systems. Vehicle performance: Propulsion power, tractive effort and tractive
resistance.
Engine balance: Primary forces and couples; piston movement, inertia forces on piston and conrod, load on bearings, crank-throw, power, speed and rating. Secondary forces; torsional
disturbances and modes of vibration of the engine, design considerations.
Engine cooling systems, Air cooled engines. The Wankel engine.
Vehicle performance: Propulsion power, tractive effort and tractive resistance
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering Workshops;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Newton K., Steeds W. & Garrett T.K. (1996), The Motor Vehicle, 12th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
126
1. Gott P.G. (1991) Changing Gears: The Development the Automotive Transmission, SAE,
Warrendale, PA.
2. Giles J. G. (1968) Engine Design, Lliffe Book Ltd, Automotive Technology Series Volume
3. Journal of Mechanical Design
4. Richard S. (1999) Internal Combustion Engines, 3rd Edition
EMG 4220 Internal Combustion Engines
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the combustion process in
internal combustion engine.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Analyse the combustion process.
2. Design air and fuel systems in internal combustion engines.
3. Analyse and design the engine performance parameters.
Course content
Fuel classifications: Octane and Cetane numbers, chemical structure, classification by
application, Alternative fuels.
Combustion fundamentals: Stoichiometry, equivalence ratios, enthalpy of combustion: reaction
rates, reaction chains, flame speeds and propagation: combustion efficiency; engine emissions
and their control, exhaust emission measurement instruments, exhaust gas analysis and
examples of exhaust gas treatment.
Engine classification criteria: Thermodynamic model for Spark Ignition (SI) and Compression
Ignition (CI) engine processes, engine indicated mean effective pressure, fuel conversion
efficiency, availability analysis; comparison with real engine cycles.
Engine Design Parameters: Geometry and piston motion, brake torque and power, indicated
work: efficiencies - mechanical, volumetric, fuel consumption and conversion; road-load power;
emission indices; engine specific weight and specific volume.
Air-Flow and Fuel Systems: Fuel atomisation and droplet behaviour; theory of carburetion and
carburettor, single port and multi-port injection systems, comparative analysis. CI engines’ fuel
injection systems; fuel introduction vis-a-vis combustion feedback systems, fuel air mixing;
influence of engine speed, valve geometry and operation on gas flow rate; gas flow rate and
discharge coefficients, scavenging parameters and residual gas traction, supercharging and
turbo-charging principles.
Hybrid Cars: Types, operations, comparative study, pure CI and SI engine cars.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
127
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Heywood J.B. (1990) Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
New York.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Ganesan V. (1994) Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
2. Pulkrabek W. (2003) Engineering Fundamentals of internal combustion Engine, Prentice Hall,
2nd Ed.
3. Richard S. (1999) Introduction to Internal Combustion Engines, 3rd Ed.
4. SAE Transactions: Journal of Engines
ELECTIVES YEAR 5
THERMOFLUIDS
EMG 5108 Fluid Flow Machinery
Prerequisites
EMG 3207 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to Understand types of fluid machinery and
their dynamics.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Have a proper understanding of fluid - flow machinery including their performance
characteristics
2. Apply dimensional analysis to select and match machine-systems characteristics
3. Analyse hydrodynamic transmission
Course content
Fluid machinery: types; rotor-dynamic and positive displacement. Rotor-dynamic machines;
Centrifugal pumps and compressors. Axial, radial and mixed flow pumps. Turbines; impulse and
reaction turbines.
Dimensional analysis and similarity laws related to pumps and turbines: specific speeds,
head flow and power coefficients for pumps and turbines. Cavitation in centrifugal pumps.
Performance parameters and characteristics of pumps and turbines: pump-pipe systems,
Hydrodynamic transmission; fluid coupling and torque converter.
128
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Sayers A.T. (1990) Hydraulic and compressible flow turbo-machines, University of Cape Town
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Schilling R., Applications of CFD techniques in fluid-machinery.
2. Greated C. & Cosgrove J. (2002) Optical Methods and Data Processing in Heat and Fluid
Flow, John Wiley and Sons.
3. Raghunath H.M., (1987), Fluid mechanics and machinery, CBS publishers.
4. Journal of Fluids Engineering
EMG 5109 Building Mechanical Engineering Services
Prerequisites
EMG 3207 Fluid Mechanics III
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the role and duties of
mechanical engineers in buildings.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Identify mechanical engineering services required for any type of building
2. Plan and design mechanical engineering services for any type of building
3. Represent mechanical engineering services on drawing plans and isometric layouts
4. Select end user appliances/fixtures fitted to mechanical engineering services
5. Prepare contract documents for building mechanical engineering services
Course content
Planning, design and selection of end user appliances/fittings: plumbing and drainage
services inside a building, site water reticulation, rain water disposal systems for a building, steam
services and condensate return systems, fire protection systems, air compressors and
compressed air services, medical gas services, sterilizing and bedpan washing equipment in
hospitals, refuse collection and disposal equipment; incinerators, thermal insulation; refrigeration
installation and cold stores, mechanical ventilation and air conditioning systems, acoustical
129
treatment for sound proofing, food preparation; cooking, conveying and serving equipment,
laundry equipment and services
Refrigerating equipment: Types; sizing and selection; evaporators; compressors; and
condensers; throttling devices. Air Conditioning: Comfort and health. Outdoor and indoor design
condition.
Types of Air conditioning systems. Duct design. Air conditioning equipment: Types; sizing and
selection; cooling coils, heater coils, fans, di users; grills; cooling towers.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Chartered Institute of Building Services Engineering, Plumbing engineering services design guide
by Institute of Plumbing CIBSE design guides Institute of Plumbing (2002), Plumbing engineering
services design guide.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Chadderton D.V., Building Services Engineering, Taylor & Francis.
2. Frampton D.I. (1992) Building Engineering Services: Some Aspects of Mechanical Services
Design, Nottingham Polytechnic HEC.
3. Manufacturer’s catalogues.
4. International Journal of Fluid and Thermal Engineering.
5. Chadderton D.V., Building Services Engineering, Taylor & Francis.
EMG 5221 Energy Management
Prerequisites
EMG 3202 Engineering Thermodynamics II
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the concepts of energy
conversion.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Identify energy use patterns in industry, transport and domestic sectors
130
2. Carry out survey and quantify consumption characteristics in a firm.
3. Identify energy conservation and cost saving opportunities in a firm.
Course content
Concepts of energy, power, energy conversion and efficiency. Energy management steps:
data collection and analysis, audit, implementation and monitoring. Energy use patterns in the
industrial, transport and domestic sectors.
Plant survey: identification of energy consumption systems in a plant or an institution,
methodology and procedures. Electrical metering and tariffs: energy consumption and demand
metering, tariff structures, cost of electricity.
Electrical demand management: Power factor, load factor, load shedding, and load shifting.
Energy consumption and cost saving opportunities: motors, lighting systems, heating
systems, fans, pumps, fuel fired equipment, refrigeration and air conditioning systems.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Thumann A., Younger W.J. (2003) Handbook of Energy Audits, Marcel Dekker Inc, 6th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Wulfinghoff D. (1999) Energy Efficiency Manual, Energy Institute Press
2. H.W. (1980) Energy Management: Theory and Practice, M. Dekker
3. Journal of Energy Resources Technology.
4. Capehart B.L., Turner W.C., Kennedy W.J. (2006) Guide to Energy Management, The
Fairmont Press, 5th Ed.
PRODUCTION
EMG 4221 Production Technology II
Prerequisites
EMG 4108 Production Technology I
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course to enable the student to understand the principles and application of
non-traditional machining techniques.
131
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Apply efficient non-traditional machining methods to make parts including tooling.
2. Select suitable welding techniques from a variety of heat sources.
3. Weld specific materials and parts such as polymers and castings.
Course content
Specialized machining processes; electromechanical, electrodischarge, electrobeam, laser,
chemical, ultrasonic, and abrasive.
Welding and fabrications techniques: forging, gas flame and arc welding, resistance welding,
plasma arc welding, electron and laser beam welding processes, Torch and arc cutting, Heat and
design considerations in welding. Testing and inspection of welded joints; welding standards
KS06;
Welding of plastics: welding of iron and steel castings,
Decorative and surface treatment: purpose; mechanical cleaning and finishing; chemical
methods; metal coating, plating.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Degarmo E. P., Black J. T. & Kohsar R. A. (1988) Materials and Processes in Manufacturing,
Maxwell Macmillan Int., 7th Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Smart W.G. & Amoako-Awuah B.K. (1994) Practical Welding, McMillan.
2. Larry J, Harold V.J, Welding: Principles and Application, Delmar Publishers, Inc.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Hindustani Machine Tools (HMT), Production Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub Co,
Bangalore India
EMG 5223 Mechanics of Metal Cutting
Prerequisites
EMG 4106 Material Science
132
Purpose of the course
The purpose of the course is to enable the student to have an in-depth understanding of
mechanics of metal removal processes by cutting 2. select effectively the cutting processes and
tools.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Optimize conditions for metal removal
2. Explain theoretically chip formation and breakage mechanisms
3. Select appropriate machining process and tooling as well as carry out economic analysis of
the metal cutting operation
Course content
Mechanics of metal cutting: Overview; chip generation; forces acting on the cutting tool,
stresses and energies; estimation of shear angle; friction in metal cutting.
Dynamometry: single point and multi-point tools. Temperatures in metal cutting; Heat generation,
heat transfer in moving a material, temperature distribution, measurement of cutting
temperatures. Tool life and tool wear; progressive wear and premature failure, forms of wear, tool
life criteria, factors affecting tool life, tool wear and machinability testing. Cutting fluids and surface
roughness; action of coolants and lubricants; efficiency of lubricant, surface roughness,
measurements of surface roughness.
Machine tool vibration; types of vibrations, factors influencing vibrations, stability of the cutting
operation. Economics of metal cutting operations; choice of feed and cutting speed, machining
process optimization.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Boothroyd G. and Knight W. (1989) Fundamental of Machining and Machine Tools, Mercel Dekker
Publishing Co, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Lissaman A. J. and Martin S. J. (1982) Principles of Engineering Production, Holden and
Stoughton.
133
2. Stephenson D. and Agapiou J. (1996) Metal cutting Theory and Practice, Mercel Dekker Inc.
3. Journal of Manufacturing Science and Engineering
4. Wright P. & Trent E. M. (1999) Metal cutting, Butterworths,
AUTOMOTIVE
EMG 5111 Automotive Electrical and Electronic Systems
Prerequisites
EEE 2330 Introduction to Electrical Machines
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the fundamental principle of
electrical and electronics systems used in motor vehicles.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Design an electronic circuit to control different motor vehicle system
2. Diagnose and fix faults in electrical/electronic systems in motor vehicle
3. Repair and maintain of electrical/electronic system in a vehicle
Course content
Alternator and DC Generator; Electrical energy storage; Engine start motors: types,
construction and performance. Lighting and signalling: Illumination, reflector theory, and head
light construction. Flasher units. Wiring harnesses. Air conditioning; vehicle security systems.
Automotive sensory systems: Introduction to automotive sensory systems; Power plant and
transmission sensors; torque, crank shaft position measurement, vehicle ride and comfort
sensors. Intelligent sensors for vehicles.
Computer controlled engines; Electronic Fuel Injection (EFI) and Common Rail Fuel Injection
(CRFI) systems. Electronic ignition system; Introduction, advantage of electronic ignition systems,
types of solid state ignition system and their principles of operation, electronic spark timing control.
Digital engine control system; Open loop and close loop control system, engine cooling and warm
up control, Acceleration, detonation and idle speed control-integrated engine system, exhaust
emission control engineering, on-board diagnostics, diagnostics.
Future automotive electronic systems: Comfort and safety; Seats, mirrors and sunroofs,
central locking and electronic windows, cruise control, in-car multimedia, security, airbags system
and belt tensioners, driver occupant information systems, other safety and comfort systems,
advanced comfort and safety systems, New developments in comfort and safety.
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
5%
134
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Denton T., (2004), Automotive Electrical and Electronics systems, Butterworth Heinemann, 3rd
ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Halderman J.D. (1988) Automotive Electrical and Electronic Systems, Prentice Hall
2. Hollembeak B., Learning D. (1998) Automotive Electricity, Electronics and Computer Controls
3. SAE Transactions Journal of Passenger Cars: Electronic and Electrical Systems
4. Halderman J.D., Mitchell C.D. (2000) Diagnosis and Troubleshooting of Automotive Electrical,
Electronic, and Computer System, Prentice Hall
EMG 5222 Vehicle System Engineering
Prerequisites
EEE 2330 Introduction to Electrical Machines
Purpose of the course
The purpose of this course is to enable the student to understand the principles of vehicle
dynamics, vehicle engineering systems.
Expected Learning Outcomes
At the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. Analyse the vehicle system performance.
2. Design and carry out selection of various vehicle system components.
3. Carry out all types of vehicle inspections.
Course content
Chassis frames layout: Integral chassis construction, selection of members, design aspects.
Suspension systems: Types and selection criteria. Vehicle stability: Skidding, overturning,
cornering force, and self-aligning torque.
Wheel and tyres: Design aspects, legal aspects of tyre sizes, and their determination, marking
and their interpretation: valve design and inflation pressure determination, wheel
alignment/balancing parameters and their determination. Steering system: Steering geometry: the
Ackerman principle; over steer and under steer: steering gears; requirements, design and
operation of power steering.
Brake Systems: Types, selection criteria: vehicle braking performance: braking distance
determination. Brake material properties: wear, friction, bonding, shearing. Principles of Anti-lock
Braking System (ABS), distribution of weights for various arrangements, braking system case
study.
Principle of vehicle body design: Human - machine interface, passenger comfort, driver’s
vision, dashboard design, and driving controls positioning. Application of ergonomics,
anthropometrics, aesthetics in vehicle design. Inspections and testing of vehicles; Repair
inspection, accident inspection, performance inspection, laboratory and road testing.
135
Prerequisites: EMG 2103 Engineering Mechanics - Statics; EMG 2207 Engineering Mechanics
-Dynamics
Mode of Delivery
2 hour lectures and 1 hour tutorial per week and at least three 3-hour-workshop sessions per
semester organized on a rotational basis.
Instructional Materials and/or Equipment
1. Mechanical Engineering laboratories;
2. Computer laboratory;
3. Overhead projector;
Course Assessment
Assignments
Continuous Assessment Tests
Practicals
Final Examination
Total
5%
10%
15%
70%
100%
Core Reference
Heisler H. (2002) Advanced Vehicle Technology, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2nd Ed.
Recommended Reference Materials
1. Gillespie T.D. (1992) Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, SAE.
2. Dixon J.C. (1996) Tires, Suspension and Handling, SAE, 2nd Ed.
3. SAE Transactions Journal of Commercial Vehicles
4. Hillier V.A. (2003) Fundamental of Motor Vehicle Technology, Cambridge University Press,
10th Ed.
136
ANNEX A: LECTURE ROOMS
FLOOR AREA SIZES OF LECTURE HALLS /COMPUTER LABS
RESOURCE CENTER PHASE 1
S/N Lecture room No
Measurements
metres
in Area in Sq. m
1
RC1
5.48x 8.84
48.44
2
RC2
5.48x 8.84
48.44
3
RC3
11.58x8.84
102.37
4
RC4
27 x 18
486
5
RC6
38 x 20
760
6
RC7
26 x 20
520
Computer lab
1
7.92 x 6.09
48.2
Computer lab
2
7.92x6.09
48.2
Area in square in meters.
RESOURCE CENTER PHASE II
Lecture room No
1
RC 9
Measurements
metres
10.67 x4.88
2
Lecture hall1
10.36 x5.8
60.09
3
Lecture hall
10.36 x5.8
60.09
4
Lecture hall
8.5 x5.8
49.3
5
Lecture hall
52.07
50.5
Computer Lab 1
10.36 x5.8
60.09
2
10.36 x5.8
60.09
3
10.36 x5.8
60.09
4
10.36 x5.8
60.09
ACADEMIC BLOCK
1
Lecture hall 1
9.3 x 9
83.7
2
Lecture hall 2
9.3 x 6
55.8
3
Lecture hall 3
9.3 x 9
83.7
4
Lecture hall 4
9.3 x 6
55.8
5
Post Graduate lecture room
6.09x4.57
27.8
6
Communication lab
8.8x15.8
139
7
A5-
5.8x12.2
70.7
8
A-3
14.6x8.2
119.7
137
9
Lecture room
8.8x15.8
139
10
A-6
5.8x12.2
70.7
11
A-2
14.6x8.2
119.7
12
Physics lab
15.2x8.2
124.6
13
Food Science lab
8.8x11.8
103.8
14
Lab
8.2x12.2
100
15
Lecturer office
5.8x12.2
70.7
ADMATC
1
Chemistry lab
58x47
2726
2
Mechatronic lab
58x37
2146
33 x 50
1650
WATER LAB
1
Water lab
CATERING BLOCK
1
Lecture hall 1
24x 34
816
2
Lecture hall 2
24.5x 47
1151.5
3
Lecture hall 3
23 x 45
1035
SOB
1
Computer lab 1
1076
2
Computer lab 2
339
BCW, CT & OLD MESS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Seminar room 1
Office room 1
Computer lab room 3
Computer lab room 4
Seminar room 2
Office room 2
Lecture room 2
Lecture room 1
Old mess
Lecturer office
CT 4
CT 3
Mosque
4.6 x 5.6
4.6 x 4.0
8 .6 x 5.6
4.1 x 8.6
4.1 x 5.6
4.4 x 4.1
4.6 x 10.8
10.8 x 8.7
14.3 x 15.24
5.8
6.7 x 4.88
6.7x 4.88
6.7 x 4.88
25.76
18.4
48.16
35.26
22.96
18.04
49.68
93.96
217.9
1
2
13TH FLOOR PENSION PLAZA-(NAIROBI CAMPUS)
Board room
6.05 x 5.0
30.3
Computer lab room
( 5.655 x 5.0)
28.2
32.7
32.7
32.7
138
3
4
5
6
Room 1
Room 2
Room 3
Room 4
(2.775 x 2.775) x 5
(5.870 x 5.0)
(6.0 x 5.1)
(6.0 x 5.1)
38.5
29.3
30.6
30.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
2ND FLOOR PENSION PLAZA-(NAIROBI CAMPUS)
Room 1
5.5 x 5.0
27.5
Room 2
5.6 x 5.0
28
Room 3
5.8M x 5.0
29
Room 4
6.0M x 5.1
30.6
Room 5
6.0M x 5.1
30.6
Room 6
6.0M x 5.0
30
ANNEX B: LIBRARY RESOURCES
Introduction
Dedan Kimathi University Library plays a central role in the University. Its primary responsibility
is to assist its users in the process of transforming information to Knowledge. Dedan Kimathi
University of Technology Library is located on the second floor of Dedan Kimathi Resource
Centre.
The library plays the following functions and roles in the University.
It acts as a centre of information collection, storage, retrieval & dissemination for students,
lecturers, & administrative staff.
It actively participates in the provision and dissemination of information for academic excellence
and quality education while aspiring to remain relevant and vital in the university.
It also acts as a centre of education and research services to the clientele. It creates and nurtures
a reading culture through the expansive information resources that are housed in the library
DeKUT Libraries & Resources
Dedan kimathi University has two Campus Libraries,
The main campus library,
The Nairobi Campus Library.
The libraries have the following resources per campus.
Physical Books
Campuses
Sitting Capacity
Main campus Library
400
Nairobi Campus Library
30
Totals
430
E-books
The library is subscribed to the following e-books Databases
E-Book
urls
Subject Area
Database
Volumes of Books
28,000
3,000
31,000
Volumes
Accessible
139
This is a rich site for electronic books
Ebrary
http://site.ebrary.c in all disciplines. The books are
om/lib/kuct/home. downloadable. Agriculture, Auxiliary
action
Sciences of History, Bibliography,
Library
Science,
Information
Resources
(General),Education,
Fine
Arts,
General
Works,
Geography,
Anthropology,
Recreation, History (General) and
History of Europe, History: America,
Language and Literature, Law,
Medicine, Military Science, Music
and Books on Music, Naval Science,
Philosophy, Psychology, Religion,
Political Science, Science, Social
Sciences, Technology& Engineering
Edward Elgar http://www.elgaro Environment, Geography, Innovation
Publishing
nline.com/
and Technology, Law – Academic,
Law – Professional, Politics and
Public Policy, Research Methods,
Social Policy and Sociology, Urban
and Regional Studies.
Taylor
and http://www.tandfe Audiology and Hearing Science,
Francis
books.com
Behavioural Sciences, Bioscience,
Built Environment, Communication
Studies,
Computer
Science,
Development Studies, Development
Studies, Environment, Social Work,
Urban Studies, Earth Sciences,
Economics, Finance, Business &
Industry, Education, Engineering &
Technology,
Environment
&
Agriculture, Environmental Studies &
Management, Food Science &
Technology, Geography, Health and
Social Care, Humanities, Language
& Literature, Law, Mathematics &
Statistics,
Medicine,
Dentistry,
Nursing & Allied Health, Museum
and Heritage Studies, Physical
Sciences, Politics & International
Relations, Social Sciences, Sports
and Leisure, Tourism, Hospitality
and Events, Urban Studies
TOTAL e-books accessible
200,000
20,000
10,000
230,000
140
E-journals
The library has subscribed to approximately twenty e-journals Databases. Through the
databases, the University has access to approximately 20,000 journals in various fields and
specializations. These databases are as follows;
American Institute of Physics and Acoustic Society of America
Annual Reviews
EBSCO Host
Emerald Publishing Group Limited
Geological Society
IOP Publishing
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
Mary Ann Liebert, Inc., publishers
OSA - Optical Society of America
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - OECD iLibrary
Palgrave Macmillan Journals
Project MUSE
Royal Society - Royal Society Journals Online
Royal Society for Chemistry - RSC Journals Archive
Research4 Life Databases
Springer
Symposium Journals
Taylor & Francis Journals
University of Chicago Press
Wiley Online Library
World Bank e-Library
Library sections and services
Circulation Counter: The Circulation Counter is the front desk that you see as you enter the library.
Use the desk to borrow, return, and renew items. Seek assistance on e-books. Use the Counter
to give feedback to us and request additional assistance.
Reprographic: The reprographic section of the library provides you with photocopying, printing
and binding services at a charge. Overdue fines are also paid here. Reprographic services are
offered at the Circulation Counter
Automation and Digital section: Borrow multimedia resources (CDs/DVDs), from this section. Also
access laptop internet configuration services at this area
Africana and Special Collection: Borrow and have access to Undergraduate and postgraduate
thesis and Dissertation from this area. Have access to a wide range of books and articles
published and authored by African writers. Also if you are interested in having access to
publication of other international Universities from Africa and other Continent this is the place to
be.
Reference and Information Section: This section is in charge of offering general and/specific
information to readers. It entails to perform the following; To educate users on how to access
reference information from reference sources e.g. Dictionaries, Directories, and encyclopedias
among others. Charging and discharging of examination past papers and also course syllabuses.
Handle any other information query from users. Thus, the reference librarian judges what
information is required, by who, in what form, how quick it is required, what details are necessary
and from which source.
ICT Facilities
The Dedan Kimathi University library is fully automated using library Management software called
mandarin. The software has been embraced well with our library users. The software necessitates
141
•
easy search and retrieval of information materials in the library. To promote the use of the library
software and also the access to e-books the library acquired has ten (10) computers which
students are using to search for books and also to access e-books. The computers are also being
used to access the e-journals.
The library is also connected to with wireless connections to ease the access of e-books and
internet services for students and staff. The university has 100mbps bandwidth connectivity.
Library Security System
The library also has a library security system which comprises the Book detection system, CCTV
camera, and the Turnstile. The security system is meant to ensure the safety of information
materials.
Library Organization
The CUE standards and guidelines for university libraries state that “the University library’s
information resources shall be organized, for efficient access and retrieval, using internationally
recognized conventions and standards” (2014:100). In this regard, Dedan kimathi University
library organizes its resources using the Library Classification scheme. To ensure comprehensive
and easy access of the information, the library has placed Online Public Access Catalogue
(OPAC) stations in the library.
DEKUT WI-FI LOCATIONS COMMITTEE
The following is a list of Wi-Fi locations in the University.
Main Campus
Resource Centre 1 Engineering lab
Library
Resource Centre 2 lab 1 & 2
DeKUT Main auditorium
Munyeni house
Old Administration block
Student Centre Area and nearby hostels
Main boardroom
Academic block (Deans office and masters Room)
DeHUB Room
Nairobi Campus (Pension Towers)
13th floor (Covering Computer lab and classes)
9th Floor Library and Boardroom areas
2nd floor (covering classes)
142
ANNEX C. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
DeKUT has invested heavily in its I.C.T infrastructure in the following areas:
ICT CENTRE SERVICES
Dedan Kimathi University of Technology has invested heavily in its I.C.T infrastructure. The ICT
Center is mandated to manage this
An ICT Center has been established with its central role being that of providing clear guidance in
the integration of technology in teaching, learning, research and overall administration of the
University.
The Centre ensures that IT infrastructure, service delivery norms and new applications
deployments are in line with current industry trends and that the systems put in place add true
value to the University.
The ICT center provides a broad range of services to the University's researchers, Lecturers, staff
and students.
These services include the following:
Network Fiber Optic backbone infrastructure.
The University has been connected to a second fiber optic cable from Telkom- KENET from
Telkom House in Nyeri to the University Main Campus.
The University has fiber backbone covering all the buildings in the University Main Campus as
well as Nairobi Town Campus.
Wireless network is also in place and has been used extensively on the main campus as well as
Nairobi Town Campus.
Internet Installation and Connectivity
DeKUT Main campus has a dedicated bandwidth of 150mbps while Nairobi Campus has a
bandwidth of 15Mbps. This is via a high speed fiber connection from KENET with 2 redundant
links by Liquid and Safaricom both of 50Mbps
Number of Computers
The University has approximately 650 computers. These computers have been distributed as
follows:
Student Computer Labs: 430 computers.
Staff Computers: 220 computers
Wireless Connectivity (WLAN) and Hotspots
Wireless network is also in place and has been used extensively been installed in the Main
Campus as well as the Nairobi Campus. This is to assist both staff and students to utilize the
internet using their laptops and smart phones.
The University has a total of 10 hotspots; 7 in the Main Campus and 3 in Nairobi campus.
Student Corporate Emails- the University has teamed up with Google to ensure that students
register emails on the Google platform with the university domain.Through these emails students
are kept up to date with information from their respecting faculties as well as the University
management studentsname@students.dkut.ac.ke
Students Portal- ICT Center has also developed a student’s portal whereby students can log into
their account to check their fee balances, exam results, and also register for
units.(http://portal.dkut.ac.ke:81/Default.aspx)
Online Students Enquiry Form- An enquiry form to assist students communicate and place
relevant queries to their respective schools is created on the students page
(http://dkut.ac.ke/students-website/). Feedback from the relevant party is sent to the students
email address.
143
ANNEX D: LIST OF PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY THE INSTITUTION
Programme
Academic Units and Programmes
Duration
School of Business Management and
Economics
PhD in Business Administration& Management
3 yrs
Master in Business Administration
2 yrs
Master of Science in Economics
2 year
Master of Science in Supply Chain Management
2 yrs
Bachelor of Commerce
4yrs
Bachelor of Purchasing & Supplies Management
4yrs
Bachelor of Business Administration
4yrs
Master of Science in Business Analytics
2 yrs
School of Computer Science & Information
Technology
PhD in Computer Science
Master of Science in Computer Science
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
Bachelor of Science in Business Information
Technology
School of Engineering
PhD Mechanical Engineering
Msc Mechanical Engineering
Master of Science in Industrial Engineering &
Management
Master of Science in Automation and Manufacturing
Engineering
Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering
Master of Science in Telecommunication
Engineering
Master of Science in Machine Tools Design and
Manufacturing
Bachelor of Science in Telecommunication and
Information Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Mechatronic Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Electrical & Electronics
Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Education in Technology (civil
Engineering)
3 yrs
2yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
3 yrs
2yrs
2 yrs
2 yrs
2 yrs
2 yrs
2 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
4 yrs
Year launched
2010
2010
2013
2014
2007
2010
2012
2019
2019
2019
2007
2007
2012
2015
2017
2013
2014
2018
2018
2019
2007
2009
2009
2009
2009
2016
144
Bachelor of Education in Technology (Mechanical
Engineering)
Bachelor of Education in Technology (Electrical and
Electronic Engineering)
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering
School of Science
Master of Science in Chemistry
Master of Science in Leather Technology
Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Leather Technology
Bachelor of Science in Polymer Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and Modeling
Bachelor of Science in Medical Physics
Academic Units and Programmes
School of Health Sciences
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Upgrading)
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Generic)
Bachelor of Science in health Informatics
Institute of Geomatic, GIS and Remote Sensing
(IGGReS)
PhD in Geomatics and geospatial Information
Science
Master of Science in Geospatial Information Science
& Remote Sensing
Bachelor of Science in Geospatial Information
Science
Bachelor of Science in Geomatic Engineering &
Geospatial Information Systems
4 yrs
4 yrs
2016
2016
4 yrs
2017
2 yrs
2yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
4 yrs
2019
2016
2007
2012
2013
2019
2019
2019
Programme
Duration
Year launched
2 ½ yrs
4 yrs
4 Yrs
2011
2012
2019
3yrs
2 yrs
4 yrs
5 yrs
Institute of Food Bio-Resources Technology
PhD in Food Science and Technology
Master of Science in Food Science
3 yrs
2 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Food Science & Technology
4 yrs
Bachelor of Science Nutrition and Dietetics
4 yrs
Institute of Tourism and Hospitality Management
Master of
Sustainable Tourism & Hospitality
2 yrs
Management
Bachelor of Sustainable Tourism & Hospitality
4 yrs
Management
2018
2014
2011
2011
2012
2015
2011
2017
2019
2011
145
Geothermal Energy Training and Research
Institute (GETRI)
Masters of Science in Geothermal Energy
2years
Technology
Post Graduate Diploma in Geothermal Energy
1 ½ years
Technology
Bachelor of Science in Geology
3Years
2013
2013
2017
Institute of Technical and Professional Studies
(ITPS)
Bachelor of Technology in Building Construction
4 yrs
Institute of Criminology, Forensics and Security
Studies
Master of Science in Security and Forensic
2 yrs
Management
Bachelor of Science in Criminology & Security
4yrs
Management
ANNEX E: DURATION OF EACH PROGRAMME AND TOTAL LECTURE
HOURS/INSTRUCTIONAL HOURS REQUIRED FOR GRADUATION
Programme
Academic Units and Programmes
Duration in
Academic years
School of Business Management and
Economics
PhD in Business Administration& Management
3 yrs
Master in Business Administration
2 yrs
Master of Science in Economics
2 year
Master of Science in Supply Chain Management
2 yrs
Master of Science in Business Analytics
2 Yrs
Bachelor of Commerce
4yrs
Bachelor of Purchasing & Supplies Management
4yrs
Bachelor of Business Administration
4yrs
2016
2016
2013
Total Instruction Hours
required for graduation
/credit points
108 credits
810 instructional hours
930 instructional hours
810 instructional hours
1890
hours
1890
hours
1890
hours
instructional
instructional
instructional
School of Computer Science & Information
Technology
PhD in Computer Science
3 Yrs
146
Master of Science in Computer Science
2 Yrs
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
4 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
4 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Business Information
Technology
4 yrs
School of Engineering
PhD in Mechanical Engineering
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Master of Science in Industrial Engineering &
Management
Master of Science in Automation and Manufacturing
Engineering
Master of Science in Machine Tools Design and
Manufacturing
Master of Science in Telecommunication
Engineering
Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Telecommunication and
Information Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Mechatronic Engineering
2 yrs
2 yrs
instructional
900 instructional hours
990 instructional hours
2 yrs
2 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
5 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering
5 yrs
Bachelor of Education in Technology (civil
4 yrs
Engineering)
Bachelor of Education in Technology (Mechanical
4 yrs
Engineering)
Bachelor of Education in Technology (Electrical and
4 yrs
Electronic Engineering)
4 yrs
(civil
instructional
2 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Bachelor of Education in Technology
Engineering)
School of Science
Master of Science in Industrial Mathematics
Master of Science in Leather Technology
instructional
3 Yrs
Bachelor of Science in Electrical & Electronics
5 yrs
Engineering
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering
2925
hours
2925
hours
2530
hours
4 yrs
3 yrs
3yrs
Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science
4 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
4 yrs
3600
hours
3600
hours
3600
hours
3600
hours
3600
hours
3385
hours
3385
hours
3385
hours
3195
hours
3385
hours
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
instructional
945 instructional hours
945 instructional hours
2925
instructional
hours
2430
instructional
hours
147
Bachelor of Science in Leather Technology
4 yrs
Academic Units and Programmes
Programme
Duration
2790
hours
instructional
Year launched
School of Health Sciences
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Upgrading)
2 ½ yrs
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Generic)
4 yrs
Institute of Geomatic, GIS and Remote Sensing
(IGGReS)
Master of Science in Geospatial Information
2 yrs
Science & Remote Sensing
Bachelor of Science in Geospatial Information
4 yrs
Science
Bachelor of Science in Geomatic Engineering &
5 yrs
Geospatial Information Systems
Institute of Food Bio-Resources Technology
PhD in Food Science and Technology
Master of Science in Food Science
3 yrs
2 yrs
Bachelor of Science in Food Science & Technology 4 yrs
B.Sc. Foods, Nutrition and Dietetics
4 yrs
Institute
of
Tourism
and
Hospitality
Management
Master of Sustainable Tourism & Hospitality
Management
Bachelor of Sustainable Tourism & Hospitality
4 yrs
Management
Geothermal Energy Training and Research
Institute (GETRI)
Master of Science in Geothermal Energy
2years
Technology
Post Graduate Diploma in Geothermal Energy
1 ½ years
Technology
Bachelor of Science in Geology
4 yrs
1825
hours
3045
hours
instructional
instructional
900 instructional hours
3600
hours
3600
hours
instructional
instructional
960 instructional hours
826 instructional hours
2835
instructional
hours
2660
instructional
hours
2610
hours
instructional
1080
instructional
hours
instructional hours
2478
Institute of Technical and Professional Studies
(ITPS)
Bachelor of Technology in Building Construction
4 yrs
2478
148
Institute of Criminology, Forensics and Security
Studies
Master of Science in Security and Forensic
Management
Bachelor of Science in Criminology & Security
Management
149
APPENDICES
APPENDIX I: FACILITIES
Checklist of facilities should include the number, capacity and usage (specific to
department/shared) of conference halls, lecture rooms and theatres, lecturers’ offices,
laboratories, workshops, studios, farm and field facilities and internet access points. Use the table
below:
Facility
No.
Capacity (sq.m)
Usage
Specific
dept.
to shared
Conference Halls
2
579
x
Lecture rooms- A5, RC1, RC11,
RC12, AUD1, DOME
Lecture theatres
Lecturers’ offices
CoD’s office & Academic leader’s
Office
Administrator office
Exams office
Dean SoE office
SoE administrator office
LaboratoriesPhysics Lab
Chemistry Lab
Thermodynamics Lab
Fluid Mechanics Lab
Welding Workshop
Sheet Metal Workshop
Machine Workshop
Computer Lab (*= recently acquired
wokstations N-computing)
Library
6
904
x
1
7
1
300
9
9
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
1
1
1
9
9
9
9
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
SoE
SoE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
150
150
36
100
90
80
125
75*, 25
DeKUT
DeKUT
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
None
1
105.6
Internet Access
WiFi
120mbs
x
x
x
x
x
x
9 hot spots
campus
wide
APPENDIX II: EQUIPMENT AND TEACHING MATERIALS
Checklist of equipment and teaching materials should include type, number, capacity and usage
(specific to department/shared) of desktop computers (PCs), laptops/notebooks, projectors,
computer software, laboratory equipment and special equipment.
Equipment and Teaching Type and capacity
number
Usage
material
Specific
to Shared
dept.
150
Desktop computers (PCs),
Lap Tops/Note Books
(BYOD Policy)
LCD Power Point Projectors
Computer software
Laboratory equipment
Bifilar experimental rig
Trifilar experimental rig
Gear train mechanisms
Statics Panel (TQ STF1)
Torsion Machine Assembly
(TQSM1002)
Static
and
dynamic
balancing machine (TQ TM
1002)
Screw thread experimental
rig
Scanning
electron
Microscope (SEM)
Dell-500 GB, RAM 2.00 3
GB
-
x
Sony UPL-EX 100- 2
Resolution 1024 x 768
M, office 2013, Java,
sdk Dev C++, Smadav
antivirus, Java weka,
Visual studio, Code
blocks, AutoCAD 2015,
Matlab, Prolog,
SQL
eclipse,
Desktop Maya, Adobe
reader/ Foxit reader,
Wam server, Firefox,
chrome, opera,
x
x
1
1
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
12
1
1
1
1
2
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
2
2
4
4
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
Laboratory Equipment
Machine Shop
Lathe machine
CNC milling machine 3 axes
Bench type CNC lathe
Bench type CNC milling
Shaper
MILLING MACHINES
Horizontal and Vertical
Gas Cylinders
Pillar drills
Bench vice
Surface grinder
Radial arm drilling machine
Universal grinding machine
Compressor
151
Sheet Metal Shop
Guillotine
Steel worker
Pillar drill
Bending machine
Band saw
BENCH VICE
Hydrant system
Welding Shop
Arc welding
Bench vice
Welding boots
Spot welding machine
Pillar drill
Tig welding
Mig welding
Plasma cutter
Arc welding
Gas cylinders
Mechanical drive systems
Thermal analysis system
Pneumatic, hydraulic and
electronic kit
Grinders
Arc Welding Machines
Bench vise
Power saw
Pillar drill
Fire Extinguishers
Gas Cylinder
Hydraulic bending machine
Thicknesser machine
Circular saw
Bench Grinder
Spindle Moulder
Radial arm saw
Surface planer
Band saw
Mortiser
Saw Sharpener
Fire Extinguishers
Pillar Drill
Wood Lathe
Laboratory Equipment
Thermodynamics Lab
Computer Controlled Heat
Exchanger Service unit
(HT30XC)
Wind tunnel
(C15-10)
1
1
2
1
1
18
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
6
18
6
1
1
1
1
2
6
2
3
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
2
4
8
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
152
Jet Engine
(Gas Turbine
CM 14)
Engine
Computer
controlled
Chemical reactors
(CEXC)
Air Conditioning Unit
RA2
Fluid bed dryer
(Model 501)
Hand
held
conductivity
meter
Fluid Mechanics Lab
Compressible flow unit
Air flow Rig
Hydraulic Rig
Hydraulic bench
Hydrostatics Bench
Flow in pipe networks
Metrology Lab
3D-Surface
Roughness SRG-4500
Dead
Weight
Tester
(Pressure Calibration)
Torsionmeter
1
DEP-MECH
1
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
1
1
1
1
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
1
DEP-MECH
1
1
DEP-MECH
DEP-MECH
APPENDIX III: CORE TEXTS AND JOURNALS
List of core-texts and journals, which should encompass subject areas, number of titles and
volumes for both print and electronic materials
YEAR
1
SEMESTE
R1
EMG 1102
Engineeri
ng
Drawing
eISBN
1
978128517
301
2
058508739
3
Title
Author
Geometric
and
Morling K
Engineerin
g Drawing
On
Line
and
on
Henderson, Kathryn
Paper
:
Visual
Publis
her
Butterw
orthHeinem
ann
Publi
shed
year
• T353
•
1974 .G64
2016
•
MIT
Press
LC Call
Numbe URL
r
T353
.G64
1998
1998
https://lccn.loc.gov/201
4940177
https://lccn.loc.gov/980
05211
•
153
Represent
ations,
Visual
Culture,
and
Computer
Graphics in
Design
Engineerin
g
•
007289201
3
3
Engineerin
Mc
g graphics Eide A.R., Jenism
Grawfundament R.D. & Mashaw L.H
Hill, inc.
als
The
Geometric
al
Tolerancin
g
Desk
Reference:
Creating
and
Interpreting
ISO
Standard
Technical
Drawings
Mechanical
drawing
CADcomm
unications
4
075066821
0
4
978111833
2054
5
978178216 Technical
2117 Drawing
6
Geometric
071313319 and
8 Engineerin
g Drawing
Green P
Newne
s
Thomas E.F., Jay Mc
D.H., Byron U. & GrawCarl L. S.
Hill
Giesecke F.E., Hill Prencti
I.L., Norak J.E. & ceHall,
Mitchel A
inc.
Morling K.
Butterw
orthHeinem
ann
Author
Publis
her
•
T353
1995 .F976 •
1998
https://lccn.loc.gov/970
38383
• T353
2005 .G64
2005
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?hl=en&lr=&id
=SBlqpvitOfkC
T353
1996 .F976
1996
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?id=GRYUNg
AACAAJ&dq
•
T353
1991 .G64
1991
• T353
1974 .G64
1974
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?id=XM8LAQ
AAMAAJ
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?id=uaKUtzbJ
XUoC&dq
SMA 1109
Geometry
and linear
algebra
eISBN
Title
Publi
shed
year
LC Call
Numbe URL
r
154
1
2
3
4
5
Analytic
geometry
Palgrav
and
Longley W. R.,
e
088385322 calculus
Perbey F. & Smith
Macmill
1
Boston Gin W.A.
an
and
company
Palgrav
Pure
Backhouse
S.P.,
140822772
e
Mathemati Houldworth T. &
X
Macmill
cs bk1
Horril P.J.F
an
Engineerin
Palgrav
083113152 g
Stroud K. A. & e
7 Mathemati Dexter J. B
Macmill
cs
an
Advanced
Palgrav
Engineerin
083113169
Stroud K. A. & e
g
1
Dexter J. B.
Macmill
Mathemati
an
cs
Methods of
Cambri
Algebraic
dge
Hodge W.V.D. &
052146775 Geometry:
Univers
Pedoe D
6
Birational
ity
geometry
Press
6 088385322
1
•
080189125
7
6 (hbk.)
Linear
Algebra
Problem
Book
Halmos P. R
Linear
Algebra:
Challengin
Zhang F.
g Problems
for
Students
Mathe
matical
Associa
tion of
Americ
a
The
Johns
Hopkin
s
Univers
ity
Press.
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?id=CUMWAA
AAIAAJ&q
•
QA154
.L53
•
QA154
.L52
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=140822
772X
TA330
2001 .S783
2011
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?id=FZncLxB8dEC&dq
1951
1985
TA330
2003 .S78
2007
1994
QA564
.H57
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=083113
1691
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
• QA184.
https://books.google.co.
1996 5 .H35
ke/books?isbn=
1995
•
QA184.
• https://lccn.loc.gov/200
1996 5 .Z48
8936105
2009
SMA 1117
Calculus I
eISBN
Title
Author
Publis
her
Publi
shed
year
LC Call
Numbe URL
r
155
•
1
020166209
4
2 013046610
7
3 131789243
7
4
071313446
1
Calculus
and
analytic
geometry,
Calculus
and
analytic
geometry
Calculus
for
technicians
Addiso
Thomas G. B. &
n
Ross L. F
Wesley
Pearso
n
Goldstein L. J.
Educati
on,
Pearso
n
Bird J.O. & May Profess
A.J.C
ional
Educati
on
Calculus
pure and Sherlock. A.J.
applied
Hodder
Arnold,
QA303
•
1984 .F48
2003
https://lccn.loc.gov/000
32790
QA303
1980 .F48
2008
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn
QA303
1985 .F48
2003
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
•
1982
QA154
.L53
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
SZL 2111
HIV/AIDS
and
gender
eISBN
1 130460941
3
2 082135757
3
Title
Author
Publis
her
HIV/Aids
Wellcome T
London
Education
And
HIV/Aids
World
Valerio A. & Donald Bank
A.P
Publica
tions
Publi
shed
year
LC Call
Numbe URL
r
RA643.
2003 86.A35
E385
2003
RA643.
2004 86.A35
E385
2004
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
IGS 1101
Communi
cation
Skills
156
eISBN Title
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
Prentic
e Hall
2001
Richard L. W. & McGra
Saundra H
w Hill,
2006
Author
1
Communic
ation Skills:
A Guide for
Engineerin
978027372
Davies J.W.
g
and
9525
Applied
Science
Students
2
Communic
978007352
ating
3873
effectively
Communic
ative
052128154 approach
3
7
to
language
teaching
Communic
058223827 ative
4
7 grammar of
English
Brumif
C.J.
Johnson K
Oxford
Univers
&
ity
Press
Longm
Leech G. & Svartrik an
J
Publish
ers
TA158.• https://lccn.loc.gov/201
5 .D38 0042389
201
P95
.H9
2015
1980
https://lccn.loc.gov/201
3039344
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
•
PE112
• https://lccn.loc.gov/930
8 .L45
1975
45811
1994
SMA 1108
Algebra
eISBN Title
052128154
1
7
2
•
Algebra
and
trigonometr
y
Author
Publis
her
Hungerford T. W
Pichard
Mercer
Algebraic
019853443
Malcolm
M.
computing
4
Francis W
with reduce
020151010
3 3
Algebraic,
curves: an
introductio Fulton W.
n
to
geometry
Oxford
& Univers
ity
Press
Addiso
nWesle
y
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
• QA155.
7.E4
https://books.google.co.
1991 B73
ke/books
1991
•
QA155.
7.E4 •
1991 B73
1989
•
QA565
•
.F97
1989
1989
https://lccn.loc.gov/910
14683
https://lccn.loc.gov/890
00372
157
4
013736331
1
Algebra
modules:
Intermediat
e level
•
Newmeyer J
Gas
Wentus
Author
Publis
her
QA565
.F97
1975
1975
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
YEAR 1
SEMESTE
R2
EMG 1203
Workshop
Processes
& Practice
I
eISBN
Title
Workshop
Processes
for
Mechanical
Technician
113627284 s, Hodder
1
4
and
Stoughton
London
Sydney
Auckland
Toronto
Materials
Processes
978047005
2
in
5120
Manufactur
ing
3
008089064
4
Workshop
Processes,
Practices
and
Materials,
Elsevier
Pritchard
Eng)
R.T
Publish
(C er
Edward
Arnold
Degarmo
P.E.,
Adson
Black J.T. & Kohsor
Wesley
R.A
Bruce J. B
Journal
of
Manufa
cturing
Scienc
e and
Engine
ering
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
•
TS183
.D4
1972
1972
•
TS183
•
.D4
1997
1997
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn
https://lccn.loc.gov/200
7277293
•
TS183
.D4
2004
2004
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
158
EMG 1204
Introducti
on
to
Material
Science
eISBN Title
•
083113055
1 5
•
2
61066841
•
044230232
3 0
817371239
4
5
Properties
of
Engineerin
g Materials
Mechanical
Properties
of Materials
An
Introductio
n to the
Properties
of
Engineerin
g Materials
An
Introductio
n
to
Metallurgy
Author
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
Higgins R.N.
Hodder
&
Strough
ton
TA403
•
1994 .H47
1994
Srivastava C.M. & Wesley
Srinivasa C
Eastern
Pascoe K.J.
Nostran
d
Reinhol
d
Cottrell A.H
Edward
Arnold
Author
Publis
her
Author
Publis
her
Shultz, M.J.
Hought
on
Mifflin
•
TA403
1991 .P28
https://lccn.loc.gov/930
47970
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
•
TA403
.P28
1962
1978
https://lccn.loc.gov/610
66841
•
TA403
.P28
1975
1975
https://books.google.co.
ke/books?isbn=
IGS 1104
Critical
thinking
eISBN Title
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
SCH 2121
Chemistry
for
engineers
eISBN Title
•
978061827
1 1948
Chemistry
for
Engineers:
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
• https://lccn.loc.gov/200
• MLCM
2006
6279735
2006/0
159
An applied
approach
•
032181105
2 4
•
978061827
3 1948
•
044230232
4 0
Inorganic
chemistry
Compa
ny
Miessler G., & Tarr Prentic
D.A
e Hall
Introductio
Chand
n
to
Dara S
(S.) &
engineerin
Co Ltd
g chemistry
Schaum’s
Outline of Epstein, L. M., & McGra
College
Krieger P
w-Hill
Chemistry
7051
(T)
QD151.
•
2008 3 .M54
2014
• TA403
.P28
2005
1978
https://lccn.loc.gov/201
2037305
https://scholar.google.c
om/scholar?hl=en&as_
sdt
https://scholar.google.c
om/scholar?hl=en&as_
sdt
2007
YEAR 2
SEMESTE
R1
EMG 2101
Engineeri
ng
Materials
eISBN Title
•
Properties
of
Engineerin
g Materials
Mechanical
Properties
of Materials
An
Introductio
n to the
Properties
61066841
of
Engineerin
g Materials
The nature
&
978047017 Properties
5767 of
Engineerin
g Materials
083113055
1 5
2
3
4
Author
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
Higgins, R.A
Hodder
&
Strough
ton
TA403•
1994 .H47
1994
Srivastava, C.M. & Wesley
Srinivasa, C
Eastern
Pascoe, K.J
van
Nostran
d
Reinhol
d
Jastrzebski, D. Z.
John
Wiley &
Sons
TA403
1991 .H47
1991
https://lccn.loc.gov/930
47970
https://link.springer.c
om/article/10
•
https://lccn.loc.gov/610
66841
QD382.
•
1997 C78
D43
2014
https://lccn.loc.gov/201
3011106
1962
TA403
.P28
160
EMG 2102
Workshop
Processes
& Practice
II
eISBN Title
•
200455092
1 2
Workshop
Technolog
y
Author
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
Chapman,W A.,
Publish
er
Edward
Arnold
TJ1165
1995 .C4731
4 1964
https://lccn.loc.gov/200
4550922
• TS145•
1997 .D4
https://lccn.loc.gov/570
05125
2
Materials
and
Processes
978047005
in
5120
Manufactur
ing
Maxwel
Degarmo E. P.,
l
Black J.T. & Kohser
Macmill
R.A.
an Int
3
Manufactur
078035489
ing
3
Processes
John
Begeman M.L. & Wiley &
Amstead B. H.
Sons
Inc
•
034005311
4 9
Workshop
Technolog
y
for
Mechanical
Reginald, T. P.
Engineerin
g
Technician
s
•
TS155.
• https://lccn.loc.gov/990
A1 I617
1977
61516
1999
Hodder
Arnold.
•
TJ1160•
1970 .P873
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
https://lccn.loc.gov/735
49452
EMG 2103
Engineeri
ng
Mechanics
– Statics
eISBN Title
1
Author
Engineerin
g
013279076
Meriam
J.L.
Mechanics
9
Kraige L.G.
Vol
I
(Statics)
&
John
Wiley &
Sons
•
TA350
•
.S288
1986
1987
https://lccn.loc.gov/860
22679
161
•
020158193
2 0
•
007044816
3 7:
•
086840425
4 X
Engineerin
g
Mechanics
(Statics)
Engineerin
g
Mechanics
(Statics),
Engineerin
g Statics
•
Bedford,
Fowler W.
A.
William
F.R.
Leroy, D. S.
& Prentic
e Hall
&
John
Wiley &
Sons
TA351
•
.B43
2007
1995
•
TA350
•
.M32
1995
1978
https://lccn.loc.gov/940
13933
https://lccn.loc.gov/770
18972
Condoor S.S.
Schroff
Develo
pment
Corp
2000
Author
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
•
TA351
https://lccn.loc.gov/200
1326506
EEE 2230
Electrical
Circuit
Analysis
eISBN Title
An
introductio
007056127 n to circuit
1
3 analysis :a
systems
approach
Engineerin
2 007056127 g
circuit
3 analysis
Electrical
and
• 80646640
3
Electronic
Technolog
y
•
013392360
4 6
Scott D. E.
McGra
w-Hill
Hayt W. H. , McGra
Kemmerly J. E. & w-Hill
Durbin S. M.
Hughes E.
Introductor
y
Circuit Boylestad R. L.
Analysis
Prentic
e Hall.
•
TK454
•
.S37
1987
1987
•
2002
•
https://lccn.loc.gov/860
15360
•
https://lccn.loc.gov/806
46640
TK454
QC100
2002
.U57
•
Prentic
e Hall
https://lccn.loc.gov/860
15360
TK454
•
.B68
1999
2015
https://lccn.loc.gov/201
4044465
CCS 1203
Introducti
on
to
Computer
Programm
ing
162
eISBN Title
1
2
The
C
Language
81-224trainer With Jayasri J.
0551-7
Graphics
and C++
053404602
9
•
002361141
3 3
4
Author
013110163
3
Introductio
n to the C
Programmi
ng
Language
Programmi
ng in ANSI
C
The
C
Programmi
ng
Language,
Englewood
Cliffs
Douglas B. 1985
Balagurusamy E.
Publis
her
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
New
Age
Internat
ional
(p) Ltd.
QA76.7
2002 3.C15
Wadsw
orth
Pub.
Co.
• QA76.7
•
1985 3.C15
https://lccn.loc.gov/840
25662
• QA76.7
•
1992 3.C15
https://lccn.loc.gov/950
22670
• QA76.7
•
1988 3.C15
https://lccn.loc.gov/770
28983
Tata
McGra
w-Hill
Kernighan B. W. & Prentic
Dennis M. R.
e Hall
•
https://dl.acm.org/citatio
n.cfm?id=172227
SMA 2119
Calculus
III
eISBN Title
Author
Engineerin
034004792 g
1
Stroud K. A
5 Mathemati
cs
Mathemati
• 047153419 cs
for
Jeffrey A.
2 6
Engineers
and
Scientists
Schaum’s
Outline of
007084355 Advanced
3
Spiegel, M. R.
4 Mathemati
cs
for
Engineers
Publis
her
Springe
r
Chapm
an
&
Hall
Publi LC Call
shed Numbe URL
year r
• TK153•
1983 .S625
https://lccn.loc.gov/714
44028
• QA154•
1989 .L53
https://lccn.loc.gov/720
91436
•
McGra
w-Hill.
TA330
•
.S68
1971
1980
https://lccn.loc.gov/800
40049
163
and
Scientists,
4
Handbook
Chapm
of
an
&
Mathemati
Polyanin A. D. & Hall/CR
158488502 cs
for
Manzirov A. V.
C
5 Engineers
Press.
and
Scientists
QA40 •
2006 .P72
2007
https://lccn.loc.gov/200
7300249
YEAR
2
SEMESTER
2
SMA
2232
Differential
Equations
1
978042918
7483
2
038794481
8
3
978042914
3311
4
978038771
2765
Mathematics
for Engineers
Jeffrey A.
and
Scientists,
Introduction
to
Ordinary
Differential
Equations
With
Mathematica:
An Integrated
Multimedia
Approach,
Handbook of
Mathematics
for Engineers
and
Scientists,
Chapman
& Hall, 4th (1989)
Ed.
Gray A.,
New York:
Mezzino
SpringerM.
&
Verlag.
Pinsky M.
A.
•
(1997)
Polyanin
Chapman
A. D. & & Hall/CRC
(2006)
Manzirov
Press.
A. V.
Algwal R.
An
P.
&
Introduction
Springer.
O’Reagan
to
Ordinary
B.
(2008)
https://content.taylorfr
ancis.com/books/dow
QA188
nload?dac=C2010-0.J44 2010
48270OVERFLO
X&isbn=97814822963
WA5S?
96&format=googlePre
viewPdf
QA371.5.
D37 G74 https://hypuco.ga/cuz
1997
a-v-te.pdf
QA40 .P72
https://www.taylorfran
2007
cis.com/books/97804
OVERFLO
29143311
WJ34?
20007935
982
https://www.google.co
m/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&
esrc=s&source=web&
cd=5&cad=rja&uact=8
164
Differential
Equations,
&ved=2ahUKEwjKzqb
t6zjAhWyy4UKHX52C
8EQFjAEegQIAhAC&
url=http%3A%2F%2F
www.burhantiryakiogl
u.com%2Fwpcontent%2Fuploads%
2F2015%2F06%2FRa
vi_P._Agarwal_Donal
_ORegan_An_Introdu
ction_tBookZZ.org_.p
df&usg=AOvVaw0yw
mlP5IscXbQh74jbGK
yi
EMG
2205
Fluid
Mechanics I
1
978027371
7720
Fluid
Mechanics
Bansal
and Hydraulic R.K.
Machines,
2
•
3
4
Fluid
Mechanics,
Douglas
J.F.,
Prentice
•
Gasiorek
Hall,
4th (2001),
J.M.
&
Ed.
Swaffield
J.A.
039563789
9
047157958
0
Roberson
J.A.,
Crowe
C.T.
&
Elger D.F.
Munson
B.R.,
Fundamental
Young
s of Fluid
D.F.
&
Mechanics,
Okiishi
T.H.
EMG
2206
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics I
Engineering
Fluid
Mechanics,
TA357
.D68 2011
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11010836
https://books.google.c
om/books?hl=en&lr=&
id=0clZbfwgiyUC&oi=f
nd&pg=PA1&dq=Fluid
+Mechanics+and+Hy
draulic+Machines,+&o
ts=lbJIQYW4AW&sig
=TWAlDzQEP_fXQdF
45tfD6wra4e0
R.K. Laxmi
Publication (1992)
s, 4th Ed.
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1999)
9th Ed.
TA357 .R6
https://lccn.loc.gov/92
1993
072399
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1998)
3rd Ed.
TA357
.M86 1994
https://lccn.loc.gov/93
014153
165
1
978134906
6858
2
019518215
4
3
087033521
9
•
4
•
5
6
1
66052104
57059514
047127471
2
978047086
14815
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
4th
Edition
G.F.C
Rogers & Wiley
Y.R.
Blackwell,
Mayhew
(1992)
Classical
Thermodyna
mics.
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
Applied
Thermodyna
mics
for
Engineering
Technologists
Lynn D. R. Oxford
& George University
A. A.
Press
(1993)
Burghardt
M.D.
(1993)
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
Fundamental
s
of
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
EMG
2207
Engineering
Mechanics –
Dynamics
Engineering
Mechanics
(Dynamics)
•
•
Harper
Collins
Eastop
Prentice
•
T.D. and
and Hall, (1993)
McConkey
4th Ed
A.
Rogers
Wiley
G.F.C. & Blackwell,
Mayhew
5th ed.
Y.R.
(1994)
Michael J.
M.
& Wiley,
Howard N. Ed.
S.
(2007)
6th
•
•
Meriam J. New York:
L. & Kraige Prentice
(1997)
L. G.
Hall, SI Ed.
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=yDFdDwAAQBAJ
&oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq
=Engineering+Therm
odynamics,+rogers&o
ts=c9AdC40wr&sig=MnjtDSN
h3sCPwramm4xEiYfJ6A&r
edir_esc=y#v=onepag
e&q=Engineering%20
Thermodynamics%2C
%20rogers&f=false
QC311
.R79 2005
TJ265
.B87 1999
TJ265
.E23
TJ265
.R83
TJ265
.M66 2004
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
05282403
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
013153
https://lccn.loc.gov/66
052104
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
059514
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
03269212
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=Lvr61msQz2oC&
oi=fnd&pg=PR27&dq
=Engineering+Mecha
nics+(Dynamics)+&ot
s=9gXWqJYR1Z&sig
=01jQ6JRM8c040QA
oRIbAgiikyhg&redir_e
166
sc=y#v=onepage&q&f
=false
•
2
002354080
X
3
3245305
•
013146324
1
4
•
1
071313253
1
•
76373641
2
007365939
8
Hibbeler
R. C.
New York:
•
Prentice
(1997)
Hall, SI Ed.
Beer F. P.
Mechanics
&
McGrawHil
for Engineers:
Johnston
l, 2nd Ed.
Dynamics,
E. R.
New York:
Engineering
Bedford A.
Prentice
Mechanics:
& Fowler
Hall, 2nd
Dynamics,
W.
Ed.
EMG
2208
Mechanics
of Machines I
Mechanics of
Hannah J
Machines
Arnold
and
Advanced
Internation
Stephens
Theory and
al
R. C.
Examples
Machine
McGrawLingaiah
Design
Hill,
2nd
K.
Handbook
Ed.
Textbook
Machine
Design,
3
4
Engineering
Mechanics
(Dynamics),
of
Mechanical
Engineering
Design,
•
(1996)
•
(1996)
TA352 .H5
QA807
.B39
TA352
.B382
2005
•
TJ170
.H37 1972
•
TJ230
.L72
1972
(2002),
https://lccn.loc.gov/73
017146
https://lccn.loc.gov/56
006890
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04275995
https://lccn.loc.gov/72
180230
https://lccn.loc.gov/76
373641
Chand (S.)
Khurmi R.
& Co Ltd
S. & Gupta
(2005),
,India, 6th
J. K.
Ed.
https://www.pdfdrive.c
om/a-textbook-ofmachine-design-byrskhurmi-and-jkgupta0006pdfe21746484.html
Shigley J.
E.,
•
Mischke C. McGraw(2004)
R.
& Hill, 7th Ed.
Budynas
R. G.
TJ230 .S5
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
2001
055039
CCS
2211
Object
Oriented
Programing
1
The
C
Language
trainer With Jayasri J.,
Graphics and
C++
J. Wiley
Eastern.
(1993),
https://scholar.google.
com/scholar?hl=en&a
s_sdt=0%2C5&q=The
+C+Language+trainer
+With+Graphics+and
+C%2B%2B&btnG=
167
2
Programming
in C,
Rochan
S.G.,
Hayden
Book
Company.
(1983),
3
The
C
Programming
Language:
ANSI
C
Version,
Kernighan
B.W.,
Ritchie
D.M.,
Prentice
Hall.
(1988),
The C Programming
Language: ANSI C
Version,
(2004),
https://books.google.c
om/books?hl=en&lr=&
id=3fZa9af1KtYC&oi=
fnd&pg=PA1&dq=Pro
gramming+in+ANSI+
C,++&ots=yFagya_4_&sig=CaFPT2r
qQRHfhnZJMwjB93C
pO1s
4
007053477
2
Programming
in ANSI C,
Balagurus
any E.,
Tata
McGraw
Hill.
YEAR 3
SEMESTER
1
EMG
3101
Fluid
Mechanics II
1
978027371
7720
Fluid
Mechanics
Bansal
and Hydraulic R.K.
Machines,
2
•
3
4
Fluid
Mechanics,
Douglas
J.F.,
Prentice
•
Gasiorek
Hall,
4th (2001),
J.M.
&
Ed.
Swaffield
J.A.
039563789
9
047157958
0
Roberson
J.A.,
Crowe
C.T.
&
Elger D.F.
Munson
Fundamental
B.R.,
s of Fluid
Young
Mechanics,
D.F.
&
Engineering
Fluid
Mechanics,
TA357
.D68 2011
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11010836
https://books.google.c
om/books?hl=en&lr=&
id=0clZbfwgiyUC&oi=f
nd&pg=PA1&dq=Fluid
+Mechanics+and+Hy
draulic+Machines,+&o
ts=lbJIQYW4AW&sig
=TWAlDzQEP_fXQdF
45tfD6wra4e0
R.K. Laxmi
Publication (1992)
s, 4th Ed.
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1999)
9th Ed.
TA357 .R6
https://lccn.loc.gov/92
1993
072399
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1998)
3rd Ed.
TA357
.M86 1994
https://lccn.loc.gov/93
014153
168
Okiishi
T.H.
EMG
3103
Solid
and
Structural
Mechanics I
•
1
•
2
3
•
4
•
5
6
7
978111157
7735
978047094
2734
047020704
3
034071920
6
053492174
4
047020704
3
075063266
6
Gere J. M.
Thomson
Mechanics of &
Brooks/Col
Materials,
Timoshen
e, 2nd Ed.
ko S.
Butterwort
Mechanics of
hMaterials part Hearn E. J. Heineman
2,
n Ltd, 2nd
Ed.
Benham
P.P.,
Mechanics of Crawford
Prentice
Materials,
R. J. & Hall, 2 Ed.
Armstrong
C. G.
Case J., Butterwort
Strength
of
Chilver L. hMaterials and
& Carl T. Heineman
Structures,
F. R.
n, 4th Ed.
Gere J.M
Mechanics of
&
ISBN, 2nd
Materials
Timoshen Ed
ko S.P.
Benham
Mechanics of
John Wiley
P.P. and
Engineering
&
Sons,
Crawford
Materials,
Rev. Ed.
R.J.
Butterwort
Mechanics of
hMaterials
Hearn E. J.
Heineman
Volume 1,
n, 3rd Ed.
•
(1984)
•
(1995)
•
(1996)
•
(1999)
•
(1984)
•
(1987)
(1997)
TA405
.G44 2013
TA404.8
.A45 2011
TA405
.B484
1987
TA405
.C32 1999
TA405
.G44 1990
TA405
.B484
1987
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11940308
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11926319
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
265562
https://lccn.loc.gov/89
027415
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=hGtgVkHmoz4C
&oi=fnd&pg=PP1&dq
=Mechanics+of+Mate
rials+Volume+1,+hear
n&ots=pwQ6vMntpQ
&sig=XjwCDvCKW7V
4XL3qS0VASaxrLo&redir_esc=y
#v=onepage&q=Mech
anics%20of%20Mater
ials%20Volume%201
169
%2C%20hearn&f=fals
e
•
1
071313253
1
•
76373641
2
•
5
•
6
007365939
8
59016187
978019026
4505
Hannah J
Arnold
and
Internation
Stephens
al
R. C.
Lingaiah
K.
McGraw•
Hill,
2nd (2002),
Ed.
TJ230
.L72
https://lccn.loc.gov/72
180230
https://lccn.loc.gov/76
373641
Mechanical
Engineering
Design,
Shigley J.
E.,
•
Mischke C. McGraw(2004)
R.
& Hill, 7th Ed.
Budynas
R. G.
TJ230 .S5
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
2001
055039
Mechanics of
Machines
Elementary
Theory and
Examples,
Hannah J.
Arnold
&
Internation
Stephens
al.
R. C.
of
Uicker J.
Theory
of Jr.,
Machines and Pennock
Mechanisms, G. R. &
Shigley J.
E.
•
(1979)
Oxford
•
University
(2003)
Press, 3rd
Ed.
7
•
SMA
2220
Calculus IV
Calculus and Thomas G.
Addison
analytic
B. & Ross
Wesley
geometry,
L. F
1
TJ170
.H37 1972
https://www.pdfdrive.c
om/a-textbook-ofmachine-design-byrskhurmi-and-jkgupta0006pdfe21746484.html
Mechanics
Mabie H.
and
H.
& Wiley,
Dynamics of Reinholtz
Ed.
Machinery
C. F.
020166209
4
•
1972
Chand (S.)
Khurmi R.
& Co Ltd
S. & Gupta
(2005),
,India, 6th
J. K.
Ed.
Textbook
Machine
Design,
3
4
EMG
3104
Mechanics
of Machines
II
Mechanics of
Machines
Advanced
Theory and
Examples
Machine
Design
Handbook
4th
TJ170
.H38
https://lccn.loc.gov/59
016187
TJ145
.U33 2018
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
18469337
https://scholar.google.
com/scholar?hl=en&a
s_sdt=0%2C5&q=Me
chanics+and+Dynami
cs+of+Machinery+ma
bie&btnG=
(1987)
•
QA303
1984
.F48 2003
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
032790
170
2
013046610
7
Calculus and
Goldstein
analytic
L. J.
geometry
Pearson
Education,
1980
QA303
.F48 2008
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?isbn
3
131789243
7
Pearson
Calculus for Bird J.O. & Profession
technicians
May A.J.C al
Education
1985
QA303
.F48 2003
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?isbn=
4
071313446
1
Calculus pure Sherlock.
and applied
A.J.
Hodder
Arnold,
•
QA154
1982 .L53
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?isbn=
EEE
2330
Introduction
to Electrical
Machines
•
1
047015133
1
2
3
•
28028049
1
038798605
7
4
London:
•
ELBS and
Say M.G.
(1992).
Pitman 5th
Ed.
London:
DC machines
Kumar, K. Sangam
and
(2000).
M.
Books Ltd
transformers.
Alternating
current
Electrical
technology,
Vol. II, : Nirja
Construction
and
Development
The
performance
and design of
direct current
machines.
YEAR
3
SEMESTER
2
SMA
3144
Partial
Differential
Equations
Partial
Differential
Equations:
Analytical
TK2711
.S3 1976
DC machines
transformers.
Theraja,
Company
B.L.
& Pvt.
Ltd.
(1997)
Theraja,
New Delhi
A.K.
22nd Ed.
New Delhi:
Clayton A.
Oxford and
•
E
&
IBH
(1990)
Hancock
Company
N. N.
Pvt. Ltd.
Kervorkian
, J.
Wadsworth
•
and Brooks 1975
Publishers
https://lccn.loc.gov/76
015265
and
https://www.amieindia
.in/downloads/ebooks/
electrical2-theraja.pdf
TK2612
.C6
QA377
.K48 2000
https://lccn.loc.gov/28
028049
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
016552
171
Solution
Techniques
•
2
3
•
4
012784397
3
038798441
0
978052186
1533
1
978134906
6858
2
019518215
4
3
087033521
9
•
66052104
•
57059514
4
5
Handbook of
Zwillinger
Differential
D.
Equations
Applied
Partial
Trium
Differential
D.W.
Equations
Mathematical
Methods for
Riley, K.F
Physics and
Engineering
EMG
3202
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics II
Harcourt
Brace
Jovanovich
Publishers
PWS-Kent
Publishing
Co. Ltd
•
(1992)
•
(1989)
Cambridge
•
University
(2006)
Press, 3rd
Ed
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
4th
Edition
G.F.C
Rogers & Wiley
Y.R.
Blackwell,
Mayhew
(1992)
Classical
Thermodyna
mics.
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
Applied
Thermodyna
mics
for
Engineering
Technologists
Lynn D. R. Oxford
& George University
A. A.
Press
(1993)
Burghardt
M.D.
(1993)
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
Harper
Collins
•
•
Eastop
Prentice
•
T.D. and
and Hall, (1993)
McConkey
4th Ed
A.
Rogers
Wiley
G.F.C. & Blackwell,
Mayhew
5th ed.
Y.R.
•
(1994)
QA371
[2005
01181]
https://lccn.loc.gov/98
801260
QA377
.L578
1998
https://lccn.loc.gov/97
048861
QA300
.R495
2006
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06280779
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=yDFdDwAAQBAJ
&oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq
=Engineering+Therm
odynamics,+rogers&o
ts=c9AdC40wr&sig=MnjtDSN
h3sCPwramm4xEiYfJ6A&r
edir_esc=y#v=onepag
e&q=Engineering%20
Thermodynamics%2C
%20rogers&f=false
QC311
.R79 2005
TJ265
.B87 1999
TJ265
.E23
TJ265
.R83
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
05282403
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
013153
https://lccn.loc.gov/66
052104
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
059514
172
6
1
2
3
4
•
5
1
2
047127471
2
007252036
1
007016906
3
076681246
4
978111112
5141
007016906
3:
978027371
7720
Fundamental
s
of
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
EMG
3206
Introduction
to
Engineering
Design
Mechanical
Engineering
Design, 7th
Ed.,
Engineering
Design
A
Materials and
Processing
Approach,
AutoCAD: 3D
Modelling, A
Visual
Approach.
Engineering
Drawing with
CAD
Applications
Michael J.
M.
& Wiley,
Howard N. Ed.
S.
6th
Shigley, J.
E.,
Mischke,
McGrawC. R., & Hill.
Budynas,
R. G.
•
(2007)
•
(2004)
•
Dieter G.,
McGraw
Hill.
Wilson, J.
and
Kalameja
A.,
(1999),
Otrowsky
O.
(2004),
•
McGraw
Hill.
(1999),
Prentice
•
Hall,
4th (2001),
Ed.
R.K. Laxmi
Publication (1992)
s, 4th Ed.
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
03269212
TJ230 .S5
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2004
03048763
TA174
.D495
1991
https://lccn.loc.gov/90
038003
https://dl.acm.org/citat
ion.cfm?id=519879
(2005)
•
Engineering
Design
A
Materials and Dieter G.,
Processing
Approach,
EMG
3207
Fluid
Mechanics III
Douglas
J.F.,
Fluid
Gasiorek
Mechanics,
J.M.
&
Swaffield
J.A.
Fluid
Mechanics
Bansal
and Hydraulic R.K.
Machines,
TJ265
.M66 2004
T385
.G692797
2011
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
10925289
TA174
.D495
1991
https://lccn.loc.gov/90
038003
TA357
.D68 2011
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11010836
https://books.google.c
om/books?hl=en&lr=&
id=0clZbfwgiyUC&oi=f
nd&pg=PA1&dq=Fluid
173
+Mechanics+and+Hy
draulic+Machines,+&o
ts=lbJIQYW4AW&sig
=TWAlDzQEP_fXQdF
45tfD6wra4e0
•
3
4
•
1
•
2
3
•
4
•
5
6
039563789
9
047157958
0
978111157
7735
978047094
2734
Roberson
J.A.,
Crowe
C.T.
&
Elger D.F.
Munson
B.R.,
Fundamental
Young
s of Fluid
D.F.
&
Mechanics,
Okiishi
T.H.
EMG
3209
Solid
and
Structural
Mechanics II
Gere J. M.
Mechanics of &
Materials,
Timoshen
ko S.
Engineering
Fluid
Mechanics,
Mechanics of
Materials part
2,
047020704
3
Mechanics of
Materials,
034071920
6
Strength
of
Materials and
Structures,
053492174
4
Mechanics of
Materials
047020704
3
Mechanics of
Engineering
Materials,
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1999)
9th Ed.
TA357 .R6
https://lccn.loc.gov/92
1993
072399
John Wiley
•
and Sons, (1998)
3rd Ed.
TA357
.M86 1994
•
TA405
.G44 2013
Thomson
Brooks/Col
e, 2nd Ed.
(1984)
Butterwort
h•
Hearn E. J. Heineman
(1995)
n Ltd, 2nd
Ed.
Benham
P.P.,
•
Crawford
Prentice
(1996)
R.
J. Hall, 2 Ed.
&Armstron
g C. G.
Case J., Butterwort
•
Chilver L. h(1999)
& Carl T. Heineman
F. R.
n, 4th Ed.
Gere J.M
•
&
ISBN, 2nd
(1984)
Timoshen Ed
ko S.P.
Benham
•
John Wiley
P.P. and
&
Sons, (1987)
Crawford
Rev. Ed.
R.J.
TA404.8
.A45 2011
TA405
.B484
1987
TA405
.C32 1999
TA405
.G44 1990
TA405
.B484
1987
https://lccn.loc.gov/93
014153
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11940308
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11926319
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
265562
https://lccn.loc.gov/89
027415
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
174
7
•
075063266
6
1
071313253
1
•
59003604
•
49004603
•
63014076
1
040870510
8
040870511
6
2
3
4
•
2
3
64012593
Butterwort
Mechanics of
hMaterials
Hearn E. J.
Heineman
Volume 1,
n, 3rd Ed.
EMG
3210
Gear
Mechanisms
Mechanics of
Machines
Advanced
Theory and
Examples,
Theory
machines
of
Analytical
Mechanics of
Gears,
Mechanisms
and
Dynamics of
Machinery,
EMG
3212
Metrology
Engineering
metrology,
Hannah J
Arnold
&
Internation
Stephens
al, 4th Ed.
R. C.
•
(1984)
Burkingha
m Inc.
Butterwort
Thomas G. hs
G.
publishers,
2nd Ed.
Wilkie
Brothers
Publishers,
3rd Ed
TJ170
.H37 1972
https://lccn.loc.gov/72
180230
•
TJ170 .L7
https://lccn.loc.gov/59
1958
003604
•
TJ184
.B777
(1988)
Hamilton
•
John Wiley
H. M. &
& sons, 4th (1987)
Reinholtz
Ed.
C. F.
Fundamental
s
of
dimensional
Busch T.
Metrology,
Engineering
Precision
Metrology,
(1997)
Rattan S. McGraw(1993)
S.
Hill, 2th Ed.
Buckingha
m E.
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=hGtgVkHmoz4C
&oi=fnd&pg=PP1&dq
=Mechanics+of+Mate
rials+Volume+1,+hear
n&ots=pwQ6vMntpQ
&sig=XjwCDvCKW7V
4XL3qS0VASaxrLo&redir_esc=y
#v=onepage&q=Mech
anics%20of%20Mater
ials%20Volume%201
%2C%20hearn&f=fals
e
•
(1974)
•
(1989)
Chand S. &
R.
C.
Co.
Ltd
Gupta &
(1979)
,India, 1st
Khanna
Ed.
TJ175
.M123
1963
https://lccn.loc.gov/49
004603
https://lccn.loc.gov/63
014076
T50 .T48
https://lccn.loc.gov/74
1974b
168995
T50 .B8
https://lccn.loc.gov/64
012593
https://scholar.google.
com/scholar?hl=en&a
s_sdt=0%2C5&q=Eng
ineering+Precision+M
175
etrology%2C+Gupta&
btnG=
•
4
51005506
Engineering
Metrology,
Macdonald
•
K. J. Hume s technical, (1970)
7th Ed.
TJ1313
.H8
https://lccn.loc.gov/51
005506
SMA
3272
Statistics
•
1
2
013579277
0
978047004
0072
•
3
039397083
3
•
66023799
4
MacClave
First Course J.
T.,
in Statistics,
Sincich T.
L.
&
William M.
Sampling of Levy P.S.
Populations:
&
Methods and Lemeshow
Applications,
S.
Freedman
D., Pisani
Statistics,
R.
&
Purves R.
•
Prentice
Hall,
1st (2008)
Ed.
Wiley.
•
(2008)
W.
W.
•
Norton
(2007)
Publishers,
4th Ed.
Dover
Principles of Bulmer M.
Publication
Statistics,
G.
s.
•
(1979)
QA276
.M378
1997
HB849.49
.L48 2008
https://lccn.loc.gov/96
034853
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08004934
9780470040072
QA276
.F683
1998
https://lccn.loc.gov/97
021345
HA29
.B847
1966
https://lccn.loc.gov/66
023799
YEAR
4
SEMESTER
1
EMG
4101
Industrial
Hydraulics
•
1
978013513
6904
2
082479833
3
3
978042912
5683
Fluid Power
Esposito
with
A.
Applications,
Fluid Power
Maintenance,
Basics
and
Troubleshooti
ng,
Fluid Power
Circuits and
Control,
Fundamental
s
and
Applications,
•
TJ843
.E86 2009
•
TJ843
.M58 1997
McGraw
(1994)
Hill, 5th Ed.
Richard J.
CRC
M.
&
Press.
Pippenger
J.J.
(1997)
CRC
Cundiff J.
Press, 1st (2001)
S.
Ed.
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08010859
https://lccn.loc.gov/97
000056
https://www.taylorfran
cis.com/books/97804
29125683
176
•
4
067297224
7
•
Industrial
Fluid power Stewart H.
Press Inc., (1977)
technology,
L.
4th Ed.
TJ840
.S758
1980
https://lccn.loc.gov/79
009123
EMG
4102
Material
Forming
Processes
•
57005125
•
55006850
•
075061864
7
1
2
3
•
4
020511817
8
•
57010801
5
Degarmo
Materials and
E.
P.,
Processes in
Roanld A.
Manufacturin
K.
&
g,
Wayne A.
Heine R.
Principles of
W., Carl R.
Metal
L. &Philip
Casting,
C. R.
Plastics
Materials,
Processes
and
Manufacture
of Materials,
Manufacturin
g Processes,
Maxwell
Macmillan
Int, 7th ed.
•
(1988)
McgrawHill
,
New
•
(1967)
Delhi, 2nd
Ed.
Butterwort
h•
Brydson J. Heineman
(1982)
A.
n
Publishers,
7th Ed.
Prentice
Lindberg
Hall
of
(1998)•
R. A.
India, 4th
Ed.
Begeman
Wiley;New
•
M. L. &
York, 8th (1987)
Amstead
Ed.
B. H.
TS145 .D4
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
005125
TS230 .H4
https://lccn.loc.gov/55
006850
TP1120 •
.B7 1995
https://lccn.loc.gov/94
0448330750618647
TS183
.L56 1990
TS205
.B43 1957
https://lccn.loc.gov/89
032561
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
010801
EMG
4103
Solid
and
Structural
Mechanics III
•
1
•
2
3
978111157
7735
978047094
2734
047020704
3
Gere J. M.
Thomson
•
Mechanics of &
Brooks/Col (1984)
Materials,
Timoshen
e, 2nd Ed.
ko S.
Butterwort
Mechanics of
h•
Materials part Hearn E. J. Heineman
(1995)
2,
n Ltd, 2nd
Ed.
Benham
•
Mechanics of P.P.,
Prentice
(1996)
Materials,
Crawford
Hall, 2 Ed.
R. J. &
TA405
.G44 2013
TA404.8
.A45 2011
TA405
.B484
1987
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11940308
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11926319
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
177
•
4
•
1
2
•
3
•
4
•
1
034071920
6
007017052
5
978013468
5717
978125964
3835
978013615
6734
083113055
5
2
020108090
7
•
61066841
3
4
Armstrong
C. G.
Case J.,
Strength
of
Chilver L.
Materials and
& Carl T.
Structures,
F. R.
EMG
4105
Control
Engineering
I
Feedback
and Control Distefano
Systems:
J.
J.,
Theory and Stubberud
Problems
A. R. &
(Schaum’s
Williams I.
Outline
J.
Series),
Feedback
Control
of
Gene F.
Dynamic
Systems,
Automatic
Kuo B. C.
Control
& Farid G.
Systems,
Modern
Control
Ogata K.
Engineering,
EMG
4106
Material
Science
Butterwort
hHeineman
n, 4th Ed.
(1999)
McGrawHill, 2 Ed.
(1994)•
•
•
•
Prentice
Hall,
5th (2005)
Ed.
Wiley,
Ed.
8th
•
(2002)
Prentice
•
Hall,
3rd (1996)
Ed.
Publisher,
•
R
A Hodder &
(1994)
Higgins
Stroughton
, 2nd Ed.
Publisher;
Science
of
•
Van Vlack Addison
Engineering
(1982)
L.H.
Wesley,
Materials,
6th Ed.
An
Publisher,
Introduction
van
•
to
the Pascoe K.
Nostrand
(1985)
Properties of J.
Reinhold,
Engineering
1st Ed.
Materials,
Mechanical
Srivastava Wesley
Properties of
(1991)
C. M. & Eastern.
Materials,
Properties of
Engineering
Materials,
TA405
.C32 1999
TJ216.5
.D57 1995
TJ216
.F723
2019
TJ213
.G56 2017
TJ213
.O28 2010
TA403
.H47 1994
TA403
.V35 1980
TA403
.P28
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
265562
https://lccn.loc.gov/96
2247870070170525
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
17032553
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
16961453
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
10483801
https://lccn.loc.gov/93
047970
https://lccn.loc.gov/79
019352
https://lccn.loc.gov/61
066841
https://www.mse.ufl.e
du/wpcontent/uploads/2018
178
Scrinivasa
C.
08_GBB_SyllabusEMA-3010-Fall2018.pdf
EMG
4104
Computer
Aided
Drawing/Co
mputer
Aided
Manufacturi
ng
1
•
2
3
•
4
978184078
2615
200405934
9
007063403
3
013016173
X
5
038752047
3
6
978110700
1480
•
7
8
013161571
8
076683851
X
AutoCAD
2004 in easy Whelan P.
steps,
Wilson
Computer
Step.
https://www.bookdepo
sitory.com/AutoCAD2004-Easy-StepsPaulWhelan/97818407826
15
(2004)
Computer
integrated
manufacturin
g
CRC Press
•
Fanti M.P.
LLC, 2nd (2001)
et al.
ed.
TS176
.D39 2005
CAD/CAM
Handbook,
Teicholz
C.E.
•
TS155.6
.C36 1985
Instant
AutoCAD:
Mechanical
Desktop 4.0,
Computer
Aided Design:
Fundamental
s and System
Architectures,
Manufacturin
g Automation:
Metal Cutting
Mechanics,
Machine Tool
Vibrations
and
CNC
Design,
Computer
Aided
Manufacturin
g,
AutoCAD
2004:
3D
Modelling,
Stephen J.
E.
&
Christine
A. E.
Encanaca
o J. L.,
Linder R. &
Schechten
dahl E. G.
McGrawHill.
Prentice
Hall.
SpringerVerlag,
Berlin
(1985)
•
(2000)
•
(1990)
•
Altintas Y.
Cambridge
Chang
T.C., Wijk
R.A.
&
Wang H.P.
J.
and
Kalameja
A.
PrenticeHall Inc.,
•
(2005)
New
Jersey.
Autodesk
Press.
(2006)
(1995)
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04059349
https://lccn.loc.gov/84
004365
T353 .E84
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
2000
087848
TA174
.E47 1990
TJ1185.5
.A48 2012
TS155.6
.C48 1991
https://lccn.loc.gov/90
009721
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11041033
https://lccn.loc.gov/90
041060
https://dl.acm.org/citat
ion.cfm?id=560139
179
Visual
Approach,
YEAR
4
SEMESTER
2
EMG
4223
Experimenta
l
Stress
Analysis
•
1
097624130
7
2
047104548
9
•
54008137
•
67010159
•
007017052
5
3
4
1
2
•
3
978013468
5717
978125964
3835
James W.
D
&
William
F.R.
James
Instrumentati
W.D,
on
for
William
Engineering
F.R,
Measurement
Kenneth
s,
G.M.
Principles of
Experimental Mark B.M.
Analysis,
Experimental
Stress
Holister
Analysis:
G.S.
Principles and
Methods,
EMG
4210
Control
Engineering
II
Feedback
and Control Distefano
Systems:
J.
J.,
Theory and Stubberud
Problems
A. R. &
(Schaum’s
Williams I.
Outline
J.
Series),
Feedback
Control
of
Gene F.
Dynamic
Systems,
Automatic
Kuo B. C.
Control
& Farid G.
Systems,
Experimental
Stress
Analysis,
•
TA407
.D32 2005
Wiley, 2nd
•
Ed.
(1993)
TA165
.D34 1984
McGraw(2005)
Hill, 3rd Ed.
•
TG265
.M59
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
05284595
https://lccn.loc.gov/83
010452
PrenticeHall
(1954)
Cambridge
University
Press
(1967)
•
TA410 .H6
https://lccn.loc.gov/67
010159
McGrawHill, 2 Ed.
•
(1994)•
TJ216.5
.D57 1995
https://lccn.loc.gov/96
2247870070170525
•
Prentice
Hall,
5th (2005)
Ed.
Wiley,
Ed.
8th
•
(2002)
https://lccn.loc.gov/54
008137
TJ216
.F723
2019
TJ213
.G56 2017
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
17032553
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
16961453
180
•
4
•
1
•
2
3
•
4
•
978013615
6734
978111157
7735
978047094
2734
Mechanics of
Materials,
034071920
6
Strength
of
Materials and
Structures,
1
•
47003177
3
•
4
Mechanics of
Materials part
2,
047020704
3
071313253
1
2
Modern
Control
Ogata K.
Engineering,
EMG
4211
Solid
and
Structural
Mechanics
IV
Gere J. M.
Mechanics of &
Materials,
Timoshen
ko S.
013914549
4
Prentice
•
Hall,
3rd (1996)
Ed.
TJ213
.O28 2010
•
TA405
.G44 2013
Thomson
Brooks/Col
e, 2nd Ed.
Butterwort
h•
Hearn E. J. Heineman
(1995)
n Ltd, 2nd
Ed.
Benham
P.P.,
•
Crawford
Prentice
(1996)
R. J. & Hall, 2 Ed.
Armstrong
C. G.
Case J., Butterwort
•
Chilver L. h(1999)
& Carl T. Heineman
F. R.
n, 4th Ed.
EMG
4212
Vibrations
Mechanics of
Machines
- Hannah J., Arnold
Advanced
Stephens
Internation
theory
and R. C.
al, 4th Ed.
Examples,
Courier
Mechanical
Hartog
Dover
Vibrations,
J.P.
Publication
s.
Mechanical
Vibrations
Srinivasan McGrawAnalysis, Ed. P.
Hill, 2nd
Theory
of
Vibrations
with
Applications,
(1984)
Thomsom,
W., T.
•
(1984)
•
(1985)
TA404.8
.A45 2011
TA405
.B484
1987
TA405
.C32 1999
TJ170
.H37 1972
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
10483801
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11940308
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11926319
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
020064
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
265562
https://lccn.loc.gov/72
180230
TA355 .D4 https://lccn.loc.gov/47
1947
003177
(1990)
Stanley
Thornes
•
(Publishers (1998)
) Ltd, 4th
Ed.
TA355
.T47 1972
https://lccn.loc.gov/72
009039
181
•
5
978013436
1307
1
978007339
8211
2
978126004
3655
•
3
4
978061531
9384
007146636
3
•
Mechanical
Vibrations,
Rao S. S.
Wesley,
3rd Ed.
(1995)
EMG
4213
Machine
Design
Shigley’s
Mechanical
Engineering
Design
Product
Design and
Development,
R.
Budynas,
McgrawJ.
Keith Hill
Nisbett
(2006)
Karl Ulrich,
McGrawSteven
Hill 3.
Eppinger,
(2003)
Engineering
Design,
Rudolph J. Prentice
Eggert
Hall
(2004)
Mechanical
Design
Handbook,
Rothbart
McGrawH.
A.,
Hill
Brown T. H
•
•
•
•
(2006)
TA355
.R37 2017
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
15025857
TJ230 .S5
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2020
18023098
HD31 .U47
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2020
19015282
TA174
.E32 2010
TJ230
.M433
2006
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
11286362
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06043833
SMA
3261
Numerical
Methods for
Engineers
1
978126023
2073
2
082470443
6
3
158488401
0
4
007010664
9
Chapra
Numerical
S.C.,
Methods for
Canale
Engineers,
R.P.,
Numerical
Methods for
Hoffman
Engineers
J.D.,
and
Scientists,
Numerical
Griffiths
Methods for D.V.,
Engineers,
Smith I.M.,
Numerical
Methods for Chapra
Engineers:
S.C.,
With Personal Canale
Computer
R.P.,
Applications,
ELECTIVES
YEAR 4
McGrawHill.
•
(2005),
•
CRC
(2001),
CRC
Press.
(2006)
McGrawHill.
(1985),
•
•
TA345
.C47 2021
QA297
.H588
2001
TA335
.G75 2006
TA345
.C47 1985
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
19017090
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
01028633
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06045439
https://lccn.loc.gov/84
012531
182
Thermofluid
s
•
1
047187402
7
•
52014571
3
089116244
5
2
•
1
2
•
3
4
978013127
4983
156032405
8
978192872
9082
978159169
0375
EMG
4107
Wind Tunnel
Experimenta
l Techniques
Low Speed
Wind Tunnel
Testing,
Wiley,
Wind-tunnel
Technique:
An Account of
Experimental
Methods
in
Lowand
High-speed
Wind
Tunnels,
Fluid
Mechanics
measurement
s,
EMG
4217
Computation
al
Fluid
Dynamics
An
introduction to
Computationa
l
Fluid
Dynamics,
Fundamental
s
of
turbulence
modeling,
Turbulence
modeling for
CFD,
Computationa
l
Fluid
Dynamics,
EMG
4218
Pneumatics
and Electro
hydraulics
Pope
A,
John and
•
Hae W.H.,
Sons Inc. (1999),
Barlow
Third ed.
J.B.,
Pankhurst
R.C.
&
Pitman.
Holder
D.W.
•
(1986)
Goldstein
R.J.
Taylor
&
•
Francis,
(1996)
2nd Ed.
Versteeg
H.K,
Malalasek
era W.
Prentice.
•
(1995)
•
Ching J.C, Taylor and
Shenq Y.J. Francis.
(1998)
Wilcox
D.C.
DCW
industries.
(2004)
Anderson
J.D.
MCGraw
Hill
(1995)
TL567.W5
P694 1984
TL567.W5
P3
TA357
.F684
1983
QA911
.V47 2007
https://lccn.loc.gov/84
003700
https://lccn.loc.gov/52
014571
https://lccn.loc.gov/83
004292
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06052528
TA357.5.T
87
C45 https://lccn.loc.gov/97
1998
018161
•
QA913
.W48 2006
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06908990
•
QA901
.A53 2013
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
12028504
183
•
1
978013513
6904
2
978152257
3654
3
978042912
5683
4
083111114
3
1
•
2
•
3
•
4
978047005
5120
007006498
9
200833181
2
020511817
8
PrenticeFluid Power
Hall
with
Anthony E.
Internation
Applications,
al Inc.
Norman E,
Advanced
Cubitt J.,
Design and Urry S. & Longman.
Technology,
Whittaker
M.
Fluid Power
Circuits and
Control,
John S.C
CRC Press
Fundamental
s
and
Applications,
Hydraulic
and
Pneumatic
Harry L.S.
Power
for
Production,
4th Ed.
Production
EMG
4108
Production
Technology I
Materials and
Processes in
Manufacturin
g,
Fundamental
s of Metal
Machining
and Machine
Tools,
•
TJ843
.E86 2009
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08010859
•
LB1028.3
.A3533
2019
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
18027794
(1994)
(1999)
(2001)
•
(1977)
Degarmo
Wiley, John
•
E.P.
& &
Sons, (1996)
Black J.T. Inc.
Geoffrey
B.
Production
Technology (
Hindustani
Machine
Tools
(HMT),
Processes
and
Manufacture
of Materials,
Lindberg
R. A.
Fluid Power Circuits
and
Control,
Fundamentals
and
Applications,
McGrawHil
l,
•
Internation (1975)
al Student
Ed.
Tata
McGrawHil
l Pub Co, (1980)
Bangalore
India)
(Pub
Prentice
•
hall
of (1977)
India), 2nd
Ed.
TJ843
.S74 1977
https://lccn.loc.gov/76
028238
TS183 .D4 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2008
07277293
TJ1185
.B7713
00151818
602
TS183
.L56 1990
https://lccn.loc.gov/74
022207
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08331812
https://lccn.loc.gov/89
032561
EMG
4221
Production
184
1
•
2
•
3
•
4
•
6
•
1
2
•
3
4
978047005
5120
007006498
9
200833181
2
020511817
8
111103917
8
140181107
8
012594751
8
013925181
2
034018221
0
Technology
II
Materials and
Processes in
Manufacturin
g,
Fundamental
s of Metal
Machining
and Machine
Tools,
Degarmo
Wiley, John
•
E.P.
& &
Sons, (1996)
Black J.T. Inc.
McGrawHil
l,
Geoffrey
Internation
B.
al Student
Ed.
Tata
Hindustani
McGrawHil
Production
Machine
l Pub Co,
Technology ( Tools
Bangalore
(HMT),
India)
(Pub
Processes
Prentice
and
Lindberg
hall
of
Manufacture
R. A.
India), 2nd
of Materials,
Ed.
Welding:
Delmar
Larry
J,
Principles and
Publishers,
Harold V.J,
Application,
Inc
EMG
4222
Jigs
and
Tool Design
Jig
and
Delmar
Edward
Fixture
Publishers
G.H.
Design,
Ltd Inc.
Computer
Rong Y. & Marcel
Aided Fixture
Zhu Y.
Dekker Inc
Design,
Tool Design,
Pollack
H.W.
An
introduction to Kempster
Jig and Tool M.H.
Design,
Automotive
EMG
4109
Engine and
Power
Transmissio
n Systems
Prentice
Hall
Edward
Arnold
Publishers.
•
(1975)
(1980)
•
(1977)
TS183 .D4 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2008
07277293
TJ1185
.B7713
00151818
602
TS183
.L56 1990
https://lccn.loc.gov/74
022207
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08331812
https://lccn.loc.gov/89
032561
•
TS227
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
.J418 2012
13454776
•
TJ1185
.H58 2004
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04555145
•
TJ1187
.R62 2005
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04026784
•
TJ1186
.P58 1988
https://lccn.loc.gov/87
025885
•
TJ1185
.K395
1975
https://lccn.loc.gov/76
357285
2012
(1991)
(1999)
(1998)
(1977)
185
•
1
156091898
5
•
74357365
•
156091099
2
2
3
•
4
•
1
•
2
•
3
•
4
978076802
0847
978126011
6106
013140570
5
007462122
X
978076802
0847
Warrendal
Newton K.,
The
Motor
e, PA :
Steeds W.
Vehicle, 12th
Society of
& Garrett
Ed.
Automotive
T.K.
Engineers
Lliffe Book
Ltd,
Engine
Automotive
Giles J. G.
Design,
Technolog
y
Series
Volume 2.
Changing
Gears:
The
SAE,
Development
Gott P.G.
Warrendal
the
e, PA.
Automotive
Transmission,
Warrendal
Internal
e, Pa. :
Combustion
Richard S. SAE
Engines, 3rd
Internation
Edition
al
EMG
4220
Internal
Combustion
Engines
Internal
McGraw
Combustion
Hill
Heywood
Engine
Publishing
J.B.
Fundamental
Co., New
s,
York.
Engineering
Fundamental
Prentice
Pulkrabek
s of internal
Hall, 2nd
W.
combustion
Ed.
Engine,
Tata
Internal
McGraw
Ganesan
Combustion
Hill
V.
Engines,
Publishing
Co.
Warrendal
Internal
e, Pa. :
Combustion
Richard S. SAE
Engines, 3rd
Internation
Edition
al
•
(1996),
TL205 .N4
https://lccn.loc.gov/96
1996
070164
(1968)•
TL210 .E5
•
TL262
.G68 1991
(1991)
https://lccn.loc.gov/74
357365
https://lccn.loc.gov/90
021369
•
TJ755
.S87 2012
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
12943931
•
TJ755
.H45 2018
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
18933118
•
TJ785
.P78 2004
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
03051258
•
TJ755
.G36 1996
https://lccn.loc.gov/95
023419
•
TJ755
.S87 2012
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
12943931
(1999)
(1990)
(2003)
(1994)
(1999)
186
YEAR
5
SEMESTER
1
EMG
5101
Power Plants
eISBN
Title
Author
1
Power Plant
041206401
Engineering,
Veatch B.
4
•
57059514
2
•
3
4
1
66052104
Engineering
Thermodyna
mics,
Longman
Applied
Thermodyna
mics
for
Engineering
Technologists
Engineering
087033521
Thermodyna
9
mics,
EMG
5102
Heat
Transfer
Heat
978007352
Transfer,
9363
Publisher
Springer.
1992
Eastop
Prentice
T.D. and
and Hall,
McConkey
4th Ed.
A.,
1993
Burghardt
M.D.
1993
Holman
J.P.
Harper
Collins
McGraw
Hill, 9th Ed.
4
60005117
Heat
Transfer,
Chapman
A.J.
Macmillan
Coll
Div,
3rd Ed.
LC
Call
URL
Number
• TK1191
1995 .P64839
1996
Rogers
Singapore
G.F.C. &
Publishers,
Mayhew
4th Ed.
Y.R.,
John Wiley
Introduction
Frank P.I. & Sons, 3rd
978047145
2
to
Heat &
David Ed. Journal
7275
Transfer,
P.D.
of
Heat
Transfer
Heat
• 030642316 Transfer,
New York :
3 2
Modern
Martin B.
Plenum
Approach
Press,
•
Publis
hed
year
https://lccn.loc.gov/95
034590
•
TJ265
.R83
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
059514
•
TJ265
.E23
https://lccn.loc.gov/66
052104
•
TJ265
.B87 1999
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
013153
•
QC320
.H64 2010
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08033196
•
QC320
.I46 2007
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
06282086
(2002)
1990
• TJ260 .B4
https://lccn.loc.gov/86
(1986) 1986
018661
•
(1987)
QC320
.C5
https://lccn.loc.gov/60
005117
187
1
2
3
4
1
EMG
5103
Final
Year
Project I
Experimental
978007352 methods for Holman
9301 Engineers
J.P.
An
093570242 Introduction
Taylor R.J.
3 to
Error
Analysis,
Research
Methodology:
A
Step-by978152644
step Guide for Kumar R.
9900
Beginners,
SAGE.
How to write
978131664 and publish a
Day A.R.
0432 scientific
paper
EMG
5105
Measuremen
ts
and
Instrumentat
ion
Measurement
075065081 and
Morris
8 Instrumentati A.S.,
on Principles,
•
007707973
2 6
3
•
4
047021953
X
02018476
55
Prentice
Hall,
4th
Ed.
University
Science
Books, 2nd
Ed.
Internation
al Journal
of
Innovation,
Manageme
nt
and
Technolog
y
Oryx,
Ed.
5th
Butterwort
h
Heineman
n.
McGrawIntegrated
Hill.
Electrical and
Journal of
electronic
Dynamic
Fraser C.
Engineering
Systems,
& Milne J.
for
Measurem
Mechanical
ent,
and
Engineers
Control
Mechanical
Measurement
s
Mechanical
Measurement
s,
•
TA152 .H6 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2012
11015004
(1997)
•
QC39 .T4 https://lccn.loc.gov/96
1997
000953
(2005)
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
18952089
(2001)
•
(1998)
• GBA2(2001), 32311
•
(1994)
Sirohi R.S. New Age
•
& Krishna publishers, (1991)
H.C.R.
3rd Ed.
Beckwith
R.D. &
AddisonWesley
T11 .D33 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2017
16049297
•
(1995)
TJ163.12
.F73 1994
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04315746
https://lccn.loc.gov/93
046574
T50 .S58
https://lccn.loc.gov/92
1991
018022
TA165
.B38 2007
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
07272670
188
Lienhard
J.H.
1
2
3
Year
5
Semester 2
EMG
5215
Final
Year
Project II
Experimental
978007352 methods for Holman
9301 Engineers
J.P.
An
093570242 Introduction
Taylor R.J.
3 to
Error
Analysis,
Research
Methodology:
A
Step-by978152644
step Guide for Kumar R.
9900
Beginners,
SAGE.
How to write
978131664 and publish a
4
Day A.R.
0432 scientific
paper
EMG
5216
Production
and
Industrial
Management
Lansburgh
• 28015582
Industrial
R.H.
&
1
Management, Spriegel
W.R.
•
2
63010327
Organization
for
Production:
Roscoe
An
E.S.
Introduction
to Industrial
Management,
Publishing
Co.
Prentice
Hall,
4th
Ed.
University
Science
Books, 2nd
Ed.
Internation
al Journal
of
Innovation,
Manageme
nt
and
Technolog
y
Oryx,
Ed.
5th
•
TA152 .H6 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2012
11015004
(1997)
•
QC39 .T4 https://lccn.loc.gov/96
1997
000953
(2005)
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
18952089
(2001)
•
(1998)
T11 .D33 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2017
16049297
John Wiley
and Sons,
1st Ed.
• T56 .L35
https://lccn.loc.gov/28
(1955) 1928
015582
R. D. Irwin
Internation
al Journal
of
Business,
Economics
, Finance
and
Manageme
nt Sciences
• T56 .R73
https://lccn.loc.gov/63
(1967) 1963
010327
189
Introduction
to Industrial
• 49005853
Management:
3
Folts F.E.
Text, Cases,
and
Problems,
Anderson
A.G.,
031442970 Industrial
Mandeville
4
0 Management, M.J.
&
Anderson
J.M.
EMG
5217
Law
for
Engineers
•
1
88188622
4
88188622
1
•
2
•
T58 .F54
https://lccn.loc.gov/49
(1963) 1949
005853
The Ronald
Press
Company.
(1942)
• HD30.23
East
African
Literature
Bureau.
(1970)
•
KSK68
.H32 1986
Laws
of
Kenya
Government
printers.
3
•
The Law of
Jackson
Kenya:
An
T.,
Introduction,
•
McGrawHill
67027772
978013444
3 4017
https://lccn.loc.gov/88
188622
www.kenyalaw.org
The Law of
Kenya:
An
Jackson
Introduction,
T.,
Cases
and
Statutes,
EMG
5218
Operations
Research
Shenoy
Operations
G.V.,
Research for Srivatara
Management,
U.K.,
Curma S.,
Operations
Research,
Holden-Day.
https://lccn.loc.gov/98
801230
Kenya
Literature
Bureau.
• KSK68
(1986) .H32 1986
New Age
Publishers, (1991)
2nd Ed.
Internation
al Journal
of
Hillier F.S.,
Innovation,
•
Lieberman
(1974)
Manageme
G.J.,
nt
and
Technolog
y
Operations
research: An Taha H.A.,
Introduction,
https://lccn.loc.gov/88
188622
Prentice
Hall.
•
(1995)
Q175 .H47
https://lccn.loc.gov/67
027772
T57.6 .T3 https://lccn.loc.gov/20
2017
15046264
190
•
047188445
4 6
•
044223678
1 6
•
3
•
63014723
158716142
4 7
5
Introduction
to Operations
Research,
EMG
5219
Maintenance
Engineering
and
Industrial
Safety
Industrial Fire
prevention
and
protection,
Industrial
Safety,
Ecker J.G., John Wiley
Kupfersch and Sons
mid M.,
Ltd.
T57.6 .E33 https://lccn.loc.gov/87
1988
023147
•
TH9445.M https://lccn.loc.gov/90
4 L33 1991 047492
•
HD7262
.B5 1963
https://lccn.loc.gov/63
014723
•
TS192
.D47 2002
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
01052634
Ladwig,
T.H.,
Van
Norstrand
Reinhord.
(1990)
Blake R.P.
PrenticeHall
(1963)
CRC
Press.
(2002)
Engineering
Maintenance:
Dhillon
A
Modern
B.S.
Approach,
Maintenance
for Engineers,
•
(1987),
Chelsom
J.V.,
Payne
John Wiley
A.C.
& and Sons.
Reavill
L.R.P.
(2005)
https://scholar.google.
com/scholar?hl=en&a
s_sdt=0%2C5&q=Mai
ntenance+for+Engine
ers+chelsom&btnG=
HRD
2401
Entrepreneu
rship Skills
Burch
Boston:
Hisrich R.
McGrawHil
D.,
l, 6th Ed.
Michael P.
& Dean A.
1
978007811 Enterpreneur
2843 ship, ,
2
Enterpreneur
013283011 ship,
Kao, John
6 Creativity and
Organisation,
New York:
John Wiley
& Sons.
(1989)
3
978- Enterpreneur
013090995 ship:
4 Strategies
New
Jersey:
Prantice-
(2003)
Dollinger,
Marc J
(2005)
https://www.academia
.edu/36299120/Book_
_Entrepreneurship_10
th_Ed_2016_by_Rob
ert_Hisrich_Michael_
Peters_Dean_Shephe
rd
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books/about/Entr
epreneurship_Creativi
ty_Organization.html?
id=PMJAQAAMAAJ&redir
_esc=y
https://www.amazon.c
om/EntrepreneurshipStrategies-
191
and
Resources,
4
047182522 Enterpreneur
0 ship,
Hall,
Ed.
John G
3rd
New York:
John Wiley
& Sons.
Resources-MarcDollinger/dp/0130909
955
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books/about/Entr
epreneurship.html?id
=BREPAQAAMAAJ&r
edir_esc=y
(1986)
ELECTIVES
Thermofluid
s
EMG
5108
Fluid
Flow
Machinery
Hydraulic and
compressible Sayers
flow
turbo- A.T.
machines,
1
•
2
18605814
20
3
892891629
7
•
51004423
5
Optical
Methods and
Data
Processing in
Heat
and
Fluid Flow,
Applications
of
CFD
techniques in
fluidmachinery.
Fluid
mechanics
and
machinery,
EMG
5109
Building
Mechanical
University
of
Cape
Town.
(1990)
Greated
C.
& John Wiley
Cosgrove
and Sons.
J.
(2002)
Schilling
R.,
Springer
Raghunat
h H.M.,
CBS
publishers.
•
https://www.google.co
m/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&
esrc=s&source=web&
cd=3&cad=rja&uact=8
&ved=2ahUKEwjx4ffs
ha_jAhVSXRoKHaxm
AtUQFjACegQIARAC
&url=https%3A%2F%
2Fpdfs.semanticschol
ar.org%2F4930%2F1
58a4142b77fd428689
3a4f18b047ab19c40.
pdf&usg=AOvVaw2V
b2oJVR_Oou0XDpA
OyeId
TA357.5.
https://lccn.loc.gov/00
M43
I56
302459
1998
https://link.springer.c
om/chapter/10.1007/9
78-3-662-08797-8_1
1988
•
QA901
(1987), .B49
https://lccn.loc.gov/51
004423
192
Engineering
Services
1
Building
978020312
Services
1320
Engineering,
2
Building
Engineering
Services:
978033363 Some
Frampton
8354 Aspects
of D.I.
Mechanical
Services
Design,
Chadderto
n D.V.,
Taylor
Francis
&
Nottingha
m
Polytechni
c HEC.
https://www.taylorfran
cis.com/books/97802
03121320
https://books.google.c
om/books?hl=en&lr=&
id=rjldDwAAQBAJ&oi
=fnd&pg=PR9&dq=Bu
ilding+Engineering+S
ervices:+Some+Aspe
cts+of+Mechanical+S
ervices+Design,+&ots
=ay1U_BHdkT&sig=Ij
K1qLi5E_32MO7yhw
BBiWr2YUU
2013
(1992)
EMG
5221
Energy
Management
1
•
Thumann
Handbook of A.,
088173685
Energy
Younger
6
Audits,
W.J.
Energy
Management:
Theory and
Practice,
Energy
096579267
Efficiency
6
Manual,
082471094
2 0
4
5
Marcel
Dekker Inc,
6th Ed.
Henry
H.W.
M. Dekker
Wulfinghof
f D.
Energy
Institute
Press
Capehart
B.L.,
Guide
to
978142008
Turner
Energy
4894
W.C.,
Management,
Kennedy
W.J.
Production
EMG
5113
Metal
Forming
Processes
Principles of
071313381
Rowe
Industrial
3
G.W.
Metalworking,
The
Fairmont
Press, 5th
Ed.
Publisher
Edward
Arnold.
•
(2003)
TJ163.245
.T48 2013
• HD9502.U
(1980) 52 E498
•
(1999)
TJ163.3
.W85 1999
• TJ163.3
(2006) .C37 2008
•
(1977)
TS205
.R64 1977
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
12015906
https://lccn.loc.gov/80
021671
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
022242
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08005730
https://lccn.loc.gov/77
378389
193
•
902473748
6
Modelling of
Metal
Chenot
Kluwer
Forming
J.L. & Oate Academic
Processes,
E.
Publishers.
047020012 Engineering
X Plasticity,
•
083113182
9
•
57005125
•
61018622
•
047020932
1
1
2
3
Publisher
Johnson
van
R.W.
&
Nonstrand.
Mellor P.B.
Sheet Metal
Forming
Boljanovic
Processes
V.
and
Die
Design,
EMG
5114
Production
Management
Materials and
Processes in Degarmo
Manufacturin
P.
g,
Production
Mayer
Management,
R.R. (
Implementing
Flexible
Manufacturin
g Systems,
Nigel R.G.
Chiles V.,
Principles of Black S.C.,
• 95021367
Engineering
Lissaman
4
Manufacture, A.J.
&
Martin S.J.
EMG
5223
Mechanics
of
Metal
Cutting
Wright P.
075067069 Metal cutting,
1
& Trent E.
X
M.
•
978146658
2 7533
•
047020932
3 1
Nigel R.G.
https://lccn.loc.gov/88
013242
• TA418.14
https://lccn.loc.gov/83
(1973) .J633 1983
018446
•
Industrial
Press Inc.
Macmillan,
7th ed.
McGrawHill.
Wiley.
Arnold
Publisher.
Butterwort
hs,
Mercel
Metal cutting Stephenso
Dekker Inc.
Theory and n D. and
Practice,
Agapiou J.
Implementing
Flexible
• TS213
(1988) .E97 1988
Wiley.
TS250
.B815
(2004)
2004
•
TS145 .D4
•
HD31
.M36
•
TS155.6
.G74 1988
(1969)
1967)
(1988)
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
04042151
https://lccn.loc.gov/57
005125
https://lccn.loc.gov/61
018622
https://lccn.loc.gov/87
014969
•
TS176
https://lccn.loc.gov/95
021367
•
TJ1185
.T73 2000
https://lccn.loc.gov/99
052104
(1996)
(1999)
•
TJ1185
.S815
(1996)
2016
•
(1988)
TS155.6
.G74 1988
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
17394145
https://lccn.loc.gov/87
014969
194
Manufacturin
g Systems,
•
4
95021367
Chiles V.,
Principles of Black S.C., Arnold
Engineering
Lissaman
Publisher.
Manufacture, A.J.
&
Martin S.J.
Automotive
•
(1996)
TS176
https://lccn.loc.gov/95
021367
EMG
5111
Automotive
Electrical
and
Electronic
Systems
•
pper
Automotive
Halderma
Saddle
electricity and
n, James River, N.J. :
electronics
D
Pearson/Pr
entice Hal
Automotive
Electricity,
Hollembea Albany,
Electronics
082736566
k
B., N.Y.
:
and
7
Learning
Delmar
Computer
D.
Publishers
Controls
978013613
1 7436
2
•
978013351
3 6555
•
076801071
1 3
2
•
052140194
1
156091199
3 9
Automotive
Electrical and Halderma
Electronic
n J.D.
Systems,
EMG
5222
Vehicle
System
Engineering
Advanced
Vehicle
Technology,
Heisler H.
Tires,
Suspension
Dixon J.C.
and Handling,
Fundamental
s of Vehicle Gillespie
Dynamics,
T.D.
Prentice
Hall
Butterwort
hHeineman
n, 2nd Ed.
SAE,
Ed.
2nd
•
TL272
(2004), .H22256
2009b
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
08012836
•
TL272
.H6223
(1998)
1999
https://lccn.loc.gov/97
042032
•
MLCM
2015/4291
(1988)
9 (T)
• TL240
(2002) .H4396
2002
• TL154
(1996) .D55 1991
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
15490797
https://lccn.loc.gov/20
02104858
https://lccn.loc.gov/91
008861
•
SAE.
TL243
.G548
(1992)
1992
https://lccn.loc.gov/91
043595
195
4
Fundamental
of
Motor
074878823
Hillier V.A.
Vehicle
Technology,
E-BOOKS
AUTOMOTIVE BOOKS
Title
Future Drive: Electric
Vehicles & Sustainable
Transportation
Automotive
Series
:
Advanced
Composite
Materials for Automotive
Applications : Structural
Integrity
and
Crashworthiness
Grid
Integration
of
Electric Vehicles in Open
Electricity Markets (3rd
Edition)
Socialist
Car
:
Automobility
in
the
Eastern Bloc
Vehicle Fuel Economy
Weyerhaeuser
Environmental Books :
Car
Country
:
An
Environmental History
Transportation
Issues,
Policies and R&D : Head
Restraints and Whiplash :
The Past, Present and
Future
Automobiles
:
Performance,
Safety
Cambridge
University
Press, 10th
Ed.
(2003)
https://books.google.c
o.ke/books?hl=en&lr=
&id=DoYaRsNFlEYC
&oi=fnd&pg=PA199&
dq=Fundamental+of+
Motor+Vehicle+Techn
ology,+hillier&ots=3Q
XUKwzodx&sig=pu6g
UBYJv6W2HEcxoJM
_EsHOMeU&redir_es
c=y#v=onepage&q=F
undamental%20of%2
0Motor%20Vehicle%2
0Technology%2C%20
hillier&f=false
Author
Sperling,
Daniel
Publisher
Island Press
URL
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=2000946
Elmarakbi,
Ahmed
John Wiley & Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10780714
Wu, Qiuwei
John Wiley & Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10716669
Siegelbaum,
Lewis H.
Cornell
Press
GAO
Nova
Science
Publishers, Inc.
University
of
Washington Press
Wells,
Christopher
W.
University http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10692340
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10681296
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10678395
Desapriya,
Ediriweera
Nova
Science http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Publishers, Inc.
tail.action?docID=10671265
Kody, Matin F.
Nova
Science http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Publishers, Inc.
tail.action?docID=10659145
196
Assessment, and Energy
Consumption
High
Performance
Coatings for Automotive
and Aerospace Industries
Traffic
Related
Air
Pollution and Internal
Combustion Engines
Tinkering : Consumers
Reinvent
the
Early
Automobile
Key
Engineering
Materials, Volume 436 :
Cost-Affordable Titanium
III
Information
and
Communication
Technology
Series,
Volume 103 : Vehicle
Safety Communications :
Protocols, Security, and
Privacy
Acting with Technology :
Car Crashes Without
Cars
:
Simulation
Technology
and
Organizational Change in
Automotive Engineering
LLILAS Translations from
Latin America Series :
Cultural Life of the
Automobile : Roads to
Modernity
Fault Tolerant Drive By
Wire Systems
Autonomous
Ground
Vehicles
Vehicle
Powertrain
Systems : Integration and
Optimization
Automotive
Body
Manufacturing Systems
and Processes
Great Lakes : Monopoly
on Wheels : Henry Ford
and
the
Selden
Automobile Patent
Makhlouf,
Abdel Salam
Hamdy
Demidov,
Sergey
Franz,
Kathleen
Imam,
Ashraf
Nova
Science http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Publishers, Inc.
tail.action?docID=10659037
Nova
Science http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Publishers, Inc.
tail.action?docID=10658913
University
Pennsylvania
Inc.
M. Trans
Publications
Zhang, Tao
of http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Press, tail.action?docID=10641599
Tech http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10604271
John Wiley & Sons
Leonardi, Paul MIT Press
M.
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10602136
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10597104
Giucci,
Guillermo
University
Press
Anwar, Sohel
Bentham
Science http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Publishers
tail.action?docID=10558878
Artech House
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10522167
John Wiley & Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10518710
Ozguner, Umit
Crolla, David
of
Texas http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10582911
Omar,
John Wiley & Sons
Mohammed A.
Greenleaf,
William
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10510465
Wayne State University http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Press
tail.action?docID=10499868
197
Assessment
of
Fuel Committee on
Economy Technologies the
for Light-Duty Vehicles
Assessment
of
Technologies
for Improving
Light-Duty
Vehicle Fuel
Economy
Auto
Motives
: Lucas, Karen
Understanding Car Use
Behaviours
Cars for Comrades : The Siegelbaum,
Life
of
the
Soviet Lewis H.
Automobile
Human Factors in Road Barnard,
and Rail Transport : Yvonne
Safety
of
Intelligent
Driver Support Systems :
Design Evaluation and
Social Perspectives
Windshield Wilderness : Louter, David
Cars, Roads, and Nature
in Washington's National
Parks
Review of the Research Committee on
Program
of
the Review of the
FreedomCAR and Fuel FreedomCAR
Partnership
:
Third and
Fuel
Report
Research
Program,
Phase 3
Technologies
and Committee to
Approaches to Reducing Assess Fuel
the Fuel Consumption of Economy
Medium- and Heavy-Duty Technologies
Vehicles
for Mediumand
HeavyDuty Vehicles
Reinventing
the Mitchell,
Automobile : Personal William J.
Urban Mobility for the
21st Century
Road Show : Art Cars Dregni, Eric
and the Museum of the
Streets
Suspension
Geometry Dixon, John
and Computation
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10495432
Emerald
Publishing Ltd
Cornell
Press
Group http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10476276
University http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10467990
Ashgate Publishing Ltd
University
Washington Press
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10449660
of http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10438020
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10433661
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10410339
MIT Press
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10397657
Fulcrum Publishing
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10364692
John Wiley & Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10346385
198
Automobilities
Car Troubles
Featherstone,
Mike
Conley, Jim
Evolution
of
a Fujimoto,
Manufacturing System at Takahiro
Toyota
Automotive Engineering
Hall, Daniel
Republic of Drivers : A
Cultural
History
of
Automobility in America
Two Billion Cars : Driving
Toward Sustainability
Driving Women : Fiction
and Automobile Culture
in
Twentieth-Century
America
Introduction
to
Automotive Composites
In the Company of Cars :
Driving As a Social and
Cultural Practice
Materials for Automobile
Bodies
Charging Ahead
Seiler, Cotten
Automotive
Quality
Systems Handbook :
ISO/TS
16949:2002
Edition
Lead
Pollution
from
Motor Vehicles, 19741986
:
A
Select
Bibliography
Air
Pollution,
the
Automobile, and Public
Health
Evaluating
Vehicle
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Shopping for Safety:
Providing
Consumer
Automotive
Safety
Information -- Special
Report 248
Future
of
Personal
Transport
in
China:
Hoyle, David
SAGE Publications Ltd. http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
(UK)
tail.action?docID=10326952
Ashgate Publishing Ltd http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10325951
Oxford
University http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Press, USA
tail.action?docID=10317736
Global Media
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10300303
University of Chicago http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
Press
tail.action?docID=10288717
Sperling,
Daniel
Clarke,
Deborah
Oxford
University
Press, USA
Johns
Hopkins
University Press
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10272976
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10256361
Tucker, Nick
Smithers Rapra
Redshaw,
Sarah
Ashgate Publishing Ltd
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10236866
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10234655
Davies,
Geoffrey
Sherman, Joe
ButterworthHeinemann
Oxford
University
Press, Incorporated
ButterworthHeinemann
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10169778
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10142362
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10138625
Farmer, P. R.
Taylor & Francis
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10095770
Kennedy,
Donald
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10071525
National
Research
Council Staff
National
Research
Council,
Committee for
the Future
Greene,
Michael
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10068427
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10068387
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10057056
199
Summary
of
a
Symposium, January 12,
2001
Materials
Research
Agenda
for
the
Automobile and Aircraft
Industries
Automotive
Fuel
Economy: How Far Can
We Go?
National
Research
Council Staff
Committee
Staff on Fuel
Economy of
Automobiles
and L
Toxicological
and National
Performance Aspects of Research
Oxygenated
Motor Council Staff
Vehicle Fuels
Review of the Research National
Program
of
the Research
Partnership for a New Council Staff
Generation of Vehicles:
Fourth Report
Review of the Research National
Program
of
the Research
Partnership for a New Council Staff
Generation of Vehicles:
Fifth Report
Review of the Research National
Program
of
the Research
Partnership for a New Council Staff
Generation of Vehicles :
Seventh Report
Review of the Research National
Program
of
the Research
Partnership for a New Council Staff
Generation of Vehicles :
Sixth Report
Making and Selling Cars : Rubenstein,
Innovation and Change in James M.
the U.S. Automotive
Industry
CONTROL ENGINEERING
Title
Author
Publisher
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10057035
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10056736
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10055513
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10041095
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10041057
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10038740
National
Press
Academies http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
tail.action?docID=10038736
Johns
Hopkins http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDe
University Press
tail.action?docID=10021658
Publis
hed
year
URL
200
Engineering Safe
and
Secure
Software
Systems
Analysis
and
Synthesis
of
Fault-Tolerant
Control Systems
Nonlinear System
Identification
:
NARMAX
Methods in the
Time, Frequency,
and
SpatioTemporal
Domains
Stochastic
Simulation
Optimization For
Discrete
Event
Systems
:
Perturbation
Analysis, Ordinal
Optimization and
Beyond
Water Resources
Systems Analysis
through
Case
Studies : Data
and Models for
Decision Making
Embedded
Systems
:
Analysis
and
Modeling
with
SysML, UML and
AADL
Reliability
Engineering
Advances
Axelrod,
C.
Warren
Artech
House
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10818324
Mahmo
ud,
Magdi
S.
Billings,
Stephen
John Wiley 2013
& Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10784817
John Wiley 2013
& Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10734623
Chen,
ChunHung
World
Scientific
Publishing
Company
2013
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10731547
2013
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10723610
Kordon,
Fabrice
John Wiley 2013
& Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10700403
Haywort
h,
Gregory
I.
Control Systems Sivanag
Engineering
araju, S.
Nova
2009
Science
Publishers,
Inc.
New
2012
Academic
Science
New Age 2012
Internation
al
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10661617
Embedded
Systems
Watkins, ASCE
David
W.
Kothari,
D.P.
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10595617
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10594262
201
Engineering
Systems : Design
Structure Matrix
Methods
and
Applications
Monitoring
and
Control
of
Information-Poor
Systems : An
Approach Based
on
Fuzzy
Relational Models
(2nd Edition)
Engineering
Systems
:
Meeting Human
Needs
in
a
Complex
Technological
World
System Dynamics
:
Modeling,
Simulation, and
Control
of
Mechatronic
Systems
(5th
Edition)
Chemical
Feed
Field Guide For
Treatment Plant
Operators
Eppinge
r,
Steven
D.
MIT Press
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10569011
Dexter,
Arthur
John Wiley 2012
& Sons
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10538662
de
Weck,
Olivier
L.
MIT Press
2011
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10529578
Karnopp John Wiley 2012
, Dean & Sons
C.
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10529338
Lauer,
William
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10522352
American
2009
Water
Works
Associatio
n
Lean for Systems Oppenh John Wiley 2011
Engineering with eim, B. & Sons
Lean Enablers for W.
Systems
Engineering
System
Health Wright,
John Wiley 2011
Management
: A.
& Sons
With Aerospace Jordan
Applications
System
of Dimario, World
2010
Systems
Michael Scientific
Collaborative
J.
Publishing
Formation
Co.
Stochastic
Chen,
World
2010
Simulation
Chun
Scientific
Optimization : An Hung
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10484797
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10484794
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10480259
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10479772
202
Optimal
Computing
Budget Allocation
MeasurementDriven Simulation
of
Complex
Engineering
Systems
Frontiers
of
Engineering
:
Reports
on
Leading-Edge
Engineering from
the
2009
Symposium
Introduction
to
Control
Engineering
:
Modeling,
Analysis
and
Design
Analysis
and
Design of Control
Systems
Using
MATLAB
Stability
of
Stationary Sets in
Control Systems
with
Discontinuous
Nonlinearities
Models
of
Oculomotor
Control
Computer Aided
Methods
in
Optimal Design
and Operations,
Volume 7
Laws of Simplicity
Publishing
Co.
Visser,
A.
Amsterda
m
University
Press
2007
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10405015
2010
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10370373
Mandal,
Ajit K.
New Age 2006
Internation
al
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10323378
Dukkipa
ti, R.V.
New Age 2006
Internation
al
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10323322
Yakubo
vich,
V.A.
World
Scientific
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10255675
Hung,
George
K.
Bogle, I.
D. L.
World
Scientific
2001
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10255536
World
Scientific
2006
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10201169
MIT Press
2006
Butterwort
hHeineman
n
2005
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10173678
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10138710
National National
Academ Academies
y
Of Press
Enginee
ring
Maeda,
John
Competitive
Gilb,
Engineering : A Tom
Handbook
for
Systems
Engineering,
Requirements
Engineering, and
203
Software
Engineering
Using Planguage
Systems
Requirement
Analysis
Kybernetes
:
Festschrift
for
Felix Geyer
Grady,
Jeffrey
Academic
Press
2006
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10138067
Scott,
Bernard
Emerald
Group
Publishing
Ltd
Newnes
2006
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10132647
Practical Process
Control
for
Engineers
and
Technicians
Frontiers
of
Engineering
:
Reports
on
Leading-Edge
Engineering from
the
2005
Symposium
Cybernetic
Intelligence
Altmann
,
Wolfgan
g
National National
Academ Academies
y
of Press
Enginee
ring
2005
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10127984
2006
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10115256
Oussala
h,
Mourad
2005
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10103485
Systems
Approach
to
Engineering
Design
Developing
second
order
cybernetics
Sydenh
am,
Peter
2003
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10081909
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10069032
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10068503
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10058629
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10058603
Retooling
Manufacturing:
Bridging Design,
Materials,
and
Production
Tribute to Stafford
Beer
Grey
Systems
Theory
and
Applications
Scott,
Bernard
Emerald
Group
Publishing
Ltd
Artech
House
Emerald
Group
Publishing
Ltd
Committ National
ee
on Academies
Bridging Press
Design
and
Manufac
turing
Espejo,
Emerald
Raul
Group
Publishing
Ltd
Chen,
Emerald
MianGroup
Yun
Publishing
Ltd
204
Reconstructability Zwick,
Analysis: Theory Martin
and Applications
Emerald
Group
Publishing
Ltd
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?docID
=10058596
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
Title
Applied
Mechanics
and
Materials, Volume
186 : Optimization
of the Mechanical
Engineering,
Manufacturing
Systems,
Robotics
and
Aerospace
Applied
Mechanics
and
Materials, Volume
187 : Mechanical,
Industrial
and
Manufacturing
Technologies
Advanced
Materials
Research,
Volume 544 :
Advances
in
Product
Development and
Reliability 3
Advanced
Materials
Research,
Volume 505 :
Manufacturing
Engineering and
Process
Advanced
Materials
Research,
Volume 381 :
Advanced
Manufacturing
Technology and
Cutting Tools
Author
Publisher
Published
year
Olaru,
Adrian
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10828243
Kai, Li
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10828242
Gao, L.
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10828240
Zhou,
Xiaoxiao
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10828230
Wang,
Yonggu
o
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10827140
URL
205
Advanced
Materials
Research,
Volume 628 :
Manufacturing
Engineering and
Technology
for
Manufacturing
Growth
Management and
Engineering
Innovation
Chemical
Engineering
Methods
and
Technology
:
Optimization
in
Polymer
Processing
WSPC Series in
Advanced
Integration
and
Packaging,
Volume 1 : Cost
Analysis
of
Electronic
Systems
Predictive Control
in
Process
Engineering
:
From the Basics
to
the
Applications
Key Engineering
Materials, Volume
502 : Advances in
Manufacturing
Systems
Key Engineering
Materials, Volume
438
:
The
Coatings
in
Manufacturing
Engineering
Making Things :
21st
Century
Manufacturing
and Design :
Gao,
Sally
Machad
o,
Carolina
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2013
John
Wiley
&
Sons
2013
GasparCunha,
António
Nova
Science
Publishers
, Inc.
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10777668
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10731756
2011
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10671115
Sandbor
n, Peter
World
Scientific
Publishing
Co.
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10627515
Haber,
Robert
John
Wiley
Sons
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10606039
Marcos,
M.
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10604257
Merklein
, M.
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2010
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10604243
Steve
Olson
National
Academie
s Press
2012
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10554798
&
206
Summary
Forum
of
a
FAST Creativity
and Innovation :
Rapidly Improving
Processes,
Product
Development,
and
Solving
Complex
Problems
Proceedings
of
the 1st World
Congress
on
Integrated
Computational
Materials
Engineering
(ICME)
Assessment
of
the
National
Institute
of
Standards
and
Technology
Materials Science
and Engineering
Laboratory
:
Fiscal Year 2010
Assessment
of
the
National
Institute
of
Standards
and
Technology
Manufacturing
Engineering
Laboratory
:
Fiscal Year 2010
Product
Engineering
:
Molecular
Structure
and
Properties
Assessment
of
the
National
Institute
of
Standards
and
Technology
Bythewa
y,
Charles
J.
Ross
Publishing
Inc.
2007
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10520132
Allison,
John E.
WileyTMS
2011
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10494738
Panel on
Material
s
Science
and
National
Enginee Academie
ring
s Press
2010
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10433662
Panel on
Manufac
turing
National
Enginee Academie
ring
s Press
2010
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10433645
Oxford
University
Press,
USA
2007
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10271433
2008
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10267561
Wei,
James
Panel on
Manufac
turing
National
Enginee Academie
ring
s Press
207
Manufacturing
Engineering
Laboratory
:
Fiscal Year 2008
e-Manufacturing
towards
Global
Engineering
Practical
EManufacturing
and Supply Chain
Management
Practical Process
Control
for
Engineers
and
Technicians
Fundamentals of
Manufacturing for
Engineers
Retooling
Manufacturing:
Bridging Design,
Materials,
and
Production
Competitive
Edge: Research
Priorities for U.S.
Manufacturing
Jiang,
Pingyu
Girdhar,
Paresh
Altmann
,
Wolfgan
g
Waters
Committ
ee
on
Bridging
Design
and
Manufac
turing
National
Researc
h
Council
Staff
National
Academ
y
of
Enginee
ring
Staff
Education for the
Manufacturing
World
of
the
Future
Initiatives
of
Precision
Engineering at the
Beginning of a Inasaki,
Millennium
Ichiro
Emerald
Group
Publishing
Ltd
2007
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10172254
Newnes
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10169660
Newnes
2005
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10127984
Taylor &
Francis
1996
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10099113
National
Academie
s Press
2004
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10068503
National
Academie
s Press
1991
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10062774
National
Academie
s Press
1985
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10055316
2001
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10053282
Published
year
URL
Kluwer
Academic
Publishers
FLUID MECHANICS BOOKS
Title
Author
Publisher
208
Materials Science
Forum, Volume
653 : Thermal and
Thermodynamic
Stability
of
Nanomaterials
Statistical Physics
: An Entropic
Approach
Computational
Thermo-Fluid
Dynamics : In
Materials Science
and Engineering
(2nd Edition)
Thermophysics of
Spacecraft
and
Planetary Bodies:
Radiation
Properties
of
Solids and the
Electromagnetic
Radiation
Environment
in
Space
Ford,
Ian
Trans
Tech
Publicatio
ns
2010
John
Wiley
&
Sons
2013
Nikrityuk
, Petr A.
John
Wiley
Sons
Parida,
Suresh
Chandra
Heller,
Gerhard
B.
Thermophysics
and Temperature
Control
of Heller,
Spacecraft
and Gerhard
Entry Vehicles
B.
Thermophysics:
Applications
to
Thermal Design Bevans,
of Spacecraft
Jerry T.
Chang,
Y.
Thermodynamics Austin
Thermodynamics
of Microstructures
Thermodynamics
and Kinetics in
Materials Science
: A Short Course
Nishiza
wa, Taiji
&
American
Institute of
Aeronauti
cs
and
Astronauti
cs
American
Institute of
Aeronauti
cs
and
Astronauti
cs
American
Institute of
Aeronauti
cs
and
Astronauti
cs
John
Wiley
&
Sons
A S M
Internation
al
Oxford
Bokstein University
, Boris S. Press, UK
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10814242
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10683260
2011
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10538735
1967
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10516760
1966
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10516661
1970
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10516633
2010
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10361143
2008
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10320358
2005
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10271675
209
Farewell
to
Entropy:
Statistical
Thermodynamics
Basedon
Infomation
Non-Equilibrium
Thermodynamics
of Heterogeneous
Systems
Microcanonical
Thermodynamics:
Phase Transitions
in 'Small' Systems
Chemical
Thermodynamics:
Advanced
Applications
Equilibrium and
Non-Equilibrium
Statistical
Thermodynamics
BenNaim,
Arieh
World
Scientific
2008
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10256004
Kjelstrup
, Signe
World
Scientific
2008
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10255981
Gross,
Dieter
H.E.
World
Scientific
2001
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10255500
Ott,
J. Academic
Bevan
Press
2000
Cambridg
Le
e
Bellac,
University
Michel
Press
2004
John
Wiley
&
Sons,
Ottinger, Incorporat
Hans C. ed
2005
Beyond
Equilibrium
Thermodynamics
Cool
Thermodynamics:
The Engineering
and Physics of
Predictive,
Diagnostic
and
Optimization
Methods
for Gordon,
Cooling Systems J.
Cambridg
e
Internation
al Science
Publishing 2000
APPENDIX IV: ACADEMIC STAFF
Name
Rank
Qualification, degree,
University, and year of
graduation
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10235995
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10130372
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10114173
http://site.ebrary.com/lib/kuct/docDetail.action?do
cID=10064611
Area
of Expe Remark
Specializatio rienc s
n
e
(Head,
(Yea Full
rs)
time,
part
time etc
No.
of
pu
blic
atio
ns
Aver
age
work
load
per
acad
emic
year
210
(units
)
Dr.
Wanyeki
Paul Lecturer,
Head,
Department
of
Technology
Education
Ph.D.
Educational
Technology University
of Eldoret (2016);
MED
(Mechanical/Automotiv
e)
2012
B.
Ed
(Automotive
Technology).
2nd
Upper, Moi University
(2008)
Dr.
Anthony Senior
-PhD
(Curriculum);
Gathumbi
Lecturer
University of Nairobi,
2013
-MEd
(Curriculum
University) of Nairobi;
2006
-PGDE
(Pedagogy)
Catholic University of
East Africa, 2003
-BA pedagogy, Catholic
University of East Africa
, 2002
Prof. Eng. P. N. Professor
-PhD
(Mechanical,
Kioni
(Thematic
Engineering,,
leader
in Thermofluids);
Thermofluid Cambridge University;
s)
1994
-BSc
(Mechanical
Engineering);
University of Nairobi,
1988
Prof. James N. Associate
-PhD
(Mechanical
Keraita
Professor
Engineering,, Design)
(Thematic
Yeungnum Universityleader
in South Korea 2006
Design)
-MSc
(Mechanical
Engineering),
University of Nairobi,
2001
-BSc
(Mechanical
Engineering),
University of Nairobi,
1994
(TVET)
Automotive
Technology
6
F/T
6
6
Curriculum
12
F/T
12
6
Mechanical
20
Engineering s
F/T
30
1
Mechanical
Engineering
F/T
10
6
10
211
Prof.
N.
Karuri
W. Associate
Professor
(Thematic
leader
in
Thermofluid
s)
-PhD
(Chemical, Chemical
Engineering,
Engineering
Bioengineering);
U.
WisconsinMadison
;2005
-B.Eng
(Chemical
Engineering);
University
of
New
South Wales, Australia
1999;
Prof. Peter N. Associate
Muchiri
Professor
(Thematic
leader
in
Industrial
Engineering
)
Mechanical
Engineering
-PhD
(Mechanical
Engineering);
University of Leuven
Belgium; 2010
-MSc
(Mechanical
Engineering);
University of Leuven
Belgium;2005
-Bsc.
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;
2001
Prof.
Gerald Professor
-PhD (Physical and
Muthakia
(Thematic
Applied
Chemistry);
leader
in Exeter,UK; 1996
Physical
-M.Sc ( Physical and
chemistry
Applied Chemistry) ;
University of Nairobi;
1988
-BEd (Physical and
Applied
Chemistry);
Kenyatta
University;
1984
Dr.Joel Songok Lecturer
-Phd,.
(Chemical
Engineering, Thermal
fluids); Abo Akademi
University;2017
-Msc
(Chemical
Engineering);
Abo
Akademi
University;2009
-Bsc
(Chemical
Engineering);
Moi
University; 2005
9
F/T
13
6
7
F/T
27
6
Physical and 20
Applied
Chemistry
F/T
1
Chemical
Engineering
F/T
6
2
Others supporting the academic leaders
212
Prof.
Gath
Thomas Visiting
Professor
Eng.
Patrick Lecturer
Kimari Maina
Mr.
James Lecturer
Muchiri Wagara
Eng. Johnson Lecturer
Kariuki Machira
Mr. Josephat K. Assistant
Tanui
Lecturer
Mr.
Zachary Assistant
Kithinji
Lecturer
Tutorial
Mr. John Mburu Fellow
Ngugi
Mr.
Stephen Tutorial
Musau
Fellow
-Phd
(Process
Engineering); University of
Siegen
-Msc (Power drivers and
Automotive); University of
Dortmund
-BSc
(Mechanical
Engineering); University of
Dortmund
-Msc (Sustainable Energy
Systems
and
Management); University of
Flensburg, Germany
-B
Tech
(Production
Engineering);
Moi
University
Msc
(Computer
Aided
Manufacturing Engineering
Design); 2001
BSc
(Production
Engineering)
-Msc
(Mechanical
Engineering, Production);
JKUAT; 2010
-Msc(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;1996
Msc
(Mechanical
Engineering,
thermal
fluids); JKUAT; 2013
-Msc(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;2009
-Msc,
(Mechanical
Engineering,
Design);
JKUAT; 2012
-Msc(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;2006
-Msc (Mechanical thermal
fluids Engineering); JKUAT;
2014
-Msc(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;2010
-Msc
(Mechanical,
Engineering,
thermal
fluids); JKUAT; 2014
-Bsc
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;2010
Process
Engineeri
ng
20
P/T
6
Productio 5
n
Engineeri
ng
F/T
6
Design
15
F/T
6
Mechani
cal
Engineeri
ng
5
F/T
6
Mechani
cal
Engineeri
ng
6
F/T
6
Mechani
cal
Engineeri
ng
5
F/T
6
Mechani
cal
Engineeri
ng
5
F/T
6
Mechani
cal
Engineeri
ng
6
F/T
6
213
Mr.
Hassan Tutorial
Langat
(PhD Fellow
Student)
Mr.
Fredrick Tutorial
Madaraka
Fellow
Mr.
Wakiru
James Tutorial
Fellow
Mr.Eric Kemei
Tutorial
Fellow
-Msc
(Mechanical
Engineering); Dekut; 2018
-Bsc
(Mechanical
Engineering); Dekut;2014
Msc
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT; 2014
-Bsc
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT;2010
-Msc
(Mechanical
Engineering); Dekut; 2017
-Bsc
(Mechanical
Engineering); Dekut;2014
-Msc
(Chemical
Engineering);
Moi
University ; 2017
-Bsc
(Chemical
Engineering;
Moi
University; 2014
Mechani 4
cal
Engineeri
ng
Productio 6
n
and
Design
F/T
6
F/T
6
Industrial
Engineeri
ng
6
F/T
6
Chemical
Engineeri
ng
4
F/T
6
214
4(c)Technical /Support Staff
Mr.
Peter Tutorial
Weramwanja
Fellow
Mr.
Faridah Tutorial
Odhiambo
Fellow
Mr. David Njeru
Senior
Technologist
Mr.
Charles Technologist
Mwangi
-MSc
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT, 2010
-BSc
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT, 2005
MSc
(Mechanical
Engineering);
-University of Botswana;
2016
-BTec
(Mechanical
Engineering);
Masinde
Muliro University; 2012
-Msc
(Industrial
Engineering);
Dekut;
Ongoing
-Bsc
(Manufacturing
Engineering); Egerton;2008
-National
Diploma
(Mechanical Engineering);
Nyeri TTI; 2009
Edward Nyakoe
Technologist
-Diploma
(Mechanical
Engineering); JKUAT; 2001
Stanley Mbuthi
Technologist
-Diploma
(Mechanical
Engineering); Thika TTI;
2015
Peterson Kinyua
Technologist
-Diploma
(Mechanical
Engineering); Thika TTI;
2009
Timothy Maina
Workshop
Assistant
Craft(Fitting and Welding)
Design
and
Production
7
P/T
6
Design
and
Production
6
P/T
6
Manufactu
ring
Engineerin
g);
6
F/T
7
Mechanic
6
al
Engineerin
g
Mechanic
6
al
Engineerin
g
Mechanic
al
Engineerin
g
Mechanic
al
Engineerin
g
Fitting and
Welding
F/T
7
F/T
7
F/T
7
F/T
7
F/T
7
215
(i) Library Staff
Name
and Academic
Responsibility
Rank
Library
Staff
Fredrick
Otike
Ag.
University
Librarian
Paul Mbua Senior
Librarian
Lydia
Mureithi
Assistant
Librarian
Qualifications
Year
& Area
of Experience
University
Specialization
(Years)(where
applicable)
Masters
2007Moi
Library
and 12 years
Information
University
Information
sciences
studies
Kenyatta
Bachelors
of University
Education Arts 2004
(Library
studies)
Masters
of 1995
23 years
Education
Kenyatta
Education
Information
University
Library
and
sciences
Information
Kenyatta
studies
Bachelor
of University
Education
1988
(Arts)
Masters
in
Library
and 2015
Information
Kenyatta
sciences
University
Bachelors
of
Library
and
Information
sciences,
Diploma
information
studies
2008,
Kenyatta
University
1998,
University of
Nairobi
2011
Moi
University
Alphax,
2005 KNEC
Kenya
Polytechnic,
1995
2009
Kenyatta
University
Eunice
Jematia
Senior
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
Diploma
in
Library studies,
Certificate
in
Library Studies
MainaWa
weru
Senior
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
2007
21 years
Library
and
Information
studies
Library
and 25 years
Information
studies
Library
and 10 years
Information
studies
12 years
216
Beatrice
Luvale
Senior
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
Kenyatta
University
Library
and
Information
studies
Lucy
Muthoni
Senior
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
in
Information
sciences
Diploma
in
Information
studies
Certificate
in
Librarianship
2015
Kisii
University
Kenya
Polytechnic,
2010
Kenya
Polytechnic
, 1998
Library
and 20 years
Information
studies
Simon
Katumo
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
2017
Karatina
University
Library
and 16 years
Information
studies
Diploma
information
Studies
Kenya
Polytechnic
2003
Bachelors
Information
sciences
2016
Kisii
University
Library
and 14 years
Information
studies
2015
Kisii
University
Library
and 21 years
Information
studies
Teresia
Gachanja
Library
Assistant
Edith
Ndinye
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
Purity
Muriuki
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
Diploma
Library
Florence
Mwangi
Library
Assistant
Bachelors
Information
sciences
2016
Library
and 12 years
Technical
Information
University of studies
Kenya
in KNEC
Kenya
school
of
Professional
studies2007
2015
Moi
University
Library
and 13 years
Information
studies
217
Diploma
Library
in Kenya
Polytechnic
2008
Certificate in
Kenya
Library
& Polytechnic,
Information
2006
studies
RESEARCH AREAS AND THEMATIC LEADERS
Research area
1
Thermofluids
2
3
4
5
6
Design
Production
Physical and Applied Chemistry
Materials Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Team leader
Prof. Eng. P. N. Kioni
Prof. N. W. Karuri
Prof. James N. Keraita
Prof. Peter N. Muchiri
Prof. Gerald Muthakia
Prof. Eng. Paul Wambua
Prof. Thomas Gath
PUBLICATIONS OF ACADEMIC STAFF
PROF. NANCY WANGECHI KARURI (Specilization: Chemical Engineering, Bioengineering,
Thermal Fluids)
Italic font represents students from the Karuri Laboratory, * represents IIT undergraduate.
Refereed Journal Publications
Ramanathan A, Karuri N, Proteolysis of decellularized extracellular matrices results in loss of
fibronectin and cell binding activity, 2015, Biochemical Biophysical Research Communication,
459(2):246-251. Times Cited: 1
Zhang, C, Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, Proteolytically stabilizing fibronectin without
compromising cell and gelatin binding activity, 2014, Biotechnology Progress, 31(1):277-288.
Zhang, C, Desai*, R, Perez-Luna, V, Karuri, NW, PEGylation of lysine residues improves the
proteolytic stability of fibronectin while retaining biological activity, Biotechnology Journal, 2014,
9(8):1033-1043. Times Cited: 2
Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, Fibronectin increases the rate of fibrin clot polymerization and alters
matrix morphology, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 2014, 443(2):395399. Times Cited: 11
Zhang, C, Hekmatfer, S, Karuri, NW, A comparative study of polyethylene glycol hydrogels
derivatized with the RGD peptide and the cell-binding domain of fibronectin, Journal of Biomedical
Materials Research Part A, 2014, 102:170-179. Times Cited: 10
Zhang, C, Hekmatfer, S, Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, PEGylated human plasma fibronectin is
proteolytically stable, supports cell adhesion, cell migration, focal adhesion formation and
fibronectin fibrillogenesis, Biotechnology Progress, 2013, 29:493-504. Times Cited: 8
Kshatriya, PP, Karuri, SW, Chiang, C, Karuri, NW, A combinatorial approach for directing the
amount of fibronectin fibrils assembled by cells that uses surfaces derivatized with mixtures of
fibronectin and cell binding domains, Biotechnology Progress, 2012, 28:862-871.
Chiang, C, Karuri, SW, Kshatriya, PP, Schwartz, J, Schwarzbauer, JE, Karuri, NW, A new surface
derivatization strategy for combinatorial analysis of cell response to mixtures of protein domains,
Langmuir, 2012, 28:548-556. Times Cited: 4
218
Karuri, NW, Lin, Z, Rye, H, Schwarzbauer, JE, Probing the conformation of the fibronectin III1-2
domain by fluorescence resonance energy transfer, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 2009,
284:3445-3452. Times Cited: 22
Karuri, NW, Porri, TJ, Albrecht, R, Murphy, CJ, Nealey, PF, Structural organization of the
cytoskeleton in SV40 human corneal epithelial cells cultured on nano- and microscale grooves,
Scanning, 2008, 30:1-9. Times Cited: 22
Karuri, NW, Albrecht, R, Murphy, CJ, Nealey, PF, Nano- and microscale holes modulate cellsubstrate adhesion, cytoskeletal organization and –β1 integrin localization in SV-40 Human
Corneal Epithelial Cells, IEEE Transactions on Nanobioscience, 2006, 5:273-280. Times Cited:
36
Karuri, NW, Nealey, PF, Murphy, CJ, Albrecht, RM, Structural organization of the cytoskeleton in
SV40 human corneal epithelial cells cultured on nano- and microscale topography, Microscopy
and Microanalysis, 2005, 11:182-183. Times Cited: 24
Karuri, NW, Liliensiek, S, Teixeira, AI, Abrams, G, Campbell, S, Nealey, PF, Murphy, CJ,
Biological length scale topography enhances cell substrate adhesion of human corneal epithelial
cells, Journal of Cell Science, 2004, 117:3153-3164. Times Cited: 189
Non-Refereed Proceeding Publications
Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, Fibronectin Increases the Rate of Fibrin Clot Polymerization and
Alters Matrix Morphology, Proceedings of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 2013,
San Francisco, 2013.
Karuri, NW, Liliensiek, SJ, Diehl, KA, Foley, JD, Abrams, GA, Campbell, S, Nealey, PF, Murphy,
CJ, Biologic length scale topographic features modulate human corneal epithelial cell adhesion
and migration, 2004, Conference Paper, 7th World Biomaterials Congress, Sydney, Australia.
Pham, QT, Karuri, NW, A computational efficient technique for calculating simultaneous heat and
mass transfer during food chilling, Proceedings of the 20th International Congress of
Refrigeration, Sydney, 1999, vol IV, paper 52.
Presentations at professional society meetings
Presenter is in bold.
Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, “Fibronectin, Fibrin, Hydrogels and Stability: Bioengineering as a
Tool for Addressing the Problems in the Chronic Wound”, 2014, American Institute of Chemical
Engineers Midwestern Regional Conference, Chicago IL (Oral presentation)
Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, “Fibronectin Alters the Rate of Formation and Structure of the Fibrin
Matrix”, 2014, American Institute of Chemical Engineers Midwestern Regional Conference,
Chicago IL (Poster presentation)
Wang, Z, Karuri, NW, “Testing the secondary structure for Pegulated-Fibronectin through
Dichroism Spectra study”, 2014, American Institute of Chemical Engineers Midwestern Regional
Conference, Chicago IL (Poster presentation)
Desai, R*, Zhang, C, Yamada, K, Karuri N, The effect of fibronectin PEGylation site on proteolytic
stability, cell adhesion and cell migration, 2014, American Institute of Chemical Engineers
Midwestern Regional Conference, Chicago IL (Poster presentation)
Wang, Z, Karuri, NW, “Testing the secondary structure for Pegulated-Fibronectin through
Dichroism Spectra study”, 2014, American Institute of Chemical Engineers Midwestern Regional
Conference, Chicago IL (Poster presentation)
Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, “Fibronectin Increases the Rate of Fibrin Clot Polymerization and
Alters Matrix Morphology”, 2013, Annual Meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers,
San Francisco, CA (Oral Presentation and proceeding paper)
Zhang, C, Hekmatfar, S, Ramanathan, A, Karuri, NW, Formulation of a proteolytically stable and
biologically active fibronectin - polyethylene glycol conjugate, 2012, Annual Meeting of the
American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (Oral Presentation)
219
Hekmatfar, S, Schumer, C, Karuri, NW, Development of an instructional module for fitting kinetic
models to enzymatic degradation of proteins, 2012, American Society of Engineering Education,
Summer School, Orono, ME (Poster presentation)
Chiang, C, Kshatriya, P, Karuri, SW, Karuri, NW, Variation in FN fibril formation and cell spreading
to different ratios of immobilized cell and fibronectin binding domains on PEG hydrogels, 2011,
American Society of Cell Biology Annual Meeting, Denver, CO (Poster presentation)
Karuri, NW, Karuri, SW, Schwartz, J, Schwarzbauer, JE, Directing fibronectin matrix assembly
through surface immoblization of integrin and fibronectin binding domains, 2010, Gordon
Research Conference – Signal Transduction by Engineered Extracellular Matrices, Biddeford, ME
(Poster presentation)
Karuri, NW, Karuri, SW, Schwartz, J, Schwarzbauer, JE, Directing FN matrix assembly through
surface immobilization of III1-2 and III9-10 domains, 2009, American Society for Cell Biologists
Annual Meeting, San Diego, CA (Poster presentation)
Schwarzbauer, JE, Karuri, NW, Lin, Z, Rye, HS, Dissecting a fibronectin matrix assembly domain
using FRET, 2008, American Society for Matrix Biology Biennial Meeting, San Diego, CA (Oral
presentation)
Karuri, NW, Dennes, T, Schwartz, J, Schwarzbauer, JE, A robust and highly efficient method for
functionalizing polyamides with adhesion ligands and its effect on matrix assembly, 2008, Gordon
Research Conference, Lewiston, ME (Poster presentation)
Karuri, NW, Lin, Z, Rye, H, Schwarzbauer, JE, A FRET conformation sensor for fibronectin matrix
assembly, 2007, Annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Salt Lake City,
UT (Oral presentation)
Karuri, NW, Lin, Z, Rye, H, Schwarzbauer, JE, FRET analysis of fibronectin binding site
conformation and a model for matrix assembly, 2006, Gordon Research Conference: Signal
Transduction by Engineered Extracellular Matrices, New London, CT (Poster presentation)
Fraser, S, Porri, T, Liliensiek, S, Foley, J, Kambampati, R, McKie, G, Teixiera, A, Karuri, N, Diehl,
K, Campbell, S, Mallon, K, Murphy, CJ, Nealey, PF, Towards a synthetic basement membrane
for the corneal epithelium, 2005, 38th Synchrotron Radiation Center Users’ Meeting, Madison,
Wisconsin.
Karuri, NW, Liliensiek, SJ, Diehl, KA, Foley, JD, Abrams, GA, Campbell, S, Nealey, PF, Murphy,
CJ, Biologic length scale topographic features modulate human corneal epithelial cell adhesion
and migration, 2004, 7th World Biomaterials Congress, Sydney, Australia (Oral Presentation and
proceeding paper).
Karuri, NW, Liliensiek, S, Teixeira, AI, Abrams, G, Campbell, S, Nealey, PF, Murphy, CJ, The
effect of biological length scale topography on cell substrate adhesion in human corneal epithelial
cells, 2003, Oral Presentation, Annual meeting of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers,
San Francisco, CA (Oral presentation)
Karuri, NW, Nealey, PF, Campbell, S, Abrams, GA, Teixera, AI, Murphy, CJ, Fluid Shear induced
detachment of SV-40 corneal epithelial cells from planar and nano-structured substrates, 2002,
Poster Presentation, Annual meeting of the Association for Research in Vision and
Ophthalmology, Fort Lauderdale, FL (Poster presentation)
Pham, QT, Karuri, NW, A computational efficient technique for calculating simultaneous heat and
mass transfer during food chilling, 1999, 20th International Congress of Refrigeration, Sydney,
Australia (Oral Presentation and proceeding paper)
PROF. PETER NG’ANG’A MUCHIRI
Muchiri, P. N., Van De Wijnckel, M., “Orde uit ruis” [Making more from production Data] Industrial
Maintenance, No. 7, Netherland, August 2009
220
Muchiri, P. N., Van De Wijnckel, M., “Presteren in Crisis (Deel 2): Resultaten praktijkcase bij
Company Eistein.” [Performance in Crisis: Results from Company Eistein’s Casestudy (Part 2)]
Maintenance Magazine. No. 97, Belgium, September 2009.
Josiah, A.K., Muchiri, P.N., Keraita, J.N., (2018) “Failure Mode identification and Prioritiization
Using FMEA – A Case Study of Corn Milling Industry”, IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil
engineering, Vol 15, No. 2 pp. 21-28
Lagat K. M., Muchiri, P.N., Keraita, J.N., (2018) Development of Risk Based Approach to Spare
Part Inventosy Management – A case of Chemelil Sugar Company. IOSR Journal of Engineering
(IOSRJEN), Vol 8, No. 9, pp. 41-54
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P.N. and Chemweno, P. (2018), “Maintenance Optimization:
Application of Remanufacturing and Repair Strategies”, Procedia CIRP, Vol. 69, pp. 899–904.
Maina, E. C., Muchiri, P.N., Keraita, J.N., (2018) Improvement of Facility Layout Using Systematic
Layout Planning. IOSR Journal of Engineering (IOSRJEN),Vol 8, No. 5, pp 33-43.
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P.N. and Chemweno, P. (2018), “A statistical approach for
analyzing used oil data and enhancing maintenance decision making: Case study of a thermal
power plant”, Accepted. Journal of Maintenance Engineering, Vol.2.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Van Horenbeek, A. Risk assessment methodologies in
maintenance decision making: a review of dependability modelling approaches. Reliability
Engineering and Systems Safety. Status: In Press
Vala, S., Muchiri, P., Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L. (2018) “A risk-based maintenance approach for
critical care medical equipment: A case study of a large referral hospital in a developing country.”
International Journal of System Assuarance Engineering and Management.
Mugi, K., Chemweno, P., Muchiri, P., Pintelon, L. (2018). Application of HFMEA on risk
assessment of radiology processes in public hospitals: a case study of Nyeri county referral
hospital. IOSR Journal of Electronics and Communication Engineering. Vol. 13, Issue 2 (2018).
Ndolo S. N., Muchiri, P. N., Pintelon, L., Chemweno P.K, Wakiru J. (2018). A Simulation model
as a Lean tool to improve patient flow and utilization of resources in Kenya's public hospitals: A
Case Study of The Outpatient Department of Nyeri County Referral Hospital. IOSR Journal of
Mechanical and Civil Engineering. Vol. 15, Issue 1, pp18-25.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Van Horenbeek, A., De Meyer, A-M., Muchiri, P.N. (2017). A dynamic
risk assessment methodology for maintenance decision support. Quality and Reliability
Engineering International, 33 (3), 551-564.
Njeru, M. N., Byiringiro, J. B., Muchiri, P. N., (2017) Process Analysis for Emission Control within
the Small Scale Coffee Roasting Industries in Kenya. IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil
engineering, Vol 15, No. 2 pp 21-28.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Wakiru, J. (2016). Development of a novel methodology
for root cause analysis and selection of maintenance strategy for a thermal power plant: A data
exploration approach. Engineering Failure Analysis, 66 (August 2016), 19-34.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Van Horenbeek, A., Muchiri, P. (2015). Development of a risk
assessment selection methodology for asset maintenance decision making: An Analytic Network
Process (ANP) approach. International Journal of Production Economics, 170 (1), 663-676.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Wakiru, J. Muchiri, P., (2016) Development of a novel methodology
for root cause analysis and selection of maintenance strategy for a thermal power plant: A data
exploration research. International Journal of Systems assurance engineering and management.
Muchiri, A.K., Ikua, B.W., Muchiri, P.N., Irungu, P.K. (2014), “Development of a theoretical
Framework for evaluating maintenance practices” International Journal of Systems assurance
engineering and management
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., (2013) A Dynamic risk Assessment Methodology for
Maintenance Decision Support. International Journal of Reliability Engineering
221
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., (2013) Evaluating the impact of spare parts pooling
strategy on the maintenance of Unreliable repairable system. International Journal of Reliability
Engineering
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Van Horeenbeek, A., Muchiri, P., (2013) “Asset Maintenance Maturity
Model (AMMM): Structured Guide to Maintenance Process Maturity” I nternational Journal of
Strategic Engineering Asset Management (IJSEAM): Submitted Nov 2013; Accepted for
Publication: July 2014
Muchiri, P, Pintelon, L., Martin, H., Chemweno, P., (2013) “Modelling Maintenance Effects on
Manufacturing Equipment Performance: Results from Simulation Analysis” International Journal
of Production Research, ID TPRS-2013-IJPR-0284.R5, Submitted Dec 2012; Accepted for
Publication: November 2013.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Van Horeenbeek, A., Muchiri, P., (2013) “Development of a Risk
Assessment Tool Selection Model for Asset Maintenance Decision Making” International Journal
of Production Research (IJPE): Submitted Dec 2013.
Van Hoorenbeek, A., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., (2011) “Maintenance optimization models and
criteria.” International Journal of System Assurance Engineering and Management
(DOI:10.1007/s13198-011-0045-x); Accepted for Publication: April, 2011
Muchiri, P, Pintelon, (2011) “Modelling Maintenance Effects on Manufacturing Equipment
Performance: Results from Industrial Case study” Sustainable Research and Innovation
Proceedings, Vol 3, 2011
Muchiri, P.N., Pintelon, L., Gelders, L., Martin, H., (2010) “Development of Maintenance Function
Performance Measurement Framework and Indicators: International Journal of Production
Economics Vol 131, pg 295-302, 2010
Muchiri, P. N., Pintelon, L., Martin, H., De Meyer, A.M., (2009). "Empirical analysis of performance
measurement in Belgian Industries." International Journal of Production Research (ISSN:1366588X 0020-7543): On Line since Oct 2009
Muchiri, P.N., Pintelon, L., (2008) “Performance Measurement Using Overall Equipment
Effectiveness (OEE): Literature Review & Practical Application Discussion” International Journal
of Production Research, Vol. 46 Issue No 13, pp 3517-3535. July 2008
In Books
Muchiri P.N. (2010) “Performance Modelling of Manufacturing Equipment with Focus on
Maintenance” KULeuven, Belgium, (ISBN: 978-94-6018-202-0)
Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P. N., (2009). Safety and Maintenance "Book Chapter in The Handbook of
Maintenance Management and Engineering by Ben-Daya M., Duffuaa S. and Raouf A." (Chapter
22), Springer, London. (ISBN - 978-1-84882-471-3)
Papers in Proceedings of International Conferences (With Presentation)
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P. (2018). Simulating the influence of maintenance actions on
equipment reliability. Maintenance research day-Technische Universiteit Eindhoven (March 2018)
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Chemweno, P. (2018). Influence of maintenance and
operations strategies on the availability of critical power plant equipment: A simulation approach.
20th international working seminar on Production Economics. Vol III (February 2018). Innsbruck,
Austria.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P, Wakiru, J. (2017). A conceptual framework for predictive
decision support in root cause analysis. In proceedings of the 2nd Maintenance Research Day,
NS Trefpunt – The Netherlands, 3rd February, 2017.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Jongers Lara 's (2016). i-RCAM: Intelligent expert
system for root cause analysis in maintenance decision making. In proceedings of the 2016 IEEE
222
International Conference on Prognostics and Health Management. Carleton University, Ottawa,
Canada, 20th to 22nd June, 2016.
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Chemweno,P.(2017). A decision tree-based classification
framework for used oil analysis applying random forest feature selection. The 3rd DeKUT
International conference on science, technology, innovation and entrepreneurship. (November
2017). Nyeri, Kenya.
Wakiru,J., Pintelon,L., Muchiri,P., Chemweno,P.(2017). Failure prioritization and maintenance
strategy selection: Hybrid approach in power plants. Maintenance research day-Technische
Universiteit Eindhoven. (February 2017)
Wakiru,J., Pintelon,L., Muchiri,P., Chemweno,P.(2017).A lubricant condition monitoring approach
for maintenance decision support - a data exploratory case study. Maintenance Forum (May
2017). Bečići Montenegro. 23-27 May. (pp 69-82)
Wakiru, J., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P.N. and Chemweno, P. (2017), “A novel statistical approach for
analyzing used oil data and enhancing maintenance decision making: Case study of a thermal
power plant”, ME2017_1110, International Conference on Maintenance Engineering (IncoME-II
2017). Manchester, UK.
Wakiru,J., Pintelon,L., Muchiri,P., Chemweno,P.(2017). Analysis of lubrication oil contamination
by fuel dilution with application of cluster analysis. XVII International Scientific Conference on
Industrial Systems. pp 252-257. (October 2017). Novi Sad, Serbia.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P, Wakiru, J. (2017). A conceptual framework for predictive
decision support in root cause analysis. In proceedings of the 2nd Maintenance Research Day,
NS Trefpunt – The Netherlands, 3rd February, 2017.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., Jongers Lara 's (2016). i-RCAM: Intelligent expert
system for root cause analysis in maintenance decision making. In proceedings of the 2016 IEEE
International Conference on Prognostics and Health Management. Carleton University, Ottawa,
Canada, 20th to 22nd June, 2016.
Chemweno, P., Muchiri, P., Sheikhalishahi, M., Pintelon, L. (2015). Multi-criteria optimization for
joint maintenance and spare part provisioning: a simulation study. In proceedings of the 18th Euro
Working Group on Transportation, Delft, The Netherlands. Euro Working Group on
Transportation. Delft, The Netherlands, 14th to 16th July, 2015.
Chemweno, P., Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P. (2015). Evaluating the impact of spare parts pooling
strategy on the maintenance of unreliable repairable systems. In proceedings of the 15th
Symposium on Information Control Problems in Manufacturing. Ottawa, Canada, 11-13 May
2015.
P. Chemweno, L. Pintelon, A. Van Horenbeek, P. Muchiri, and J. Wakiru (2014) “A dynamic failure
mode and effect analysis using Bayesian theory”. Proceedings for 8th IMA International
Conference on Modelling in Industrial Maintenance and Reliability (MIMAR), Oxford, UK
Muchiri, P, Pintelon, (2011) “Modelling Maintenance Effects on Manufacturing Equipment
Performance: Results from Industrial Case study” Sustainable Research and Innovation
Proceedings, Vol 3, 2011
Muchiri P.N., “Maintenance Performance Measurement Survey in Belgian Industries”. 4Th Annual
International Maintenance Excellence Conference, Toronto, Canada, 22-24th October, 2008
Muchiri, P.N., Pintelon, L., Gelders, L., Martin, H., “Development of Maintenance Function
Performance Measurement Framework and Indicators: Proceedings of the 15th International
Working Seminar on Production Economics, Innsbruck, Austria, 3-7th March, 2008.
Muchiri P.N., “Maintenance Function Performance Measurement”, 5Th Annual World Class
Maintenance for Chemicals and Petrochemical Conference, Berlin, Germany, 17-18th January
2008
223
Muchiri, P.N, “Performance Measurement of Manufacturing Assets” Asset Management Seminar,
Vlissingen, Netherlands, 13th November, 2008.
Muchiri, P.N., Pintelon, L., “Overall Production Effectiveness Measurement (Guidelines to OEE
Customization)”. 4Th Annual World Class Maintenance for Chemicals and Petrochemical
Conference, Amsterdam, Netherlands. 9-10th November 2006
In Belgium National Journals
Muchiri, P. N., Van De Wijnckel, M., “Orde uit ruis” [Making more from production Data] Industrial
Maintenance, No. 7, Netherland, August 2009
Muchiri, P. N., Van De Wijnckel, M., “Presteren in Crisis (Deel 2): Resultaten praktijkcase bij
Company Eistein.” [Performance in Crisis: Results from Company Eistein’s Casestudy (Part 2)]
Maintenance Magazine. No. 97, Belgium, September 2009.
Muchiri, P. N., Van De Wijnckel, M., “Presteren in Crisis: Process reliability analysis (Deel 1).”
[Performance in Crisis: Process reliability analysis (Part 1)], Maintenance Magazine. No. 96,
Belgium, June 2009.
Pintelon, L., Martin, H. Muchiri, P., “Maintenance Performance indicators: herkomst en gebruik
(deel 2)” [Maintenance Performance indicators: Source and Use], Maintenance Magazine, No.
93, Belgium, December, 2008
Pintelon, L., Martin, H. Muchiri, P., “Performance indicators: een populariteitpoll (deel 1)”
[Maintenance Performance indicators: Popularity poll] Maintenance Magazine, No. 92 Belgium,
September, 2008
Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., “OEE: één vlag, vele ladingen (deel 2).” [OEE: One Flag, Many Colours
(Part 2)] Maintenance Magazine, No. 84, Belgium, Jan 2007
Pintelon, L., Muchiri, P., “OEE: één vlag, vele ladingen (deel 1).” [OEE: One Flag, Many Colours
(Part 1)] Maintenance Magazine, No. 83, Belgium, Nov 2006
DR. PAUL MACHOCHO WANYEKI
Publications
Wapukha M.J, Onchir R.O, Wakhungu J., & Wanyeki M.P. (2015). The Correlation of Road
Geometry and Environmental Features with Road Accidents in Bungoma and Uasin Gishu
Counties. African Journal of Education, Science and Technology, February, 2015 Vol 2, No. 3
Wanyeki M.P, Kitainge K.M, Ferej A.K, & Wapukha M.J. (2015). Adoption of new technology by
Jua Kali automobile mechanics in Eldoret municipality. The Kenya Journal of Technical and
Vocational Education and Training.
Wanyeki M.P, Kitainge, K.M, & Ferej, A.K. (2012). The relevance of TVET education in Kenya to
attainment of vision 2030. Journal of the Management University of Africa, Volume 3 Number 4,
2074-4730.
Kitainge, K.M, Kithyo I. M & Wanyeki M.P. (2012). Jua kali automobile mechanic at work:
Challenges of lifelong training in the technological dynamic world. Journal of the Management
University of Africa, Volume 3 Number 4, 2074-4730.
Wanyeki M.P (2011). Adoption of new technology by Jua Kali automobile mechanics in Eldoret
municipality. Master of philosophy thesis Moi university, Eldoret.
Conference papers
Wanyeki M.P. (2016). Quality automotive technology education: The curriculum reductionism
perspective. Paper presented at the Kenya Association of Education Administrators and
Managers (KAEAM) symposium- October 12-14th 2016, Nakuru, Kenya
Wanyeki M.P. (2016). Towards inclusive quality education and training: Challenges facing the
teen-aged trainees in technical and vocational training institutions. Paper presented at the Kenya
Association of Education Administrators and Managers (KAEAM) symposium- October 12-14th
2016, Nakuru, Kenya
224
Kitainge, K.M, Kithyo I. M & Wanyeki M.P. (2011). Jua Kali Automobile Mechanics at Work:
Challenges of Lifelong Training in the Technological Dynamic World. Paper presented at the KIM
school of management 3rd annual international conference on industry and higher educationSeptember, 28th -30th, 2011, Nairobi, Kenya
Wanyeki M.P, Kitainge, K.M, & Ferej, A.K. (2011). The Relevance of TVET Education in Kenya
to Attainment of Vision 2030. Paper presented at the KIM school of management 3rd annual
international conference on industry and higher education-September, 28th -30th , 2011, Nairobi,
Kenya.
DR. ANTHONY MUNGAI GATHUMBI
Mutia, C.N., Gathumbi, A. M., and Mwanza. R. (2017). Influence of Resources for Girls on Girls’
Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education Performance in Mixed Day Secondary Schools in
Nzambani Sub County. International Journal of Science and Research (IJSR). ISSN (Online):
2319-7064. Index Copernicus Value (2015): 78.96 | Impact Factor (2015): 6.391
Musee R L., Gathumbi A. M., and Mwanza, R. (2017). Influence of Finances on Principals’
Performance of Administrative Duties In Sub County Public Day Secondary Schools In Mwingi
East Sub -County, Kenya. International Journal of Recent Scientific Research. Vol. 8, Issue, 8,
pp. 19648-19652, August, 2017
Kanini N; Maithya R; & Gathumbi, A. M. (2017). Principals’ Leadership Practices and their
Influence on Students’ Discipline in Public Secondary Schools in Makindu Sub County, Kenya.
IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE) e-ISSN: 2278-1684, p-ISSN:
2320-334X, Volume 13, Issue 5 Ver. VII (Sep. - Oct. 2016), PP 08-14 www.iosrjournals.org
Katolo G. N., Gathumbi A.M. & Kamola P. M. (2016). Principals’ Leadership Practices and Their
Influence on Students’ Discipline in Public Secondary Schools in Makindu Sub County, Kenya.
IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering (IOSR-JMCE) e-ISSN: 2278-1684, p-ISSN:
2320-334X, Volume 13, Issue 5 Ver. VII (Sep. - Oct. 2016), PP 08-14 www.iosrjournals.org
Kamola P. M;, Gathumbi, A. M. & Nthakyo G. K. (2016) Influence of Inspirational Motivation on
Teachers’ Job Commitment In Public Primary Schools in Matinyani Sub County, Kitui County,
Kenya. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science Invention ISSN (Online): 2319 –
7722, ISSN (Print): 2319 – 7714 www.ijhssi.org ||Volume 5 Issue 10||October. 2016 || PP.33-40
Cheloti, S. K. & Gathumbi, A. M. (2016). Curbing Drug and Substance Abuse in Secondary
Schools in Kenya; The Disconnect in School Community Intervention Strategies. Elixir
International Journal. Educational Technology. Elixir Edu. Tech. 95 (2016) 40881-40888
Gathumbi, A.M., Obae, R. & Cheloti, S. (2016). Learner factors influencing implementation of
non-formal basic education curriculum at the non-formal education Centres in Nairobi, Mombasa
and Kisumu cities, Kenya. Journal of Education and Practice, ISSN (Paper) 2222-1735 ISSN
(Online) 2222-288X.
Gathumbi, A. M. (2015). Teacher empowerment strategies on students’ academic achievement
in Kenya certificate of secondary education in public secondary schools in Gatanga Sub-county,
Kenya. International Journal of Contemporary Applied Sciences. Vol. 2, No. 11, November 2015.
www.ijcas.net
Gathumbi, A. M & Mosoti, R. O. (2015). Influence of resources and materials on the
implementation of non-formal basic education curriculum at the non-formal education centres in
Nairobi, Mombasa and Kisumu Cities, Kenya. International Journal of Education and Research/
Vol. 3 No. 4 April 2015
Dida A., Obae R., Gathumbi, A.M. (2014). Effects of domestic gender roles on pupils' performance
in Kenya Certificate of Primary Education in public primary schools in Garba Tula District, Kenya.
Journal of Education and Practice, ISSN (Paper) 2222-1735 ISSN (Online) 2222-288X, IISTE.
225
Gathumbi, A.M. & Nyagah, G. (2013) Influence of Teacher Characteristics on the Implementation
of Non-Formal Basic Education Curriculum at the Non-Formal Education Centres in Nairobi,
Mombasa and Kisumu Cities, Kenya. International Journal of Education and Research
Gathumbi, A.M. (2009). Family and Peer Influence on Substance Abuse among Secondary
School Students in Thika District. Fountain: University of Nairobi Journal of the Faculty of
Education Issue No. 3, February, 2009
MR. JOSEPHAT TANUI
Publications
J.K. Tanui, P.N. Kioni, T. Mirre and M. Nowitzki, "The effect of carbon dioxide on flame
propagation speed of wood combustion in a fixed bed under oxy-fuel conditions," Fuel Processing
Technology, vol. 179, pp. 285-295, 2018.
J.K. Tanui, P.N. Kioni, P.N. kariuki and J.M. Ngugi, "Influence of processing conditions on the
quality of briquettes produced by recycling charcoal dust", International Journal of Energy and
Environmental Engineering, Doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s40095-018-0275-7, 2018.
J. M. Ngugi, P. N. Kioni, and J. K. Tanui, "Numerical Study of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Formation
in Homogenous System of Methane, Methanol and Methyl Formate at High Pressures", Journal
of Clean Energy Technologies, Vol. 6, No. 1, January 2018.
J. M. Ngugi, P. N. Kioni, and J. K. Tanui, "Numerical Study of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) Formation
in High-Pressure Diffusion Flames of Methane, Methanol and Methyl Formate", Journal of Clean
Energy Technologies, Vol. 6, No. 1, January 2018.
J.K. Tanui, P.N. Kioni, and A. Gitahi "Numerical simulation of NO formation in methane, methanol
and methyl formate in a homogeneous system," Journal of Sustainable Research in Engineering,
Vol. 1, No. 1, July 2014.
P.N. Kioni, J.K. Tanui, and A. Gitahi "Numerical Simulations of Nitric Oxide (NO) Formation in
Methane, Methanol and Methyl Formate in different Flow Configurations. Journal of Clean Energy
Technologies, Vol. 1, No. 2, March 2013
Conferences
J.K. Tanui, P.N. Kioni, and A. Gitahi "Sensitivity Analysis of Methane, Methanol and Methyl
Formate Freely Propagating Flame" Proceedings of KSEEE-JSAEM 2013 International
Engineering Coference, 2013.
J.K. Tanui and P.N. Kioni "The effect of fuel/air mixture composition on NO formation in methane,
methanol and methyl formate freely propagating flames," ISSN 2079-6226: Proceedings of 2012
Mechanical Engineering Conference on Sustainable Research and Innovation, 2012.
MR. STEPHEN KIMAYU MUSAU
Publications
Performance assessment of local biomass powered cereal drier used by small-scale Kenyan
farmers. Accepted in International Journal of Scientific & Technology Research. Published in May
2015 issue
Madaraka F. Mwema, Kimayu S. Musau and Mburu J. Ngugi. (2012). Thermal Characterization
of biomass powered cereal drier (Batch type). Submitted to 8th Annual International Conference,
Moi University, Eldoret
Madaraka F. Mwema, Kimayu S. Musau and Muyundo J Wanyonyi. (2013). Performance analysis
on typical homemade biomass powered cereal drier. Abstract submitted to Kabarak University
2nd Annual International Scientific Conference..
Stephen K. Musau, P. N. Kioni, A. Gitahi and S. K. Musau (2013). Effect of syngas Composition
on NOx Formation in Counterflow Syngas/air Triple Flame. Presented in KSEEE-JSAEM 2013
International Engineering Conference
226
J. M. Ngugi, P. N. Kioni, A. Gitahi and S.K. Musau (2013). Effect of pressure and equivalence
ratio on Nitric oxide formation in methane/air, methanol/air and Methanol formate/air homogenous
ignition. Presented in KSEEE-JSAEM 2013 International Engineering Conference
Numerical study of NOx formation in laminar counterfow syngas triple flames (Paper ready for
submission to combustion and flame) by S.K. Musau and P.N. Kioni. (2017)
Book
S.K. musau and P.N. Kioni, Numerical Study of NOx Formation during combustion of syngas
fuel; Laminar counterflow syngas triple flames. LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing,2015.
MR. HASSAN K. LANG’AT
Publication
H.K. Langat, Kiril Dimitrov, Michael Herzog, Peter Muchiri, and James Keraita, Investigating the
Thermal and Mechanical Performance of Polylactic Acid (PLA) Reinforced with cellulose, wood
fibers and Copolymer, Kenya. International Journal of Science and Research (IJSR).
APPENDIX V: STAKEHOLDER MINUTES
227